TRIMERIS INC
S-1, 1997-07-11
Previous: NORTHSTAR ADVANTAGE TRUST, 485BPOS, 1997-07-11
Next: SPIEKER PROPERTIES INC, 424B2, 1997-07-11




<PAGE>
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 11, 1997
                                                    REGISTRATION NO. 333-
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
                             WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
 
                                    FORM S-1
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
                                     UNDER
 
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.

             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                         <C>
             DELAWARE                           8733                   56-1808663
   (State or other jurisdiction          (Primary Standard          (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or Organization)     Industrial Code Number)     Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
                        4727 UNIVERSITY DRIVE, SUITE 100
                          DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27707
                                 (919) 419-6050
 
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                              DR. M. ROSS JOHNSON
                       PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                          AND CHIEF SCIENTIFIC OFFICER
                        4727 UNIVERSITY DRIVE, SUITE 100
                          DURHAM, NORTH CAROLINA 27707
                                 (919) 419-6050
 
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         COUNSEL TO COMPANY                              COUNSEL TO UNDERWRITERS
    <S>                               <C>                            <C>
    FRED D. HUTCHISON, ESQUIRE        JOHN B. WATKINS, ESQUIRE       ALEXANDER D. LYNCH, ESQUIRE
    HUTCHISON & MASON PLLC            WILMER, CUTLER & PICKERING     BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP
    4011 WESTCHASE BOULEVARD          2445 M ST., N.W.               1633 BROADWAY
    SUITE 400                         WASHINGTON, D.C. 20037         47TH FLOOR
    RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27607     (202) 663-6000                 NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019
    (919) 829-9600                                                   (212) 581-1600
</TABLE>
 
          APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(b)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
 
                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
[CAPTION]
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                      <C>                      <C>
        TITLE OF EACH CLASS                                       PROPOSED MAXIMUM         PROPOSED MAXIMUM
          OF SECURITIES TO                 AMOUNT TO BE            OFFERING PRICE          AGGREGATE OFFER-
           BE REGISTERED                  REGISTERED (1)            PER SHARE (2)            ING PRICE (2)
<S>                                   <C>                      <C>                      <C>
Common Stock, par value
  $.001 per share.................           2,875,000                 $14.00               $40,250,000.00
 
<CAPTION>
                                           AMOUNT OF
                                           REGISTRATION
                                               FEE
<S>                                   <C>

                                            $12,197.00
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes 375,000 shares of Common Stock which the Underwriters have the
    option to purchase from the Company solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in
    accordance with Rule 457(c).
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
<PAGE>

(A redherring appears on the left-hand side of this page, rotated 90 
degrees. Text follows.)

      Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
      registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with
      the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold
      nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration
      statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an
      offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be
      any sale of these securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer,
      solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or
      qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction.
 
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 11, 1997
PROSPECTUS
 
                                2,500,000 Shares
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                 Trimeris, Inc.
 
                                  Common Stock
 
       All of the 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (the
"Offering") are being sold by Trimeris, Inc. ("Trimeris" or the "Company").
Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of
the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
will be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for a discussion
of the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering
price. The Company intends to file an application to have the Common Stock
approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "TRMS."
 
       THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK
FACTORS," BEGINNING ON PAGE 6.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
       PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
         REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
[CAPTION]
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>                       <C>                       <C>
                                                    Price to           Underwriting Discounts         Proceeds to
                                                     Public              and Commissions(1)            Company(2)
<S>                                         <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Share...............................               $                         $                         $
Total(3)................................               $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
 
1.  For information regarding indemnification of the Underwriters, see
    "Underwriting."
2.  Before deducting expenses of the Offering payable by the Company, estimated
    at approximately $800,000.
3.  The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30
    days from the date hereof, to purchase up to 375,000 additional shares of
    Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as set forth above, solely to
    cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, total
    Price to Public will be $     , Underwriting Discounts and Commissions will
    be $     and Proceeds to the Company will be $     . See "Underwriting."
 
     The shares of Common Stock offered by the Underwriters are subject to prior
sale, receipt and acceptance by them and subject to the right of the
Underwriters to reject any order in whole or in part and to certain other
conditions. It is expected that delivery of such shares will be made through the
offices of UBS Securities LLC, 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York, on or about
      , 1997.
 
UBS Securities                                             Montgomery Securities
 
               , 1997
 
<PAGE>
                  [Model for T-20 inhibition of HIV Fusion and
           infection of a host cell as more fully described on Page 25]
 
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK.
SPECIFICALLY, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVERALLOT IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING AND
MAY BID FOR AND PURCHASE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK IN THE OPEN MARKET. FOR A
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
                                       2
 
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING ELSEWHERE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS." THIS
PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WHICH INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THE
RESULTS DISCUSSED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT MIGHT CAUSE
SUCH A DIFFERENCE INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE SET FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     Trimeris is a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery and
development of novel therapeutic agents that block viral infection by inhibiting
viral fusion with host cells. Viral fusion is a complex process by which viruses
infect host cells. The Company's lead product candidate, T-20, inhibits fusion
of the Human Immunodeficiency Virus-1 ("HIV") with host cells. T-20 is currently
being tested in a Phase I/II clinical trial in HIV-infected patients in the
United States. T-20 and the Company's other product candidates are designed to
inhibit viral fusion, unlike other currently approved therapeutic agents that
target replicating viruses inside infected cells. The Company has developed a
proprietary technology platform in the field of fusion inhibition which is being
applied to the discovery and development of novel products for the treatment of
a variety of viral diseases.
 
     T-20 is a proprietary 36 amino acid synthetic peptide which has
demonstrated significant inhibition of HIV in preclinical testing. Preliminary
review of the data from the Phase I/II clinical trial indicates that no
drug-induced adverse events have been reported and no dose-limiting toxicities
have been observed. T-20 is being administered by intravenous delivery in the
current Phase I/II clinical trial. The Company is preparing to begin a Phase II
clinical trial in HIV-infected patients in the United States that will compare
delivery of a constant therapeutic dose by a continuous, subcutaneous infusion
pump to delivery by subcutaneous injections. The Company believes that
delivery of a continuous therapeutic dose may inhibit viral fusion more
effectively than other delivery mechanisms. After completion of the continous,
subcutaneous infusion Phase II trial, the Company intends to begin
a Phase II pivotal trial in a larger population of HIV-infected patients who
are either resistant to, or intolerant of, currently approved antiviral
therapies. Concurrently with the start of the pivotal Phase II clinical
trial, the Company intends to begin a trial of T-20 in HIV-infected
pediatric patients. In addition, throughout the T-20 clinical process,
the Company intends to work with the United States Food
and Drug Administration (the "FDA") to design and implement a clinical trial
strategy involving the administration of T-20 to HIV-infected patients in
combination with approved HIV antiviral agents.
 
     HIV infection causes Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome ("AIDS"), which is
the leading cause of death in the United States and Western Europe of men and
women between the ages of 25 and 44. Currently approved HIV antivirals inhibit
reverse transcriptase ("RT") and protease, two viral enzymes which are required
for HIV replication. RT and protease inhibitors must penetrate HIV-infected host
cells in order to be effective. HIV is prone to mutations that produce
resistance to RT and protease inhibitors. In an effort to overcome drug
resistance, physicians have begun to use RT and protease inhibitors in various
combinations. While combination therapy with RT and protease inhibitors
represents an advance in the treatment of HIV infection, it has not yet proven
to be a cure. Moreover, although these combinations have slowed the emergence of
resistance, new mutant strains have been identified which are resistant to
several of the drugs currently used in combination therapy. Due to the
complexity of the dosing regimens for many combination therapies, which can
include 14-16 pills taken at six to eight specific times during the day, and the
toxic side effects that can result from the use of such drugs, many patients are
unable to, or fail to, follow the recommended dosing regimens. Such
noncompliance leads to a reduction in the effectiveness of such drugs and an
increased opportunity for the development of resistance.
 
     The Company believes that T-20 may offer a new paradigm for the treatment
of HIV. Preclinical testing and early clinical trial results suggest that T-20
is less toxic than currently approved HIV antivirals. The Company believes that
T-20's reduced toxicity is due to its unique extracellular mechanism of action
and its chemical structure. Furthermore, the Company believes that the delivery
of a continuous therapeutic dose of T-20 by subcutaneous infusion will enhance
patient compliance, thereby reducing the likelihood of the development of
resistance.
 
     Through its study of the HIV fusion process, the Company has developed a
proprietary technology platform aimed at discovering antiviral compounds to
treat other diseases. The cornerstone of this platform is the Company's
Computerized Anti-Fusion Searching Technology ("CAST"), a proprietary computer
algorithm which identifies target sequences within certain viral proteins that
have the potential to interact during the fusion process. CAST has enabled the
Company to design product candidates for Respiratory Syncytial Virus ("RSV") and
Human Parainfluenza Virus ("HPIV") fusion inhibition. The
 
                                       3
 
<PAGE>
Company has identified, and filed patent applications disclosing, numerous
discrete peptide sequences, which include potential fusion targets in other
viruses such as hepatitis B and C, influenza and herpes.
 
     T-786 is the Company's lead product candidate for treatment of RSV
infection, which is a significant cause of pediatric bronchiolitis and
pneumonia. T-786 is a proprietary 36 amino acid synthetic peptide which shows
potent, specific and selective inhibition of RSV infection IN VITRO. T-786
significantly reduced the level of viral infection in an animal model.
Preclinical testing of T-786 is currently in progress. Upon successful
completion of these preclinical tests, the Company anticipates that it will
begin clinical trials with T-786 in 1998.
 
     The Company was incorporated under Delaware law as SL-1 Pharmaceuticals,
Inc. on January 7, 1993 and changed its name to Trimeris, Inc. on February 11,
1993. The Company's principal executive office is located at 4727 University
Drive, Durham, North Carolina 27707, and its telephone number is (919) 419-6050.
 
     UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS (I) ASSUMES
THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION IS NOT EXERCISED, (II) REFLECTS THE
AUTOMATIC CONVERSION UPON THE COMPLETION OF THIS OFFERING OF ALL OUTSTANDING
SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK INTO 6,261,615 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK (THE "PREFERRED
STOCK CONVERSION"), AND (III) REFLECTS THE FILING OF A THIRD AMENDED AND
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY WHICH, AMONG OTHER THINGS,
WILL AUTHORIZE 10,000,000 SHARES OF UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK. SEE
"DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK," "CAPITALIZATION" AND "UNDERWRITING."
 
     THE COMPANY HAS FILED FOR REGISTRATION OF "TRIMERIS" AND THE COMPANY'S LOGO
AS TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS OF THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS ALSO INCLUDES
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES OF COMPANIES OTHER THAN THE COMPANY.
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
Common Stock Offered..................................  2,500,000 shares
Common Stock Outstanding after this Offering..........  9,864,676 shares (1)
Use of Proceeds.......................................  To fund increased research and development activities, to fund the
                                                        expansion of facilities, to provide working capital and to fund other
                                                        general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol................  TRMS
</TABLE>
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PERIOD FROM INCEPTION                                          FOR THE
                                                      (JANUARY 7, 1993)                 FOR THE                SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                           THROUGH             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1993       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
<S>                                                 <C>                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue..........................................          $    --           $    --    $   104    $    55    $    --    $   212
Research and development expenses................           (  691)            2,747      4,012      5,146      2,278      2,859
Operating loss...................................           (1,322)           (3,694)    (5,428)    (6,852)    (3,080)    (3,433)
Other income (expenses)..........................               11              (250)      (311)      (120)       (54)       (45)
Net loss.........................................           (1,311)           (3,944)    (5,739)    (6,972)    (3,134)    (3,478)
Pro forma net loss per share (2) (3).............                                                  $ (1.48)              $ (0.59)
Pro forma weighted average shares used in
  computing pro forma net loss per share (2)
  (3)............................................                                                    4,705                 5,880
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                         PRO       PRO FORMA AS
                                                                                           ACTUAL     FORMA (3)    ADJUSTED (4)
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents...............................................................   $ 8,912    $   8,912      $ 38,337
Working capital.........................................................................     8,019        8,019        37,444
Total assets............................................................................    10,585       10,585        40,010
Notes payable and capital lease obligations, less current portion.......................       488          488           488
Accumulated deficit.....................................................................   (21,443)     (21,443)      (21,443)
Total stockholders' equity..............................................................     8,847        8,847        38,272
</TABLE>
 
(1) Excludes (i) 260,326 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant
    to stock options outstanding as of June 30, 1997 and (ii) an aggregate of
    56,684 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants
    outstanding as of June 30, 1997. Also excludes an aggregate of 239,770
    shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance as of June 30, 1997
    under the Company's New Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"). See
    "Management -- Stock Option Plans," "Description of Capital Stock" and Note
    1 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(2) Computed on the basis described in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(3) Pro forma to give effect to the automatic conversion upon the completion of
    this Offering of all outstanding shares of the Company's Series A, B, C and
    D Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), into
    6,261,615 shares of Common Stock.
 
(4) Adjusted to give effect to the sale of 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock
    offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per
    share after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
    estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. See "Use of Proceeds"
    and "Capitalization."
 
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN THE SHARES OFFERED HEREBY SHOULD CAREFULLY
CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS, IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS WHICH INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS
COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN THE
FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
     DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY. The Company commenced operations in January 1993
and is subject to all of the business risks associated with a biopharmaceutical
company in the early stage of development, including constraints on the
Company's financial, personnel and other resources, and uncertainties regarding
the Company's novel product discovery and development programs. Prospective
investors, therefore, have limited historical financial information about the
Company upon which to base their evaluation of the Company's performance and an
investment in the shares offered hereby. Since its inception, substantially all
of the Company's resources have been dedicated to the development, patenting,
preclinical testing and Phase I/II clinical trials of T-20, the development of
its proprietary technology platform, and research and development and
preclinical testing of other potential product candidates and compounds
discovered by the Company. The Company has yet to generate any revenues from
product sales or royalties, and there can be no assurance that it will be able
to generate any such revenues or royalties in the future. Product candidates and
compounds discovered by the Company and developed through the Company's product
development programs will require significant additional, time-consuming and
costly research and development, preclinical testing and extensive clinical
trials prior to submission of any regulatory application for commercial use. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Overview."
 
     HISTORY OF OPERATING LOSSES; ACCUMULATED DEFICIT; UNCERTAINTY OF FUTURE
PROFITABILITY. The Company has incurred losses since its inception. As of June
30, 1997, the Company's accumulated deficit was approximately $21.4 million.
Such losses have resulted principally from expenses incurred in the Company's
research and development activities associated with the development, patenting,
preclinical testing and Phase I/II clinical trials of T-20, the development of
its proprietary technology platform, research and development and preclinical
testing of other potential product candidates and compounds discovered by the
Company, and from general and administrative expenses. The Company expects to
incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future and expects losses to
increase as the Company's research and development, preclinical testing and
clinical trial efforts expand. The amount and timing of the Company's operating
expenses will depend on several factors, including the status of the Company's
research and development activities, product candidate and compound discovery
and development efforts, including preclinical testing and clinical trials, the
timing of regulatory actions, the costs involved in preparing, filing,
prosecuting, maintaining, protecting and enforcing patent claims and other
proprietary rights, the ability of the Company to establish, internally or
through relationships with third parties, manufacturing, sales, marketing and
distribution capabilities, technological and other changes in the competitive
landscape, changes in the Company's existing research and development
relationships and strategic alliances, evaluation of the commercial viability of
potential product candidates and other factors, many of which are outside of the
Company's control. As a result, the Company believes that period-to-period
comparisons of financial results in the future are not necessarily meaningful
and results of operations in prior periods should not be relied upon as an
indication of future performance. Any deviations in results of operations from
levels expected by securities analysts and investors could have a material
adverse effect on the market price of the Common Stock. The Company's ability to
achieve profitability will depend, in part, upon its or its collaborative
partners' ability to successfully develop and obtain regulatory approval for
T-20 and other product candidates and compounds discovered by the Company, and
to develop the capacity, either internally or through relationships with third
parties, to manufacture, sell, market and distribute approved products, if any.
There can be no assurance that the Company will ever generate significant
revenues or achieve profitable operations. See "Use of Proceeds," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Overview" and "Business -- Programs and Product Candidates Under
Development."
 
     DEPENDENCE ON A SINGLE PRODUCT CANDIDATE. T-20 is the only product
candidate developed by the Company which has been tested in humans. The
Company's success will depend, in significant part, upon the ability of the
Company to establish the safety and effectiveness of T-20 in humans, to obtain
the requisite regulatory approvals for the commercialization of T-20, to
establish relationships for the commercial-scale production of T-20 at
acceptable cost and with appropriate quality, to successfully market T-20, and
to achieve market acceptance of T-20 by the medical community, including health
care providers and third-party payors. Failure of the Company or its
collaborative partners to successfully develop and commercialize T-20 would have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Business -- Programs and Product Candidates Under
Development."
 
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
     TECHNOLOGICAL UNCERTAINTY. The Company's product development programs are
based upon a novel technology designed to facilitate the discovery of product
candidates and compounds which are designed to treat viral infection through the
inhibition of viral fusion. The Company is not aware of any other approved
antiviral pharmaceutical products which target the inhibition of viral fusion.
Accordingly, product development utilizing the Company's novel mechanism of
action involves a high degree of risk, is highly uncertain, and could result in
unanticipated developments, clinical or regulatory delays, unexpected adverse
side effects or inadequate therapeutic effectiveness, any of which could slow or
suspend the Company's product development efforts which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. There can be no assurance that the Company's technologies will lead
to the discovery and development of any commercially viable products, that the
Company's research or product development efforts as to any particular product
candidate or compound will be successfully completed, that any such product
candidates or compounds will be proven to be safe and effective, or that
required regulatory approvals will be obtained. The Company's development
programs are subject to the risks inherent in the development of new products
using new technologies and approaches. There can be no assurance that unforeseen
problems will not develop with these technologies or applications, that the
Company will be able to address successfully technological challenges it
encounters in its research and development programs or that commercially
feasible product candidates or compounds will ultimately be developed by the
Company. See "Business -- Programs and Product Candidates Under Development" and
" -- Clinical Development Programs."
 
     UNCERTAINTIES RELATED TO CLINICAL TRIALS AND CLINICAL TRIAL STRATEGY.
Before obtaining required regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any of
its product candidates or compounds, the Company must demonstrate through
preclinical testing and clinical trials that each product candidate or compound
is safe and effective for use in humans for each target indication. To date, the
Company has conducted initial preclinical testing of certain of its product
candidates and is conducting a Phase I/II clinical trial of T-20. After
completion of the Phase I/II clinical trial, the Company intends to conduct a
Phase II clinical trial and a pivotal clinical trial of T-20. These clinical
trials will involve a relatively small patient population. No assurance can be
given that the results of early clinical trials will support the commencement of
further clinical trials of T-20, that the results of the clinical trials will
support the Company's applications for regulatory approval, or that regulatory
authorities will not require the Company to conduct additional clinical trials
either prior to, or after, regulatory approval is obtained. The Company may
find, at any stage of this complex process, that potential product candidates or
compounds that appeared promising in preclinical testing and early clinical
trials do not demonstrate safety or effectiveness on a larger scale in advanced
clinical trials or do not receive the requisite regulatory approvals.
Accordingly, any product development program undertaken by the Company may be
curtailed, redirected or eliminated at any time, which could result in delays in
conducting further preclinical testing and clinical trials, in unexpected
adverse events in further preclinical testing and clinical trials, and in
additional development expenses. Furthermore, administration of the Company's
potential product candidates or compounds may prove to have undesirable or
unintended side effects in humans. The occurrence of side effects could
interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials of each such product candidate or
compound and could delay or prevent its approval by the FDA or foreign
regulatory authorities for any and all targeted indications. The Company or the
FDA may suspend or terminate clinical trials at any time if it is believed that
the trial participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks. In
addition, this Prospectus reflects the Company's estimates regarding the timing
of future preclinical testing and clinical trials. Such preclinical testing and
clinical trials may be delayed or cancelled for a number of reasons, including
the receipt of unanticipated preclinical testing or clinical trial results,
changes in the focus of the Company or its collaborators, financial requirements
and resources, manufacturing issues, technological developments and competitive
factors. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Company's preclinical
testing or clinical trials will commence on their target dates, or at all.
Delays in such testing and trials could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     The rate of completion of the Company's clinical trials will depend upon,
among other factors, obtaining or manufacturing adequate amounts of the
Company's product candidates from third-party manufacturers and sufficient
patient enrollment. See "Business -- Lack of Manufacturing Capabilities" for a
description of certain risks associated with the manufacturing of the Company's
product candidates and compounds. Patient enrollment is a function of many
factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the
protocol, the proximity of patients to clinical sites and the eligibility
criteria for the clinical trial. Delays in planned patient enrollment may result
in increased costs or delays or both, which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"Business -- Programs and Product Candidates Under Development" and
" -- Government Regulation."
 
                                       7
 
<PAGE>
     DEPENDENCE ON COLLABORATIONS AND LICENSES WITH OTHERS. The Company intends
to consider entering into collaborative and license arrangements with
collaborative partners, licensees and third parties to seek regulatory approval
of and to manufacture and commercialize certain of its existing and potential
product candidates and compounds. Accordingly, the Company's success will
depend, in part, upon the subsequent success of such third parties in performing
preclinical testing and clinical trials, obtaining the requisite regulatory
approvals, scaling up manufacturing, successfully commercializing the licensed
product candidates or compounds and otherwise performing their obligations.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain its existing
arrangements or enter into acceptable collaborative and license arrangements in
the future on acceptable terms, if at all, that such arrangements will be
successful, that the parties with which the Company has or may establish
arrangements will perform their obligations under such arrangements, or that
potential collaborators will not compete with the Company by seeking alternative
means of developing therapeutics for the diseases targeted by the Company. There
can also be no assurance that the Company's existing or any future arrangements
will lead to the development of product candidates or compounds with commercial
potential, that the Company will be able to obtain proprietary rights or
licenses for the proprietary rights with respect to any technology or product
candidates or compounds developed in connection with these arrangements, or that
the Company will be able to ensure the confidentiality of any proprietary rights
and information developed in such arrangements or prevent the public disclosure
thereof. The Company currently has licenses from certain third parties, and in
the future may require additional licenses from these or other parties, to
effectively develop potential product candidates and compounds. Pursuant to a
license agreement with Duke University (the "Duke License"), the Company has
obtained an exclusive, worldwide license to existing and certain future
technologies in the field of antiviral therapeutics developed by several
researchers at Duke University for the life of each particular patent filed in
connection with such technologies. Unless the Duke License is renewed, the
Company will not be entitled to any additional technologies developed after
2000 or after any earlier termination. None of the technologies licensed by the
Company from Duke University is the subject of a separate individual license
agreement. Rather, the Company's rights to such technologies are licensed
solely pursuant to the Duke License. The early termination of the Duke License
due to the Company's failure to develop the licensed technologies or the
failure of the Company to renew the Duke License on acceptable terms, or at
all, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. Pursuant to a Cooperative and Strategic
Alliance Agreement (the "MiniMed Agreement"), the Company and MiniMed Inc.
("MiniMed") have agreed to jointly design, develop and implement a system for
the continual delivery of T-20 utilizing the MiniMed continuous infusion pump.
The failure of the Company and MiniMed to achieve their collective objectives
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that such
licenses or agreements can be maintained or that additional licenses can be
obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or will be renewable if obtained,
or that the patents underlying such licenses, if any, will be valid and
enforceable, or that the proprietary nature of the patented
technology underlying such licenses will remain proprietary. See
"Business -- License and Collaborative Agreements."
 
     FUTURE CAPITAL NEEDS; UNCERTAINTY OF ADDITIONAL FUNDING. The Company has
experienced negative cash flows from operations since its inception and does not
anticipate generating sufficient positive cash flows to fund its operations in
the foreseeable future. The Company has expended, and expects to continue to
expend in the future, substantial funds to pursue its product candidate and
compound discovery and development efforts, including expenditures for continued
clinical trials of T-20, research and development and preclinical testing of
other potential product candidates and compounds discovered by the Company and
the development of its proprietary technology platform. The Company expects that
its existing capital resources, together with the net proceeds of this Offering
and the interest earned thereon, will be adequate to fund its capital
requirements through 1998. However, the Company's future capital requirements
and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including the
results of the clinical trials relating to T-20, the progress and scope of the
Company's product development programs, the magnitude of these programs, the
results of preclinical testing and clinical trials, the need for additional
facilities based on the results of these clinical trials and other product
development programs, changes in the focus and direction of the Company's
product development programs, the costs involved in preparing, filing,
prosecuting, maintaining, protecting and enforcing patent claims and other
intellectual property rights, competitive factors and technological advances,
the cost, timing and outcome of regulatory reviews, changes in the requirements
of the FDA, administrative and legal expenses, evaluation of the commercial
viability of potential product candidates and compounds, the establishment of
capacity, either internally or through the establishment of relationships with
third parties, for manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution functions
and other factors, many of which are outside of the Company's control. Thus,
there can be no assurance that the net proceeds of this Offering, together with
the interest earned thereon, will be sufficient to fund the Company's capital
requirements during the period discussed above. The Company believes that
substantial additional funds will be required to continue to fund its operations
and that the Company will be required to obtain additional funds through equity
or debt financings or licenses, agreements or other arrangements with partners
and others, or from other sources. The
 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
terms of any such equity financings may be dilutive to stockholders, and the
terms of any debt financings may contain restrictive covenants which limit the
Company's ability to pursue certain courses of action. There can be no assurance
that such funds will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, if at all,
or that any such financings will be adequate to meet the Company's future
capital requirements. If adequate funds are not available, the Company may be
required to delay, scale-back or eliminate certain aspects of its preclinical
testing, clinical trials and research and development programs or attempt to
obtain funds through arrangements with collaborative partners or others that may
require the Company to relinquish rights to certain of its technologies or
product candidates or compounds, which could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Use
of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
     UNCERTAINTY REGARDING PATENTS AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. The Company's success
will depend, in part, on its ability, and the ability of its collaborators or
licensors, to obtain protection for its products and technologies under United
States and foreign patent laws, to preserve its trade secrets, and to operate
without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. Because of the
substantial length of time and expense associated with bringing new products
through development to the marketplace, the pharmaceutical and biotechnology
industries place considerable importance on obtaining, and maintaining, patent
and trade secret protection for new technologies, products and processes.
 
     The Company has obtained rights to certain patents and patent applications
and may, in the future, seek rights from third parties to additional patents and
patent applications. There can be no assurance that patent applications relating
to the Company's potential products or technologies will result in patents being
issued, that any issued patents will afford adequate protection to the Company,
or that such patents will not be challenged, invalidated, infringed or
circumvented. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that others have not
developed, or will not develop, similar products or technologies that will
compete with those of the Company without infringing upon the Company's
intellectual property rights.
 
     Legal standards relating to the scope of claims and the validity of patents
in the biopharmaceutical industry are uncertain and still evolving, and no
assurance can be given as to the degree of protection that will be afforded any
patents issued to, or licensed by, the Company. There can be no assurance that,
if challenged by others in litigation, any patents assigned to or licensed by
the Company, will not be found invalid. Furthermore, there can be no assurance
that the Company's activities would not infringe patents owned by others.
Defense and prosecution of patent matters can be expensive and time-consuming
and, regardless of whether the outcome is favorable to the Company, can result
in the diversion of substantial financial, management and other resources. An
adverse outcome could subject the Company to significant liability to third
parties, require the Company to obtain licenses from third parties, or require
the Company to cease any related research and development activities and product
sales. No assurance can be given that any licenses required under any such
patents or proprietary rights would be made available on terms acceptable to the
Company, if at all. Moreover, the laws of certain countries may not protect the
Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as U.S. law.
 
     The Company also relies on trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary
information, which it seeks to protect, in part, through the use of
confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants, advisors, and others.
There can be no assurance that such agreements will provide adequate protection
for the Company's trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information in
the event of any unauthorized use or disclosure, that employees of the Company,
consultants, advisors or others will maintain the confidentiality of such trade
secrets or proprietary information, or that the trade secrets or proprietary
know-how of the Company will not otherwise become known, or be independently
developed by, competitors.
 
     In January 1997, the United States Patent and Trademark Office instituted
an interference proceeding between an issued patent licensed by the Company from
Duke University and a pending patent application owned by a third party. The
Company believes that no interference-in-fact exists and, through its licensor,
is taking all reasonable action to have the interference dismissed. However, no
assurance can be given that the interference will be dismissed. Furthermore, no
assurance can be given that, should the interference proceed, as between the two
parties to the interference, the Company's licensor will be found to be the
first inventor of the invention which is declared to be the subject matter of
the interference. Failure of the Company's licensor to prevail in the
interference and any loss of the involved patent rights could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Business -- Patents, Proprietary Technology and Trade Secrets."
 
     EXTENSIVE GOVERNMENT REGULATION; NO ASSURANCE OF REGULATORY APPROVAL. Human
pharmaceutical products are subject to lengthy and rigorous preclinical testing
and clinical trials and other extensive, costly and time-consuming procedures
mandated by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities. The regulatory approval
process, which includes the establishment of the safety and effectiveness of
each product candidate and compound for each target indication and confirmation
by the FDA that good laboratory, clinical and manufacturing practices were
maintained during testing and manufacturing, typically
 
                                       9
 
<PAGE>
takes a number of years, varying based upon the type, complexity and novelty of
the pharmaceutical product. This process requires the expenditure of substantial
resources and gives larger companies with greater financial resources a
competitive advantage over the Company. To date, no product candidate or
compound being evaluated by the Company has been submitted for approval by the
FDA or any other regulatory authority for commercialization, and there can be no
assurance that any such product candidate or compound will ever be approved for
commercialization or that the Company will be able to obtain the labeling claims
desired for its product candidates or compounds. There can be no assurance that
submission to the FDA of a request for authorization to conduct clinical trials
on an investigational drug will be approved on a trial basis, if at all. There
can be no assurance that if clinical trials are successfully completed, the
Company will be able to submit a New Drug Application ("NDA") in a timely manner
or that any such NDA will be approved by the FDA. The approval process is
affected by a number of factors, including the severity of the targeted
indications, the availability of alternative treatments and the risks and
benefits demonstrated in the clinical trials. The FDA may reject an NDA if
applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, or may require additional
clinical trials or information with respect to the product candidate or
compound. Even if FDA approval is obtained, further clinical trials, including
post-market trials, may be required in order to provide additional data on
safety and will be required in order to obtain approval for the use of a product
as treatment for clinical indications other than those for which the product was
initially approved. The FDA will also require post-market reporting and may
require surveillance programs to monitor the side effects of any approved
products. Results of post-market programs may limit the further marketing,
manufacturing process or labeling, and an NDA supplement may be required to be
submitted to the FDA. Any failure of the Company to successfully complete its
clinical trials and obtain approvals of corresponding NDAs would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. The Company is and will continue to be dependent upon the
laboratories conducting its preclinical testing and clinical trials to maintain
both good laboratory and good clinical practices, and, if any of the Company's
product candidates or compounds obtain the requisite regulatory approvals, the
Company will be dependent upon any third-party manufacturers of its products to
maintain compliance with the FDA's good manufacturing practice ("GMP")
requirements. Various federal and foreign statutes and regulations also govern
or influence the manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, record-keeping and
marketing of pharmaceutical products.
 
     The process of obtaining these approvals and the subsequent compliance with
appropriate United States and foreign statutes and regulations are
time-consuming and will require the expenditure of substantial resources by the
Company. In addition, these requirements and processes vary widely from country
to country. The time required for completing preclinical testing and clinical
trials is uncertain, and the FDA approval process is unpredictable and
uncertain, and no assurance can be given that necessary approvals will be
granted on a timely basis, or at all. The Company may decide to replace a
product candidate or compound in preclinical testing and/or clinical trials with
a modified product candidate or compound, thus extending the development period.
In addition, the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities may require
additional clinical trials, which could result in increased costs and
significant development delays. Delays or rejections may also be encountered
based upon changes in legislation, administrative action or FDA policy during
the period of product development and FDA review. Similar delays or rejections
may be encountered in other countries.
 
     While certain of the Company's product candidates and compounds, including
T-20, have been and will continue to be designed to treat serious or
life-threatening illnesses, such product candidates and compounds may not
qualify for accelerated development and/or approval under FDA regulations and,
even if some of the Company's product candidates or compounds qualify for
accelerated development and/or approval, they may not be approved for marketing
on an accelerated basis, or at all. There can be no assurance that, even after
substantial time and expenditures, any of the Company's product candidates or
compounds under development will receive commercialization approval in any
country on a timely basis, or at all. If the Company is unable to demonstrate
the safety and effectiveness of its product candidates and compounds to the
satisfaction of the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, the Company will be
unable to commercialize its product candidates and compounds and the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and
adversely affected. Furthermore, even if regulatory approval of a product
candidate or compound is obtained, the approval may entail limitations on the
indicated uses for which the product candidate or compound may be marketed. A
marketed product or compound, its manufacturer and the manufacturer's facilities
are subject to continual review and periodic inspections, and subsequent
discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, compound, manufacturer
or facility may result in restrictions on such product, compound, manufacturer
or facility, including withdrawal of the product or compound from the market.
The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can, among other
things, result in fines, injunctions, civil penalties, total or partial
suspension of regulatory approvals, refusal to approve pending applications,
refusal to permit exports from the United States, recalls or seizures of
products or compounds, operating and production restrictions and criminal
prosecutions. Further, FDA policy may change and additional government
regulations may be established that could prevent or delay regulatory approval
of the Company's product candidates or compounds.
 
                                       10
 
<PAGE>
     The effect of governmental regulation may be to delay the marketing of new
products or compounds for a considerable period of time, to impose costly
requirements on the Company's activities or to provide a competitive advantage
to other companies that compete with the Company. Adverse clinical results by
others could have a negative impact on the regulatory process and timing with
respect to the development and approval of the Company's product candidates or
compounds. A delay in obtaining or failure to obtain regulatory approvals could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations. The extent and character of potentially adverse
governmental regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative
action cannot be predicted.
 
     In April 1997, the Company and MiniMed entered into the MiniMed Agreement
pursuant to which the parties have agreed to jointly design, develop and
implement a system for the delivery of T-20 utilizing the MiniMed continuous
infusion pump. There can be no assurance that the FDA will approve, on a timely
basis, if at all, the delivery of T-20 utilizing the MiniMed continuous infusion
pump on a timely basis, if at all. The failure of the Company and MiniMed to
collectively develop a continual T-20 delivery system which receives FDA
approval on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     The Company and its existing and potential future collaborative partners
are also subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations
relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices, the
experimental use of animals and the use and disposal of hazardous or potentially
hazardous substances, including radioactive compounds and infectious disease
agents, used in connection with the Company's product development programs.
Compliance with such laws, regulations and requirements may be costly and
time-consuming and the failure to maintain such compliance by the Company or its
existing and future collaborative partners could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     In addition, this Prospectus reflects the Company's estimates regarding
future regulatory submission dates. Regulatory submissions can be delayed, or
plans to submit proposed products can be cancelled, for a number of reasons,
including the receipt of unanticipated preclinical testing or clinical trial
reports, changes in regulations, adoption of new, or unanticipated enforcement
of existing, regulations, technological developments and competitive
developments. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Company's
anticipated submissions will be made on their target dates, or at all. Delays in
such submissions could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Government
Regulation."
 
     INTENSE COMPETITION. The Company is engaged in segments of the
biopharmaceutical industry, including the treatment of HIV, that are intensely
competitive and rapidly changing. If successfully developed and approved, the
product candidates and compounds that the Company is currently developing will
compete with numerous existing therapies. For example, 11 drugs are currently
approved for the treatment of HIV. In addition, a number of companies are
pursuing the development of novel pharmaceutical products that target the same
diseases that the Company is targeting, and some companies, including several
multinational pharmaceutical companies, are simultaneously marketing several
different drugs and may therefore be able to market their own combination drug
therapies. The Company believes that a significant number of drugs are currently
under development and will become available in the future for the treatment of
HIV. The Company anticipates that it will face intense and increasing
competition in the future as new products enter the market and advanced
technologies become available. There can be no assurance that existing products
or new products for the treatment of HIV developed by the Company's competitors,
including Glaxo Wellcome plc ("Glaxo"), Merck & Co., Inc. ("Merck") and Abbott
Laboratories, Inc. ("Abbott"), will not be more effective, or more effectively
marketed and sold, than T-20, should it be successfully developed and receive
regulatory approval, or any other therapeutic for HIV that may be developed by
the Company. Competitive products or the development by others of a cure or new
treatment methods may render the Company's technologies and products and
compounds obsolete, noncompetitive or uneconomical prior to the Company's
recovery of development or commercialization expenses incurred with respect to
any such technologies or products or compounds. Many of the Company's
competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and human resources
than the Company and may be better equipped to develop, manufacture, sell,
market and distribute products. In addition, many of these companies have
extensive experience in preclinical testing and clinical trials, obtaining FDA
and other regulatory approvals and manufacturing and marketing pharmaceutical
products. Many of these competitors also have products that have been approved
or are in late-stage development and operate large, well-funded research and
development programs. Smaller companies may also prove to be significant
competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large
pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Furthermore, academic institutions,
governmental agencies and other public and private research organizations are
becoming increasingly aware of the commercial value of their inventions and are
more actively seeking to commercialize the technology they have developed.
 
                                       11
 
<PAGE>
     New developments in areas in which the Company is conducting its research
and development are expected to continue at a rapid pace in both industry and
academia. If the Company's product candidates and compounds are successfully
developed and approved, the Company will face competition based on the safety
and effectiveness of its products and compounds, the timing and scope of
regulatory approvals, availability of manufacturing, sales, marketing and
distribution capabilities, reimbursement coverage, price and patent position.
There can be no assurance that the Company's competitors will not develop more
effective or more affordable technologies or products, or achieve earlier patent
protection, product development or product commercialization than the Company.
Accordingly, the Company's competitors may succeed in commercializing products
more rapidly or effectively than the Company, which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Business -- Competition."
 
     LACK OF MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES. The Company has no experience in
manufacturing pharmaceuticals and has no commercial manufacturing capacity. The
Company has established relationships and intends to establish additional
relationships with third-party manufacturers for the production of quantities of
its product candidates or compounds sufficient to conduct its planned
preclinical testing and clinical trials and the commercial production of any
approved products or compounds. There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to retain or establish relationships with third-party manufacturers on
acceptable terms, if at all, or that such third-party manufacturers will be able
to manufacture products in commercial quantities under GMP requirements on a
cost-effective basis. The Company's anticipated peptide-based therapeutics are
difficult and expensive to manufacture using existing technologies. The Company,
and its third-party manufacturers, are currently using solid-phase sequential
peptide synthesis to manufacture T-20. This chemical methodology is inherently
inefficient and complex. Due to technical limitations, solid-phase sequential
peptide synthesis is the most expensive way to chemically assemble the Company's
current peptide product candidates, including T-20. There can be no assurance
that the Company or its third-party manufacturers will be able to manufacture
T-20 on a cost-effective basis or that the Company will be successful in its
efforts to develop an alternative, more efficient manufacturing method for T-20
or any of its other peptide product candidates. The Company's dependence upon
third parties for the manufacture of its products, product candidates and
compounds may materially and adversely affect the Company's profit margins and
its ability to develop and commercialize product candidates, products and
compounds on a timely and competitive basis. Further, there can be no assurance
that manufacturing or quality control problems will not arise in connection with
the manufacture of the Company's products, product candidates or compounds or
that third-party manufacturers will maintain the necessary governmental licenses
and approvals to continue manufacturing the Company's products, product
candidates or compounds. Any failure to maintain existing or establish new
relationships with third parties for the Company's manufacturing requirements on
a timely basis and on acceptable terms would have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"Business -- Manufacturing."
 
     LACK OF SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION CAPABILITIES. The Company has no
experience in sales, marketing or distribution of pharmaceuticals and currently
has no personnel employed in any such capacities. Some therapeutics for HIV can
be marketed to a concentrated group of physicians in a relatively narrow
geographic scope. The Company may consider developing internal sales, marketing
and distribution capabilities for T-20, should it be successfully developed and
receive regulatory approval. For the remainder of the Company's product
candidates and compounds, should they be successfully developed and receive
regulatory approval, the Company may rely on marketing partners or other
arrangements with third parties which have established distribution systems and
direct sales forces for the sales, marketing, and distribution of such products
and compounds. In the event that the Company is unable to reach agreement with
one or more marketing partners to market these other products and compounds, the
Company would be required to develop internal sales, marketing and distribution
capabilities for such products and compounds. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to establish sales, marketing or distribution capabilities
or make arrangements with third parties to perform such activities on acceptable
terms, if at all, or that any internal capabilities or third-party arrangements
will be cost-effective. The failure to establish such capabilities would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
 
     In addition, any third parties with which the Company establishes sales,
marketing or distribution arrangements may have significant control over
important aspects of the commercialization of the Company's products and
compounds, including market identification, marketing methods, pricing,
composition of sales force and promotional activities. For example, the MiniMed
Agreement contemplates that MiniMed will participate in the sales, marketing and
distribution of any products jointly developed by the parties. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to control the amount and timing of
resources that MiniMed or any other third party may devote to the Company's
products or compounds or prevent any third party from pursuing alternative
technologies or products that could result in the development of products that
compete with the Company's products and the withdrawal of support for the
Company's products. See "Business -- Sales, Marketing and Distribution."
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
     UNCERTAINTY OF MARKET ACCEPTANCE. The Company's success will depend upon
the acceptance by the medical community, including health care providers and
third-party payors, of the Company's antifusion technology as a safe and
effective means of treating viral infection. The Company's success will
additionally be dependent upon the acceptance by the medical community,
including health care providers and third-party payors, of any products or
compounds developed by the Company. The degree of market acceptance will depend
upon a number of factors, including the establishment and demonstration in
clinical trials of the safety and effectiveness of the Company's products and
compounds, the receipt and scope of regulatory approvals, the demonstration of
the potential advantages of the Company's products and compounds over existing
treatment methods, and the reimbursement policies of government and third-party
payors with respect to antiviral therapeutics based upon blocking viral fusion.
Moreover, companies that market and sell HIV antivirals and other HIV-related
therapeutics have from time to time been subject to protests and boycotts by
patient advocacy and activist groups. These protests and boycotts have focused
on, among other things, availability of such therapeutics and pricing concerns.
Market acceptance of such therapeutics, including any products or compounds that
the Company may develop, will be dependent, in part, on the continued support by
such groups. There can be no assurance that the Company's products or compounds
will achieve significant market acceptance on a timely basis, or at all. Failure
of some or all of the Company's products, if successfully developed, to achieve
significant market acceptance would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     DEPENDENCE ON THIRD PARTIES FOR CLINICAL TRIALS. The Company has engaged,
and intends to continue to engage, third-party contract research organizations
("CROs") to perform certain functions in connection with the development of the
Company's product candidates and compounds. The Company intends to design
clinical trials, but have CROs conduct the clinical trials, and the Company will
rely on the CROs to perform many important aspects of the clinical trials. As a
result, these aspects of the Company's product development programs will be
outside the direct control of the Company. There can be no assurance that the
CROs or other third parties will perform all of their obligations under their
arrangements with the Company. In addition, there can be no assurance that any
such arrangements will be renewed or any new arrangements will be available on
acceptable terms, if at all, or that any such arrangements, if entered into,
will be successful. In the event that the CROs do not perform clinical trials in
a satisfactory manner or breach their obligations to the Company, the
commercialization of any product candidate or compound may be delayed or
precluded, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
     UNCERTAINTY OF THIRD-PARTY REIMBURSEMENT AND HEALTH CARE REFORM MEASURES.
In the United States and elsewhere, sales of prescription pharmaceuticals are
dependent, in part, on the availability of reimbursement to the consumer from
third-party payors, such as government agencies and private insurance plans.
Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical
products and services in an effort to promote cost containment measures and
alternative health care delivery systems and they may mandate predetermined
discounts from list prices. If the Company succeeds in bringing one or more
products or compounds to the market, there can be no assurance that these
products or compounds will be considered cost-effective or that reimbursement to
the consumer will be available or will be sufficient to allow the Company or its
potential collaborative partners to sell the Company's products or compounds on
a competitive basis. The business and financial condition of pharmaceutical
companies will continue to be affected by economic, political and regulatory
influences, including the efforts of governments and third-party payors to
contain or reduce the cost of health care through various means. A number of
legislative and regulatory proposals aimed at changing the health care system
have been proposed in recent years. Because of the high cost of the treatment of
AIDS or HIV using combination therapy, many state legislatures are reassessing
reimbursement policies for such therapy. In addition, an increasing emphasis on
managed care in the United States to reduce the overall costs of health care has
and will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. While the
Company cannot predict whether legislative or regulatory proposals will be
adopted or the effect those proposals or managed care efforts may have, the
announcement and/or adoption of such proposals or efforts could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Business -- Third Party Reimbursement and Health Care Reform
Measures."
 
     HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. The Company's product development programs involve the
controlled use of hazardous materials, chemicals, viruses and various
radioactive compounds, including Class IV type hazardous materials. Although the
Company believes that its handling and disposing of such materials comply with
the standards prescribed by state and federal regulations, the risk of
accidental contamination or injury from these materials cannot be completely
eliminated. In the event of such an accident, the Company could be held liable
for any damages or fines that result and any such liability could exceed the
resources of the Company. The Company may incur substantial additional costs to
comply with environmental regulations if the Company develops manufacturing
capacity.
 
                                       13
 
<PAGE>
     ABSENCE OF PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE; INSURANCE RISKS. The Company's
business will expose it to potential product liability risks that are inherent
in the testing, manufacturing and marketing of pharmaceutical products. There
can be no assurance that product liability claims will not be asserted against
the Company. In addition, the use of pharmaceutical products that may be
developed by the Company's potential collaborators in clinical trials and the
subsequent sale of products by the Company or its potential collaborators may
cause the Company to bear a portion of those risks. A successful product
liability claim or series of claims brought against the Company could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. The Company does not currently have any product liability
insurance relating to clinical trials or any products or compounds it may
develop and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain or
maintain adequate product liability insurance on acceptable terms, if at all, or
that such insurance will provide adequate coverage against potential
liabilities. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that any collaborators or
licensees of the Company will agree to indemnify the Company, be sufficiently
insured, or have a net worth sufficient to satisfy any product liability claims.
Claims or losses in excess of any product liability insurance coverage that may
be obtained by the Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     NEED TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN KEY OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND CONSULTANTS. The
Company is highly dependent upon the efforts of the principal members of its
scientific and management staff. The loss of the services of one or more members
of the Company's scientific or management staff could significantly delay or
prevent the achievement of the Company's research, development or business
objectives and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. At present, the Company only has
individual employment agreements with Dr. Johnson, the Company's President,
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Scientific Officer, and Mr. Megaro, the
Company's Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice
President and Secretary. In addition, the Company relies on consultants and
advisors, including the members of its Scientific Advisory Board, to assist the
Company in formulating its research and development strategy. The loss of the
services of certain members of the Company's Scientific Advisory Board or
certain consultants could materially and adversely affect the Company to the
extent that the Company is pursuing research or development in areas of such
scientific advisor's or consultant's expertise. Due to the specialized
scientific nature of the Company's business, the Company is also highly
dependent upon its ability to attract and retain qualified scientific, technical
and key management personnel. There is intense competition for qualified
personnel in the areas of the Company's activities by academic institutions,
biotechnology companies and pharmaceutical companies and there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to continue to attract and retain the
qualified personnel necessary for the development of its existing business and
its expansion into areas and activities requiring additional expertise. The loss
of, or failure to recruit, scientific, technical, and managerial personnel could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations.
 
     The Company's scientific advisors and consultants may be employed by or
have consulting agreements with entities other than the Company, some of which
may compete with the Company. To the extent that members of the Company's
Scientific Advisory Board or the consultants have consulting arrangements with
or become employed by any competitor of the Company, the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely
affected. Under certain circumstances, inventions or processes independently
discovered by the scientific advisors or the consultants will remain the
property of such persons or their employers. In addition, the institutions with
which the scientific advisors and the consultants are affiliated may make
available the research services of their scientific and other skilled personnel,
including the scientific advisors and the consultants, to competitors of the
Company pursuant to sponsored research agreements. Under such sponsored research
agreements, such institutions may be obligated to assign or license to a
competitor of the Company patents and other proprietary information that may
result from research sponsored by an entity other than the Company, including
research performed by a scientific advisor or a consultant for a competitor of
the Company.
 
     The Company requires all employees, consultants and certain of its
contractors to enter into confidentiality agreements that prohibit the
disclosure of confidential information to anyone outside the Company and require
disclosure and assignment to the Company of their ideas, developments,
discoveries or inventions developed during the course of their service to the
Company. However, no assurance can be given that competitors of the Company will
not gain access to trade secrets and other proprietary information developed by
the Company and disclosed to the scientific advisors and the consultants. See
"Business -- Human Resources" " -- Scientific Advisory Board" and "Management."
 
     SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE. Sales of substantial amounts of Common
Stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and
warrants) in the public market after this Offering or the prospect of such sales
could materially and adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock and
may have a material adverse effect on the Company's ability to raise any
necessary capital to fund its future operations. Upon completion of this
Offering, the Company will have
 
                                       14
 
<PAGE>
9,870,795 shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of options
and warrants outstanding as of July 9, 1997). Of these shares, the 2,500,000
shares offered hereby will be freely tradeable without restrictions or further
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), except that any shares held by "affiliates" of the Company within the
meaning of the Securities Act will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule
144 promulgated under the Securities Act ("Rule 144"). The remaining 7,370,795
outstanding shares are "restricted" securities that may be sold only if
registered under the Securities Act, or sold in accordance with an applicable
exemption from registration, such as Rule 144. Rule 144 imposes a holding period
with respect to securities purchased directly from an issuer or an "affiliate"
of an issuer.
 
     The officers and directors of the Company and other holders of Common Stock
who together hold 7,346,510 shares of Common Stock have agreed not to sell,
offer, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of or enter into any contract,
arrangement or commitment to sell or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock
without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC for a period of 180 days
from the date of this Prospectus (the "Lock-up Agreements"). Approximately
244,111 shares of Common Stock will be eligible for resale in the public market
without restriction in reliance on Rule 144(k) immediately following the
completion of this Offering, 238,790 shares of which are subject to the Lock-up
Agreements. An additional 765,669 (757,491 shares of which are subject to the
Lock-up Agreements) will be eligible for resale in the public market pursuant to
Rule 701 under the Securities Act beginning approximately 90 days after the
effective date of this Prospectus, except to the extent that such shares are
subject to vesting restrictions or certain contractual restrictions on sale or
transfer pursuant to agreements with the Company. After the expiration of the
180-day lock-up period, an additional 3,729,746 shares of Common Stock will be
eligible for resale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144. From time to time
thereafter, the remaining shares of Common Stock outstanding will become
eligible for resale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144.
 
     Approximately 90 days after the completion of this Offering, the Company
intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to
register the future issuance of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
under the Company's Stock Option Plan. As of July 9, 1997, 253,501 shares of
Common Stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding options and
240,476 shares of Common Stock were reserved for future issuance under the
Company's Stock Option Plan. Such registration statement will automatically
become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered thereunder will,
subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, be available for sale
in the public market, except to the extent that such shares are subject to
vesting restrictions with the Company or certain contractual restrictions on
sale or transfer (including options covering 233,263 shares which are subject to
Lock-up Agreements). After this Offering, the holders of approximately 6,261,615
shares of Common Stock and the holders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of
56,684 shares of Common Stock will be entitled to certain demand and piggyback
rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act.
If such holders, by exercising their demand registration rights, cause a large
number of securities to be registered and sold in the public market, such sales
could have an adverse effect on the market price of the Company's Common Stock.
If the Company, either on its own behalf or on behalf of certain stockholders,
were to initiate a registration and include shares held by such holders pursuant
to the exercise of their piggyback registration rights, such sales could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's ability to raise needed capital. See
"Certain Transactions," "Shares Eligible for Future Sale," "Description of
Capital Stock -- Registration Rights" and "Underwriting."
 
     CONTROL BY DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND AFFILIATED ENTITIES. The
Company's directors, executive officers and entities affiliated with them will,
in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 47.9% of the Company's
outstanding shares of Common Stock following the completion of this Offering (or
approximately 35.8% if the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full). As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to
significantly influence all matters requiring approval by the stockholders of
the Company, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers and
consolidations, sales of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
or other business combination transactions. This may discourage a tender offer
for the Company's Common Stock or a change in control of the Company. See
"Principal Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock."
 
     ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS. The Company's
Board of Directors is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences and limitations of those
shares without any further vote or action by the Company's stockholders. The
rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely
affected by, the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued
in the future. While the Company has no present intention to issue shares of
Preferred Stock, such issuance could have the effect of making it more difficult
for a third party to acquire a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the
Company. In addition, the Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of
the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") which, subject to certain
exceptions, prohibits the Company from engaging in certain business combinations
with certain stockholders (each, an "interested stockholder") for a period of
three years after the date of the transaction in which the stockholder became an
interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a
prescribed manner. The application of Section 203
 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of the
Company. The Company's Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
provides for staggered terms for the members of the Board of Directors. The
staggered Board of Directors, the Company's Third Amended and Certificate of
Incorporation and certain provisions of the DGCL may have the effect of
delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of the Company, may
discourage bids for the Common Stock at a premium over the market price and may
adversely affect the market price, and the voting and other rights of the
holders, of the Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Delaware Law
and Certain Charter Provisions."
 
     NO PRIOR MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE. Prior
to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Company's Common Stock
and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the Common Stock
will develop or be sustained after this Offering or that the market price of the
Common Stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. The
initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between the
Company and the representatives of the Underwriters and may not be indicative of
the market price at which the Common Stock of the Company will trade after this
Offering. Among the factors to be considered in such negotiations, in addition
to prevailing market conditions, are certain financial information of the
Company, market valuations of other companies that the Company and the
representatives of the several underwriters believe to be comparable to the
Company, estimates of the business potential of the Company, the present state
of the Company's development and other factors deemed relevant. The initial
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus should not,
however, be considered an indication of the actual value of the Common Stock.
Such price is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other
factors. There can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
for the Common Stock or that the Common Stock will trade in the public market
subsequent to this Offering at or above the initial offering price.
 
     The market price of the Common Stock, like that of the securities of many
other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, is likely to be highly
volatile. Factors such as announcements of technological innovations or new
products by the Company or its competitors, preclinical testing or clinical
trial results relating to or regulatory approvals or disapprovals of the
Company's or competitors' product candidates, government regulation, health care
legislation, developments or disputes concerning patent or other proprietary
rights of the Company or its competitors, including litigation, fluctuations in
the Company's operating results, and market prices of the capital stock of
biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies in general could have a significant
impact on the future market price of the Common Stock. In addition, the stock
market has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations
that may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. In
addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of
the securities of companies in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries,
securities class action litigation has often been instituted against those
companies. Such litigation, if instituted against the Company, could result in
substantial costs and a diversion of management attention and resources, which
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. The realization of any of the risks
described in these "Risk Factors" could have a dramatic and adverse impact on
the market price of the Common Stock. See "Underwriting."
 
     BROAD DISCRETION IN USE OF PROCEEDS. The net proceeds of the Offering will
be added to the Company's working capital and will be available for research and
development, capital expenditures, working capital and general corporate
purposes. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company cannot specify with
certainty the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon
completion of this Offering. Accordingly, the Company's management will have
broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds. See "Use of Proceeds"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
     IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION. Purchasers of the Common Stock offered
hereby will incur an immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book
value of the Common Stock from the initial public offering price. The current
stockholders of the Company, including the Company's directors and officers,
acquired their shares of Common Stock for consideration substantially less than
the initial public offering price of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
Additionally, the Company has issued options to acquire shares of the Common
Stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the
extent outstanding options to purchase the Common Stock are exercised, there
will be further dilution. See "Dilution."
 
     NO DIVIDENDS. The Company has not paid cash dividends on its Common Stock
since its inception and does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."
 
                                       16
 
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2,500,000 shares of
Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of
$13.00 per share are estimated to be approximately $29.4 million (approximately
$34.0 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by the Company.
 
     The Company intends to use the net proceeds of this Offering to fund the
continued clinical trials of T-20, increased research and development
activities, including ongoing development of the Company's technologies,
preclinical testing and clinical trials, and other costs associated with the
Company's product discovery and development programs. The Company also intends,
depending on the results of ongoing preclinical testing and clinical trials, to
use some of the net proceeds for the expansion of its facilities. The remainder
of the aggregate net proceeds will be used to provide working capital and to
fund other general corporate purposes. The amounts actually expended for each
purpose and the timing of such expenditures may vary significantly depending
upon a number of factors, including the status of the Company's research,
product candidate and compound discovery and development efforts, including
preclinical testing and clinical trials, the timing of regulatory actions, the
costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, protecting and
enforcing patent claims and other proprietary rights, the ability of the Company
to establish, internally or through relationships with third parties,
manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, technological and
other changes in the competitive landscape, changes in the Company's existing
research and development relationships and strategic alliances, evaluation of
the commercial viability of potential product candidates and compounds, needs
for additional facilities and other factors, many of which are outside of the
Company's control. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company cannot specify
with certainty the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon
completion of this Offering. Accordingly, the Company's management will have
broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds. The Company may also
use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products
and technologies that are complementary to those of the Company, although the
Company currently has no agreements and is not involved in any negotiations with
respect to any such transactions.
 
     Pending such uses, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds in
investment grade, interest-bearing securities.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company has not paid any dividends on its Common Stock since its
inception. The Company currently intends to retain any future earnings to fund
its operations and, therefore, does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in
the foreseeable future.
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 1997, (i) the actual
capitalization of the Company, (ii) the pro forma capitalization of the Company
after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and the filing of the
Company's Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation upon the
completion of the Offering, and (iii) the pro forma capitalization of the
Company as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the 2,500,000 shares of Common
Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per
share and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The table should be read in
conjunction with the Financial Statements and the related Notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                                            ACTUAL     PRO FORMA    AS ADJUSTED
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>          <C>
Notes payable and obligations under capital leases,
  excluding current installments........................................................   $    488    $    488      $     488
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock...................................................         53          --             --
  Preferred Stock, $.001 par value
     per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and
     outstanding........................................................................         --          --             --
  Common Stock, $.001 par value per share,
     80,000,000 shares authorized 1,092,472 shares issued
     and outstanding, actual; 7,354,087 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and
     9,854,087 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (1).................          1           7             10
  Additional paid-in capital............................................................     32,435      32,482         61,904
  Deficit accumulated during the development stage......................................    (21,443)    (21,443 )      (21,443)
  Deferred compensation.................................................................     (1,935)     (1,935 )       (1,935)
Notes receivable from stockholders......................................................       (264)       (264 )         (264)
     Total stockholders' equity.........................................................      8,847       8,847         38,272
     Total capitalization...............................................................   $  9,335    $  9,335      $  38,760
</TABLE>
 
(1) Excludes (i) 10,589 shares of Common Stock issued by the Company after June
    30, 1997, (ii) 260,326 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant
    to stock options outstanding as of June 30, 1997 at a weighted average
    exercise price of $.59 per share, and (iii) 56,684 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 1997 at a
    weighted average exercise price of $4.25 per share. Also excludes an
    aggregate of 239,770 shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance
    under the Company's Stock Option Plan as of June 30, 1997. See
    "Management -- Stock Option Plans," "Description of Capital Stock" and Note
    1 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       18
 
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
     The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company's Common Stock as of
June 30, 1997 was approximately $8.3 million, or $1.13 per share, after giving
effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion. After giving effect to the sale by the
Company of the 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed
initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable
by the Company), the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of June
30, 1997 would have been approximately $37.8 million, or $3.83 per share. This
represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.70 per share
to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of
$9.17 per share to purchasers in this Offering. "Net tangible book value"
represents the amount of tangible assets of the Company less total liabilities.
Dilution represents the difference between the amount per share paid by
purchasers in this Offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share
upon completion of this Offering. The following table illustrates this per share
dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>      <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.....................................            $13.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 1997...................   $1.13
  Increase in book value per share attributable to new investors....................    2.70
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this Offering.....................              3.83
Dilution per share to new investors (1).............................................            $ 9.17
</TABLE>
 
(1) If the Underwriters' over-allotment is exercised in full, the dilution to
    new investors will be $8.86 per share.
 
     The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1997,
the difference between the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the
Company, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by
the existing holders of Common Stock and by the new investors, after giving
effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and before deducting the underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the
Company, at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        AVERAGE
                                                                     SHARES PURCHASED        TOTAL CONSIDERATION       PRICE PER
                                                                    NUMBER      PERCENT       AMOUNT       PERCENT       SHARE
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>
Existing stockholders...........................................   7,354,087         75%    $30,488,588         48%      $ 4.15
New investors...................................................   2,500,000         25      32,500,000         52        13.00
       Total....................................................   9,854,087        100%    $62,988,588        100%      $ 6.39
</TABLE>
 
     The foregoing tables assume no exercise of outstanding options or warrants.
As of June 30, 1997, (i) 260,326 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon
exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of
$0.59 per share, and (ii) an aggregate of 56,684 shares of Common Stock were
issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted-average
exercise price of $4.25 per share. Also excludes an aggregate of 239,770 shares
of Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the Company's Stock Option
Plan as of June 30, 1997. To the extent the outstanding options are exercised,
there will be further dilution to new investors. See "Capitalization," and
"Management -- Stock Option Plans," "Description of Capital Stock" and Note 1 of
Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       19
 
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The selected financial data set forth below with respect to the Company's
Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and
with respect to the Company's Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996
are derived from the audited Financial Statements of the Company which are
included elsewhere in this Prospectus and are qualified by reference to such
Financial Statements and the related Notes thereto. Statements of Operations
data for the period from inception (January 7, 1993) through December 31, 1993
and Balance Sheet data at December 31, 1993 and 1994 are derived from audited
Financial Statements of the Company not included herein. The selected financial
data as of June 30, 1997 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 are
derived from unaudited Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The unaudited Financial Statements include all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that the Company considers
necessary for the fair presentation of its financial position and the results of
its operations for those periods. Operating results for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected
for the year ending December 31, 1997. The selected financial data set forth
below is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with,
the Financial Statements, the related Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PERIOD FROM
                                                     INCEPTION                                                  FOR THE
                                                 (JANUARY 7, 1993)                 FOR THE                  SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                THROUGH DECEMBER 31,      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,              JUNE 30,
                                                        1993             1994       1995       1996         1996       1997
<S>                                             <C>                     <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)          (UNAUDITED)
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue......................................         $     --          $    --    $   104    $    55      $    --    $   212
Operating expense:
Research and development expenses............              691          $ 2,747    $ 4,012    $ 5,146      $ 2,278      2,859
General and administrative expenses..........              631              947      1,520      1,761          802        786
     Total operating expenses................            1,322            3,694      5,532      6,907        3,080      3,645
Operating loss...............................           (1,322)          (3,694)    (5,428)    (6,852)      (3,080)    (3,433)
Interest income..............................               16                8         49         47           32         33
Interest expense.............................               (5)            (258)      (360)      (167)         (86)       (78)
     Total other income (expense)............               11             (250)      (311)      (120)         (54)       (45)
     Net loss................................         $ (1,311)         $(3,944)   $(5,739)   $(6,972)     $(3,134)   $(3,478)
Pro forma net loss per share (1)(2)..........                                                 $ (1.48)                $ (0.59)
Pro forma weighted average shares used in
  computing pro forma net loss per share
  (1)(2).....................................                                                   4,705                   5,880
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        AS OF
                                                                                      AS OF DECEMBER 31,               JUNE 30,
                                                                            1993       1994       1995       1996        1997
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)         (UNAUDITED)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents...............................................   $   509    $   277    $ 1,343    $   132    $  8,912
Working capital (deficiency)............................................       183     (4,067)       322     (1,305)      8,019
Total assets............................................................     1,802      1,873      3,058      1,684      10,585
Long-term notes payable and capital lease obligations, less current
  portion...............................................................       401        751        703        576         488
Accumulated deficit.....................................................    (1,311)    (5,254)   (10,994)   (17,965)    (21,443)
Total stockholders' equity..............................................       701     (3,236)     1,324       (409)      8,847
</TABLE>
 
(1) Computed on the basis described in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(2) Pro forma to give effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion.
 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF THE FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND THE RELATED NOTES THERETO INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THE
RESULTS DISCUSSED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT MIGHT CAUSE OR
CONTRIBUTE TO SUCH DIFFERENCES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED
UNDER "RISK FACTORS," "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS," AND "BUSINESS," AS WELL AS THOSE DISCUSSED
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     Trimeris commenced operations in January 1993, has a limited operating
history and is a development stage company. Since its inception, substantially
all of the Company's resources have been dedicated to the development,
patenting, preclinical testing and a Phase I/II clinical trial of T-20, the
development of its proprietary technology platform and research and development
and preclinical testing of other potential product candidates and compounds
discovered by the Company. The Company has incurred losses since its inception
and, as of June 30, 1997, had an accumulated deficit of approximately $21.4
million. The Company has received revenue solely from Small Business Innovative
Research ("SBIR") grants and an investigative contract and has yet to generate
any revenue from product sales or royalties, and there can be no assurance that
it will be able to generate any such revenues or royalties in the future.
 
     Product candidates and compounds discovered by the Company and developed
through the Company's product development programs will require significant
additional, time-consuming and costly research and development, preclinical
testing and extensive clinical trials prior to submission of any regulatory
application for commercial use. The Company has incurred losses since its
inception. Such losses have resulted principally from expenses incurred in the
Company's research and development activities associated with the development,
patenting, preclinical testing and a Phase I/II clinical trial of T-20, the
development of its proprietary technology platform, research and development and
preclinical testing of other potential product candidates and compounds
discovered by the Company, and from general and administrative expenses. The
Company expects to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future and
expects losses to increase as the Company's research and development,
preclinical testing and clinical trial efforts expand. The amount and timing of
the Company's operating expenses will depend on several factors, including the
status of the Company's research and development activities, product candidate
and compound discovery and development efforts, including preclinical testing
and clinical trials, the timing of regulatory actions, the costs involved in
preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, protecting and enforcing patent
claims and other proprietary rights, the ability of the Company to establish,
internally or through relationships with third parties, manufacturing, sales,
marketing and distribution capabilities, technological and other changes in the
competitive landscape, changes in the Company's existing research and
development relationships and strategic alliances, evaluation of the commercial
viability of potential product candidates and other factors, many of which are
outside of the Company's control. As a result, the Company believes that
period-to-period comparisons of financial results in the future are not
necessarily meaningful and results of operations in prior periods should not be
relied upon as an indication of future performance. Any deviations in results
from operations from levels expected by securities analysts and investors could
have a material adverse effect on the market price of the Common Stock. The
Company's ability to achieve profitability will depend, in part, upon its or its
collaborated partners' ability to successfully develop and obtain regulatory
approval for T-20 and other product candidates and compounds discovered by the
Company, and to develop the capacity, either internally or through relationships
with third parties, to manufacture, sell, market and distribute approved
products, if any. There can be no assurance that the Company will ever generate
significant revenues or achieve profitable operations. See "Risk
Factors -- Development Stage Company" and " -- History of Operating Losses;
Accumulated Deficit; Uncertainty of Future Profitability."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  COMPARISON OF SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
     REVENUE. There was no revenue recognized for the six months ended June 30,
1996. Revenue recognized for the six months ended June 30, 1997 consisted of
approximately $112,000 of income from SBIR grants, and $100,000 from an
investigative contract.
 
     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES. Total research and development expenses
increased from approximately $2.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996
to approximately $2.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The
increase is primarily due to increased costs related to additional personnel and
related laboratory research supplies to support
 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
these personnel and the continuation of Phase I/II clinical trials for T-20.
Total research personnel were 24 and 28 at June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
The Company expects its research and development expenses to increase
substantially in the future due to continued expansion of product development
activities, including preclinical testing and clinical trials.
 
     GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Total general and administrative
expenses decreased from approximately $802,000 for the six months ended June
30, 1996 to approximately $786,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997. The
Company expects its administrative expenses to increase in the future to
support the expansion of its product development activities.
 
     OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE). Other income (expense) consists of interest income
and expense. Total other expenses decreased from approximately $55,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 1996 to $45,000 for the six months ended June 30,
1997. This change was primarily due to fluctuations in cash balances and
borrowings.
 
  COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
 
     REVENUE. Total revenue was approximately $0, $104,000 and $54,000 for 1994,
1995 and 1996, respectively. An SBIR grant was received in 1995, and revenue was
recognized as earned under this grant in 1995 and 1996.
 
     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES. Total research and development expenses
increased from $2.7 million in 1994 to approximately $4.0 million in 1995 and
increased to approximately $5.1 million in 1996. The increases are primarily due
to increased costs related to additional personnel and related laboratory
research supplies to support these personnel. During 1996, the Company began
Phase I/II clinical trials for T-20 and incurred costs associated with these
clinical trials. Total research personnel were 17, 25 and 25 at December 31,
1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Total general and administrative
expenses increased from approximately $948,000 in 1994 to approximately
$1.5 million in 1995, and increased to approximately $1.8 million in 1996.
These increases are primarily due to increased costs related to additional
personnel and professional fees incurred in the patent application process.
 
     OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE). Other income (expense) consists of interest income
and expense. Total other expense increased from approximately $250,000 in 1994
to approximately $311,000 in 1995 and decreased to approximately $120,000 in
1996. The increase from 1994 to 1995 was primarily due to an increase in
interest expense of approximately $102,000 net of an increase in interest income
of approximately $41,000. The decrease from 1995 to 1996 was primarily due to a
reduction in interest expense of approximately $193,000 as a result of the
exchange of notes payable for preferred stock during 1995.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Since inception, the Company has financed its operations primarily through
the private placement of equity securities, the issuance of notes to
stockholders and equipment lease financing. Net cash used by operating
activities was approximately $3.8 million, approximately $4.8 million and
approximately $5.8 million in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and
approximately $2.9 million and approximately $3.5 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1997, respectively. The cash used by operating
activities was used primarily to fund research and development and general and
administrative expenses. Cash provided by financing activities was approximately
$3.6 million, approximately $6.1 million, and approximately $4.8 million in
1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and approximately $3.3 million and
approximately $12.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. The cash provided by financing activities was primarily from the
sale of equity securities and notes to stockholders.
 
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company had approximately $8.9 million in cash and
cash equivalents compared to approximately $132,000 as of December 31, 1996. The
increase resulted from the receipt of approximately $12.8 million from the sale
of equity securities during 1997, partially offset by approximately $3.5 million
used by operations.
 
     The Company has experienced negative cash flows from operations since its
inception and does not anticipate generating sufficient positive cash flows to
fund its operations in the foreseeable future. The Company has expended, and
expects to continue to expend in the future, substantial funds to pursue its
product candidate and compound discovery and development efforts, including
expenditures for continued clinical trials of T-20, research and development and
preclinical testing of other product candidates and compounds discovered by the
Company and the development of its proprietary technology platform. The Company
expects that its existing capital resources, together with the net proceeds of
the Offering and the interest earned thereon, will be adequate to fund its
capital requirements through 1998. However, the Company's future capital
requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors,
including the results of the clinical trials relating to T-20, the progress and
scope of the Company's product development programs, the magnitude of these
programs, the results of preclinical testing and clinical trials, the need for
additional facilities based on the results of these clinical trials and other
product development programs, changes in the focus and direction of the
Company's product development programs, the
 
                                       22
 
<PAGE>
costs involved in preparing, filing, processing, maintaining, protecting and
enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights, competitive
factors and technological advances, the cost, timing and outcome of regulatory
reviews, changes in the requirements of the FDA, administrative and legal
expenses, evaluation of the commercial viability of potential product candidates
and compounds, the establishment of capacity, either internally or through
relationships with third parties, for manufacturing, sales, marketing and
distribution functions and other factors, many of which are outside of the
Company's control. Thus, there can be no assurance that the net proceeds of this
Offering, together with the interest earned thereon, will be sufficient to fund
the Company's capital requirements during the period discussed above. The
Company believes that substantial additional funds will be required to continue
to fund its operations and that the Company will be required to obtain
additional funds through equity or debt financing or licenses, agreements or
other arrangements with collaborative partners and others, or from other
sources. The terms of any such equity financings may be dilutive to stockholders
and the terms of any debt financings may contain restrictive covenants which
limit the Company's ability to pursue certain courses of action. There can be no
assurance that such funds will be available to the Company on acceptable terms,
if at all, or that such financings will be adequate to meet the Company's future
capital requirements. If adequate funds are not available, the Company may be
required to delay, scale-back or eliminate certain aspects of its preclinical
testing, clinical trials and research and development programs or attempt to
obtain funds through arrangements with collaborative partners or others that may
require the Company to relinquish rights to certain of its technologies or
product candidates or compounds, which could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Risk
Factors -- Future Capital Needs; Uncertainty of Additional Funding" and "Use of
Proceeds."
 
NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS
 
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company had a net operating loss carryforward of
approximately $21 million. The Company has recognized a valuation allowance
equal to the deferred asset represented by this net operation loss carryforward
and therefore recognized no tax benefit. The Company's ability to utilize its
net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation in
future periods pursuant to the "change in ownership rules" under Section 382 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). See Note 6 of Notes
to Financial Statements.
 
                                       23
 
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
THE COMPANY
 
     Trimeris is a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery and
development of novel therapeutic agents that block viral infection by inhibiting
viral fusion with host cells. Viral fusion is a complex process by which viruses
infect host cells. The Company's lead product candidate, T-20, inhibits fusion
of HIV with host cells. T-20 is currently being administered to HIV-infected
patients in a Phase I/II clinical trial. T-20 and the Company's other product
candidates are designed to inhibit viral fusion, unlike other currently approved
therapeutic agents that target later steps in the infection process. The Company
has developed a proprietary technology platform in the field of fusion
inhibition, which will be applied to the discovery and development of novel
products for the treatment of a variety of viral diseases.
 
OVERVIEW OF VIRAL DISEASE
 
     Viruses are infectious particles which contain either RNA or DNA and rely
on host cells to maintain their life cycle. Outside a host cell, a virus
particle cannot replicate. However, after infecting a host cell, a virus
exploits the metabolic mechanisms of that host cell to reproduce and make new
infectious virus particles that can infect other cells.
 
     The genetic material of viruses is surrounded by a protein coat, called a
nucleocapsid. The nucleocapsid of certain viruses, known as enveloped viruses
(HIV, RSV, HPIV, influenza and hepatitis B and C), is surrounded by a bilayer
membrane consisting of both lipids and proteins. Certain of these viral proteins
facilitate the binding process of the virus to the host cell. These proteins
contain peptide domains that associate with one another to form coiled coils
during the infection process. These coiled-coil protein domains come together in
very specific structural rearrangements that help the viral membrane fuse with
the host cell membrane. This coiled-coil interaction permits the viral fusion
process to take place, thereby allowing the virus to inject its genetic material
into the host cell. The following diagram illustrates the process by which
certain viruses (HIV, for example) infect a host cell.
 
        [DEPICTION OF THE HIV LIFE CYCLE AS MORE FULLY DESCRIBED BELOW]
 
    HIV LIFE CYCLE. STEP 1: HIV attaches to the surface of a human immune
    cell when the gp120 protein binds to a particular host cell receptor.
    After attachment, gp120 is stripped away from the virus and certain
    peptide domains within the gp41 transmembrane protein rearrange and bind
    to each other very tightly to form coiled coils which mediate the fusion
    of the viral and host cell membranes. STEP 2: The virus injects its
    genetic material (RNA) into the cell. An HIV viral enzyme (reverse
    transcriptase) then converts this RNA into DNA. STEP 3: The viral DNA is
    transported to the nucleus and is integrated into the host cell's
    chromosomes. STEP 4: The infected cell begins to produce new viral RNA,
    which then uses a portion of the host cell's protein synthesis machinery
    to make many different viral proteins. STEP 5: The viral enzyme called
    protease cuts these new proteins into smaller pieces. STEP 6: These
    protein pieces assemble with the HIV RNA and lipids to make new
    infectious virus particles. STEP 7: Mature HIV particles are released
    from the surface of the infected cell to begin a new cycle of infection.
 
         [DEPICTION OF MODEL FOR HIV FUSION MORE FULLY DESCRIBED BELOW]
 
    MODEL FOR HIV FUSION. PRE-FUSION: The HIV gp41 protein contains two
    peptide domains which are predicted to associate with one another to
    help the virus fuse with the host cell membrane. However, these two
    peptide domains are presumably kept apart by the gp120 protein in a
    pre-fusion state until the virus attaches to a host cell. ATTACHMENT:
    The gp120 protein is stripped away from the virus after gp120 binds to
    host cell receptors. The two specific peptide domains within the gp41
    protein can then rearrange and bind to each other very tightly to form a
    coiled-coil structure. In doing so, the tip of the gp41 protein is now
    positioned to penetrate the host cell membrane. FUSION: The virus is now
    drawn closer to the host cell membrane surface and the viral and host
    cell membranes fuse together. PENETRATION: Once the membranes fuse
    together, the virus can inject its genetic material into the host cell
    and the infection process is completed.
 
                                       24
 
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY'S TECHNOLOGY
 
     The Company's academic founders, Dr. Dani Bolognesi and Dr. Thomas
Matthews, both of the Duke University Center for AIDS Research, have discovered
a novel method to block HIV infection by inhibiting viral fusion with host
cells. This discovery was licensed to the Company and led to the Company's
development of its proprietary technology platform. The Company is using its
proprietary techonology platform to support its discovery and development
programs. Unlike therapeutic agents targeting viral replication processes inside
host cells, the Company's product candidates prevent one of the first steps in
the infection process that occurs outside of the host cell. The Company's goal
is to use its expertise in the field of fusion inhibition to discover, develop
and market novel peptides or small molecules to inhibit viral fusion for the
treatment of a variety of diseases.
 
     T-20, the Company's lead product candidate for treating HIV infection, is
currently being tested in a Phase I/II clinical trial in the United States. T-20
is a proprietary 36 amino acid synthetic peptide that binds to a key peptide
domain of the HIV gp41 protein and blocks HIV viral fusion by interfering with
the interactions between peptide domains within viral proteins that are required
for HIV entry into a host cell. The following diagram illustrates the use of
T-20 to inhibit viral fusion.
 
  [DEPICTION OF THE USE OF T-20 TO BLOCK VIRAL FUSION AS MORE FULLY DESCRIBED
                                     BELOW]
 
MODEL FOR T-20 INHIBITION OF HIV FUSION. The gp120 protein is stripped away from
the virus after gp120 binds to a particular host cell receptor. Two specific
peptide domains in the gp41 protein are thus freed and can bind to one another
to form a coiled coil. However, if T-20 is present in the bloodstream, it binds
very tightly to one of the two peptide domains within the gp41 protein.
Therefore, T-20 blocks the ability of gp41 to form a natural, coiled-coil
structure. As a result, the tip of the gp41 protein does not effectively
penetrate the host cell membrane. Since the virus cannot penetrate and inject
its genetic material into the cell, HIV infection of the host cell is inhibited.
 
                                       25
 
<PAGE>
     Through its study of the HIV fusion process, the Company has developed a
proprietary technology platform aimed at discovering antiviral compounds. The
cornerstone of this platform is CAST, a proprietary computer algorithm which
identifies target sequences within certain viral proteins that have the
potential to interact during the fusion process. Once identified by the CAST
algorithm, these target sequences form the basis for designing highly selective
and potent peptide inhibitors of viral fusion. CAST has enabled the Company to
design product candidates for RSV and HPIV fusion inhibition. The Company has
identified, and has filed patent applications disclosing, numerous discrete
peptide sequences, which include potential fusion targets in other viruses such
as hepatitis B and C, influenza and herpes.
 
     In addition to viral targets, CAST has identified protein sequences which
may have a role in bacterial pathogenesis, thus providing the Company with the
basis for future work aimed at the potential discovery of antibiotic agents.
Ultimately, the Company plans to explore CAST-identified sequences across a wide
range of targets, including those associated with cancer, immunology and
neurology.
 
PROGRAMS AND PRODUCT CANDIDATES UNDER DEVELOPMENT
 
     The following table describes the various stages of development of the
Company's programs and product candidates.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          INDICATION                    PRODUCT CANDIDATE              DEVELOPMENT STATUS(1)
<S>                               <C>                              <C>
  HIV                             T-20                                    Phase I/II
  RSV                             T-786                                   Preclinical
  HIV                             Second generation inhibitors            Preclinical
  RSV                             Small molecules                         Preclinical
  HPIV                            T-205                                   Research
  HPIV                            Small molecules                         Research
  HIV                             Small molecules                         Research
  Influenza Virus                 Small molecules                         Discovery
  Hepatitis B Virus               Small molecules                         Discovery
  Hepatitis C Virus               Small molecules                         Discovery
  Epstein-Barr Virus              Small molecules                         Discovery
(1) "Phase I/II" indicates that the product candidate is being tested in clinical trials for
    safety and preliminary indications of biological activity in a limited patient population.
    "Preclinical" indicates that the Company is testing a product candidate in animal models.
    "Research" indicates the Company is pursuing the discovery of prototype compounds and
    evaluating prototype compounds in IN VITRO testing. "Discovery" indicates that the Company is
    developing assay systems to screen chemical libraries of small molecules. See "Risk
    Factors -- Uncertainties Related to Clinical Trials and Clinical Trial Strategy,"
    " -- Extensive Government Regulation; No Assurance of Regulatory Approval" and
    "Business -- Government Regulation."
</TABLE>
 
CLINICAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
 
  T-20
 
     T-20 is a proprietary compound which has demonstrated significant
inhibition of HIV in preclinical testing and is currently being tested in Phase
I/II clinical trials. T-20 inhibits HIV viral fusion with host cells and thus
operates by a completely different mechanism of action than any other currently
approved HIV antiviral. HIV targets primarily the human immune cells known as
CD4+ T-cells and macrophages. HIV-infected cells ultimately lose their immune
function, leading to eventual degeneration of the immune system, which results
in opportunistic infections, neurological dysfunctions, neoplasms and death.
 
     T-20 is a 36 amino acid synthetic peptide whose sequence is derived from
the gp41 protein of HIV. In preclinical testing, T-20 displayed potent antiviral
activity and reduced HIV viral load significantly in animal models. In those
tests, T-20 displayed notable pharmaceutical properties, including long
half-life, significant bioavailability, chemical stability and rapid
distribution into lymphatic tissue, a major reservoir of HIV. In December 1996,
the Company began a Phase I/II clinical trial administering an intravenous
formulation of T-20 to HIV-infected patients. Preliminary review of the data
from the Phase I/II clinical trial indicates that no drug-induced adverse
events have been reported and no dose-limiting toxicities have been observed.
The Company anticipates that the full results of this clinical trial will be
available in the third quarter of 1997. There can be no assurance that the
results from the Phase I/II clinical trial will support future clinical trials
or will be predictive of results that will be obtained in pivotal clinical
trials.
 
                                       26
 
<PAGE>
  T-20 CLINICAL DEVELOPMENT
 
     The Company believes that delivery of a continuous therapeutic dose of T-20
using a subcutaneous infusion delivery system may suppress HIV more effectively
than other delivery mechanisms. Accordingly, the Company, together with MiniMed,
is developing a continuous, subcutaneous infusion delivery system for
administering T-20. The Company believes that the ease of use of a continuous,
subcutaneous infusion delivery system may increase patient compliance. In
addition, the Company believes that such a system may reduce the amount of T-20
necessary to maintain effective HIV suppression. The Company is preparing to
begin a Phase II clinical trial that will compare delivery of a constant
therapeutic dose of T-20 by a continuous, subcutaneous infusion pump to
delivery by subcutaneous injections. The Company anticipates that this clinical
trial will be conducted at the University of Alabama at Birmingham under the
supervision of Dr. Michael Saag and at the UCLA Medical Center under the
supervision of Dr. Ron Mitsuyasu. Each site is expected to enroll 16 to 24
HIV-infected patients and measure pharmacokinetics of T-20 drug delivery using
the continuous, subcutaneous infusion pump and the effect of this treatment
approach on primary surrogate markers. This trial will also analyze the T-20
dosing range when using the MiniMed continuous, subcutaneous infusion pump. The
Company anticipates that this Phase II clinical trial will be completed in the
first quarter of 1998.
 
     After completion of the continuous, subcutaneous infusion Phase II trial,
the Company intends to begin a pivotal Phase II trial in a larger population of
HIV-infected patients who are either resistant to, or intolerant of, currently
approved antiviral therapies (RT and protease inhibitors). Historically, pivotal
Phase II trials of this type involving HIV antivirals have included
approximately 300-400 patients and have taken approximately 18-24 months to
complete. The Company anticipates that this pivotal Phase II trial will begin in
the first half of 1998. Concurrently with the start of the pivotal Phase II
trial, the Company intends to begin a study of T-20 in HIV-infected pediatric
patients. Historically, studies of this type involving HIV antivirals have
included approximately 40-60 pediatric patients and have taken approximately
18-30 months to complete.
 
     Throughout the T-20 clinical trial process, the Company intends to work
with the FDA to design and implement a clinical trial strategy involving the
administration of T-20 to HIV-infected patients in combination with approved HIV
antiviral agents. The Company also believes that it will be able to conduct its
T-20 clinical trial programs pursuant to the accelerated approval procedure
authorized by the FDA for drugs intended to treat serious or life-threatening
illnesses. However, there can be no assurance that T-20 will be eligible for
accelerated development and/or approval under these regulations. Further, there
can be no assurance that T-20 (if eligible for accelerated development and/or
approval under these regulations) will be approved by the FDA for marketing on
an accelerated basis, or at all. The anticipated timing of the Company's T-20
clinical trials may be delayed or cancelled for a number of reasons, including
the receipt of unanticipated T-20 clinical trial results, changes in the focus
of the Company or its collaborators, financial requirements and resources,
manufacturing issues, technological developments and competitive factors.
Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Company's T-20 clinical trials
will commence on their target dates, or at all. Delays in such clinical trials
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Risk Factors -- Extensive Government
Regulation; No Assurance of Regulatory Approval," " -- Uncertainties Related to
Clinical Trials and Clinical Trial Strategy" and "Business -- Government
Regulation."
 
  HIV MARKET AND EXISTING THERAPIES
 
     HIV infection causes AIDS, which is the leading cause of death in the
United States and Western Europe in men and women between the ages of 25 and 44.
The World Health Organization estimates that, as of late 1996, approximately
750,000 people were infected with HIV in the United States, and approximately
510,000 people were infected in Western Europe.
 
     The first drugs approved in the United States to treat HIV infection
inhibit the synthesis of virus DNA from viral RNA in infected cells by targeting
RT, the viral enzyme essential for such synthesis. Approved RT inhibitors
include AZT, 3TC, ddI, ddC, d4T, nevirapine and delavirdine. Worldwide sales of
RT inhibitors were approximately $1.1 billion in 1996. A second class of HIV
antivirals inhibit HIV protease, a viral enzyme required to cleave newly
synthesized viral proteins into the correct size so the virus can assemble
itself into new infectious virus particles. Approved HIV protease inhibitors
include indinavir, ritonavir, saquinavir and nelfinavir mesilate. Worldwide
sales of protease inhibitors were approximately $425 million in 1996 and are
projected to grow significantly over the next several years.
 
     HIV is prone to mutations that produce resistance to RT and protease
inhibitors. Once resistance emerges to one drug, these strains may also be
resistant to most, if not all, of the drugs in the same chemical or functional
class (a phenomenon known as cross-resistance). In an effort to overcome such
resistance, physicians have begun to use RT and protease inhibitors in various
combinations. While combination therapy with RT and protease inhibitors
represents an advance in treatment of HIV infection, combination therapy has not
yet proven to be a cure. Moreover, although these combination therapies have
 
                                       27
 
<PAGE>
slowed the emergence of resistance, new mutant strains have been identified
which are resistant to several of the drugs currently used in combination
therapy.
 
     Equally problematic is that even brief instances of non-compliance with the
strict drug dosing regimens associated with these combination therapies may
reduce the effectiveness of combination therapy and can accelerate the emergence
of resistance. For example, in order to maintain a high blood level of the drug
and to present a continuous challenge to the targeted virus, many current drugs
require complex dosing, with some medications to be taken with meals and some on
an empty stomach. A typical combination therapy regimen includes 14 to 16 pills
taken at six to eight times during the day. This type of complex dosing regimen
can easily lead to noncompliance or only partial compliance. Orally
administered, small molecule drugs such as RT and protease inhibitors generally
reach peak levels in the bloodstream within a short period of time after being
taken by the patient. Drug levels then gradually fall over time as the drug is
either absorbed into tissues or is eliminated from the body. At the point in the
day when the drug level reaches its lowest concentration in the bloodstream
(prior to the patient's taking another dose), the drug level may not be
sufficiently high to effectively inhibit the virus. If a patient misses a dose
or delays taking the drug for a short period of time, the drug level in the body
will fall even lower, thus allowing the virus to replicate and potentially
develop resistant strains. The Company believes that one solution to this
problem is drug delivery using a continuous, subcutaneous infusion system
through which a controlled, programmable amount of the drug could be delivered
throughout the day.
 
     Toxicity is also an issue associated with the use of RT and protease
inhibitors. Accumulating data indicate that certain patients are unable to take
RT and protease inhibitors, either alone or in combination, due to toxic side
effects, including gastrointestinal disorders, peripheral neuropathy and kidney
stones. Furthermore, recent information has suggested that protease inhibitors
may cause diabetes-like symptoms in some patients. Clinical studies with some RT
and protease inhibitors indicate that a significant number of HIV positive
patients discontinue therapy soon after they begin treatment because (i) they
cannot tolerate the toxic side effects, (ii) they rapidly become resistant to
these therapies, or (iii) demands of the drug dosing regimen (the number of
pills the patients are required to take on a strict schedule) are too great. If
the side effects of the drugs prove too severe, or if a patient's virus becomes
resistant to available drug combinations, there are no other antiviral
treatments currently available.
 
  T-20 COMMERCIALIZATION STRATEGY
 
     The Company has entered into a strategic alliance with MiniMed under which
the parties will collaborate to deliver T-20 using MiniMed's continuous infusion
pump. MiniMed pumps, currently used for insulin therapy, are generally attached
to a belt, strapped to a leg or draped on a cord around the neck. These pumps
weigh approximately 3.5 ounces and are approximately the size of a pager. The
Company expects that MiniMed will play an active role in the marketing of its
pump for T-20 delivery and will provide patient support and product service for
the pump and related disposable products. The Company plans to work directly
with MiniMed to pursue necessary regulatory approvals for the delivery of T-20
using the MiniMed pump. See "Risk Factors  -- Dependence on Collaborations and
Licenses with Others," " -- Extensive Government Regulation; No Assurance of
Regulatory Approvals," "Business -- License and Collaborative Agreements" and
" -- Government Regulation."
 
     The manufacture of peptides requires significant expertise, facilities and
equipment. Accordingly, the Company has elected to work with several third-party
contract manufacturers to supply quantities of T-20 to be used in the Company's
currently planned clinical trials. The Company may continue to rely on
third-party manufacturers throughout the clinical and initial commercialization
phases of T-20 development. The Company has also established an in-house T-20
manufacturing process development and control team that is attempting to develop
an improved process for the synthetic manufacture of T-20, which may result in
increased production volume and lower unit costs. See
"Business -- Manufacturing" and "Risk Factors -- Lack of Manufacturing
Capabilities" for a discussion of manufacturing processes and certain risks
associated with manufacturing peptides.
 
     The Company does not currently have sales, marketing or distribution
capabilities and is evaluating strategies for the sale, marketing and
distribution of T-20, including developing internal capabilities and entering
into collaborative arrangements. The Company believes that it may be feasible to
develop internal sales, marketing and distribution capability for T-20, since
the market for HIV therapeutics is comprised of a concentrated group of
physicians in medical practices that treat HIV patients. The Company will
continue to explore alternative opportunities to market T-20, either internally
or in conjunction with appropriate marketing partners. See "Risk Factors -- Lack
of Sales, Marketing and Distribution Capabilities" and "Business -- Sales,
Marketing and Distribution."
 
                                       28
 
<PAGE>
PRECLINICAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS
 
     The Company is using its proprietary technology platform to discover and
develop fusion inhibitors for other viral diseases where there are substantial
unmet medical needs.
 
  T-786
 
     T-786 is the Company's lead product candidate for the treatment of RSV
infection, which is a significant cause of pediatric bronchiolitis and
pneumonia. Each year in the United States, approximately 2.4 million cases of
pediatric RSV infection are reported, 100,000 infants are hospitalized with RSV
infections, and 5,000 deaths are attributed to RSV. There is currently only one
product approved for the treatment of RSV infection, and the Company believes
that this product is used sparingly because its effectiveness is limited and its
side effects are significant.

     T-786 is a proprietary 36 amino acid synthetic peptide derived from a
CAST predicted domain of the RSV fusion protein. T-786 shows potent, specific
and selective inhibition of RSV infection IN VITRO. In preclinical testing,
T-786 significantly reduced the level of viral infection in an animal model.
Because RSV infects lung tissue primarily, the Company believes that aerosol
delivery of its RSV therapeutic directly to the lung may be the most effective
method for administering T-786. The Company is currently developing an aerosol
formulation of T-786 for preclinical evaluation. Preclinical testing of T-786 is
currently in progress. Upon successful completion of these tests, the Company
anticipates that it will begin clinical trials for T-786 in 1998.

  SECOND-GENERATION HIV FUSION INHIBITORS
 
     Using CAST, the Company has designed proprietary second-generation, peptide
HIV fusion inhibitors which bind to regions of the HIV fusion protein target
that are different from the region bound by T-20. In preclinical testing, these
second-generation compounds have been shown to be highly effective against a
wide range of HIV strains IN VITRO. In preclinical testing, these compounds have
demonstrated pharmaceutical characteristics distinct from T-20. The Company
believes that these second-generation compounds could provide a range of future
options for the continuing treatment of HIV infection. The Company expects to
begin testing its lead second-generation HIV fusion inhibitor in animal models
in the fourth quarter of 1997.
 
  ANTI-RSV SMALL MOLECULES
 
     The Company has identified a series of small-molecule inhibitors of RSV
infection using its high-throughput screening assays. These assays were designed
based upon the CAST platform. Using its proprietary knowledge of the chemical
structure of these compounds, the Company has developed a number of analogs
which have demonstrated potency against RSV in preclinical testing. Several of
these analogs have also demonstrated low toxicity. The Company is continuing to
synthesize analogs of these compounds to evaluate their pharmaceutical
properties and will continue preclinical testing to identify lead compounds.
 
RESEARCH AND DISCOVERY PROGRAMS
 
     The Company is leveraging its proprietary technology platform and expertise
in viral fusion to discover and develop lead compounds and product candidates to
treat a variety of diseases caused by other viruses.
 
  ANTI-HPIV COMPOUNDS
 
     Using CAST, the Company has developed a series of proprietary peptides
which inhibit HPIV IN VITRO. T-205, the Company's lead anti-HPIV peptide, was
derived from a coiled-coil domain of the HPIV fusion protein. T-205 shows
specific, selective and potent inhibition of HPIV infection IN VITRO. HPIV is a
cause of respiratory disease in young infants. There are no drugs currently
approved for the treatment of HPIV. The Company is conducting a research program
to evaluate T-205 and other peptide candidates for possible advancement to
preclinical development.
 
     The Company has also discovered several small-molecule inhibitors of HPIV
using the Company's high-throughput HPIV screening assay. This assay was
designed based on the CAST platform. These compounds show potent, dose-response
inhibition of HPIV IN VITRO. The Company is currently synthesizing analogs of
these compounds to evaluate their pharmaceutical properties.
 
                                       29
 
<PAGE>
  ANTI-HIV SMALL MOLECULES
 
     The Company has indentified a series of small-molecule compounds which
inhibit HIV infection IN VITRO using the Company's high-throughput HIV screening
assays. These assays were designed based on the CAST platform. The Company plans
to continue screening its chemical libraries to discover additional anti-HIV
small-molecule compounds.
 
  INFLUENZA VIRUS
 
     The Company has initiated an early-stage discovery program to create a
high-throughput screening assay based on CAST to identify potential
small-molecule inhibitors of influenza viral fusion. The Company has established
a collaboration with Dr. Judith White at the University of Virginia to assist in
the discovery and development of fusion inhibitors for influenza virus.
 
  HEPATITIS B AND C VIRUS
 
     The Company has initiated early-stage discovery programs to create
high-throughput screening assays that can identify potential small-molecule
inhibitors of the hepatitis B and C viruses. Additionally, in collaboration with
Dr. Timothy Block of the Thomas Jefferson Medical School, the Company plans to
synthesize and test peptides derived from CAST-identified regions of the
hepatitis B virus. The Company has been awarded a Phase I Small Business
Innovative Research grant from the Department of Health and Human Services for
this program.
 
  EPSTEIN-BARR VIRUS
 
     The Company has initiated an early-stage discovery program in Epstein-Barr
virus ("EBV") through a collaboration with Dr. Joseph Pagano of the University
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. EBV causes infectious mononucleosis and has
been linked to a variety of cancers. Dr. Pagano is working with the Company's
scientists to develop a strategy for inhibiting a key protein required for EBV
replication. Using CAST, the Company has identified key interactive peptide
domains within this molecular target and has synthesized peptide inhibitors for
the molecular target IN VITRO.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The Company's goal is to become a leader in anti-fusion viral therapy. To
achieve this objective, the principal elements of the Company's strategy are to:
 
     (Bullet) VALIDATE FUSION INHIBITION THERAPY BY OBTAINING REGULATORY
              APPROVAL FOR T-20. T-20 has been shown in preclinical testing to
              inhibit HIV fusion. T-20 is currently being tested in Phase I/II
              clinical trials, and the Company anticipates that a Phase II
              pivotal trial will begin in the first half of 1998. The Company
              believes that it will be able to conduct its pivotal T-20 clinical
              trials program pursuant to the accelerated approval procedure
              authorized by the FDA for drugs intended to treat serious or
              life-threatening illnesses. The Company believes that regulatory
              approval of T-20, if obtained, will provide important evidence to
              support the validity of viral fusion inhibition therapy.
 
     (Bullet) LEVERAGE ANTI-FUSION EXPERTISE TO DEVELOP OTHER ANTIVIRAL
              THERAPIES. The Company believes that its proprietary technology
              platform, including CAST, is applicable to many other viral
              targets that may be susceptible to fusion inhibition. For example,
              using CAST, the Company designed T-786 for treatment of RSV
              infection. Upon the successful completion of preclinical testing,
              the Company anticipates that it will begin clinical trials of
              T-786 in 1998. The Company also has research and discovery
              programs to identify compounds to inhibit fusion of other viruses,
              including HPIV, influenza, hepatitis B and C, and EBV.
              Additionally, as the Company refines and enhances CAST, the
              Company believes that it will be able to develop new,
              high-throughput screening assays for multiple targets.
 
     (Bullet) TAILOR COMMERCIALIZATION CAPABILITIES TO SPECIFIC PRODUCT MARKETS.
              The Company intends to evaluate the appropriate commercializaton
              strategy for each of its product candidates, depending on the size
              and nature of the market. For example, the Company believes that
              it may develop its own capability to sell and market T-20 in the
              United States because a relatively small number of physicians
              write the majority of prescriptions for HIV drugs in the United
              States.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
     The Company has no experience in manufacturing pharmaceuticals and has no
commercial manufacturing capacity. The Company has established relationships and
intends to establish additional relationships with third-party manufacturers for
the production of quantities of its product candidates or compounds sufficient
to conduct its planned preclinical testing and clinical trials and the
commercial production of any approved products or compounds.
 
                                       30
 
<PAGE>
     Three different methods are currently available for the synthetic
manufacture of peptides such as T-20, namely solid-phase sequential peptide
synthesis, peptide synthesis by fragment condensation and solution-phase peptide
synthesis. In solid-phase sequential peptide synthesis, peptides are
synthetically manufactured by sequentially linking together amino acids to form
a peptide chain. The peptide chain is attached to a solid support from which the
finished peptide is chemically released after completion of this amino acid
assembly process. Because of certain technical limitations inherent in this
process that limit its efficiency, solid-phase sequential peptide synthesis is
the most expensive way to chemically assemble the Company's current peptide
product candidates, including T-20. Peptides may also be manufactured using a
process known as peptide synthesis by fragment condensation, in which peptide
segments that match sequential regions along the parent peptide sequence are
synthesized using solid-phase peptide chemistry techniques. This process is
technically more difficult to accomplish than solid-phase sequential peptide
synthesis and may not lead to a process that is commercially feasible. However,
if successful, this process is generally more economical than solid-phase
sequential peptide synthesis for peptides that are longer than approximately 15
amino acids in length. In the third peptide manufacturing method, solution-phase
peptide synthesis, peptides are synthetically manufactured by linking all amino
acids together in the peptide chain entirely in solution. This chemical assembly
process is technically the most difficult to design and implement and may be
technically infeasible on a commercial scale for peptides longer than
approximately 15 amino acids. However, the Company believes that cost savings
may be achieved beyond those possible using fragment condensation peptide
synthesis if technical difficulties with the technology are overcome.
 
     The Company and its third-party manufacturers have manufactured sufficient
quantities of T-20 using solid-phase sequential peptide synthesis to complete
preclinical testing and initiate the Phase I/II clinical trial. The Company has
entered into agreements with two contract manufacturers for the solid-phase
sequential peptide synthetic manufacture of T-20 for use in the clinical trial.
The Company has also established a manufacturing process development and control
team consisting of four individuals with significant pharmaceutical experience
in peptide and small organic molecule process development and manufacturing.
This team is currently working to implement a strategy to manufacture T-20 using
peptide synthesis by fragment condensation. The Company anticipates that such a
process may be available to support later-stage T-20 clinical trial needs. This
team will also coordinate process implementation with third-party manufacturers
and help to ensure regulatory compliance in the manufacturing process. Although
the Company has no plans at present to evaluate solution-phase peptide synthesis
for T-20, the Company may chose to evaluate the use of this process for T-20 in
the future. There can be no assurance that the Company or its third-party
manufacturers will be able to manufacture T-20 on a cost-effective basis or that
the Company will be successful in its efforts to develop an alternative, more
efficient manufacturing method for T-20 or any of its other peptide product
candidates.
 
     There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain or
establish relationships with any third-party manufacturers on acceptable terms,
if at all, or that such third-party manufacturers will be able to manufacture
products in commercial quantities under GMP requirements on a cost-effective
basis. The Company's dependence upon third parties for the manufacture of its
products, product candidates and compounds may adversely affect the Company's
profit margins and its ability to develop and commercialize product candidates,
products and compounds on a timely and competitive basis. Further, there can be
no assurance that manufacturing or quality control problems will not arise in
connection with the manufacture of the Company's products, product candidates or
compounds or that third-party manufacturers will maintain the necessary
governmental licenses and approvals to continue manufacturing the Company's
products, product candidates or compounds. Any failure to maintain existing or
establish new relationships with third parties for the Company's manufacturing
requirements on a timely basis and on acceptable terms would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Risk Factors -- Lack of Manufacturing Capabilities" and
" -- Extensive Government Regulation; No Assurance of Regulatory Approval."
 
LICENSING AND COLLABORATIVE AGREEMENTS
 
     The Company intends to consider entering into collaborative and licensing
arrangements with collaborative partners, licensees and third parties to seek
regulatory approval of and to manufacture and commercialize certain of its
existing and potential product candidates and compounds. These collaborations
could provide the Company with funding, research and development resources,
access to libraries of diverse compounds and clinical development,
manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution capabilities. Accordingly, the
Company's success will depend, in part, upon the subsequent success of such
third parties in performing preclinical testing and clinical trials, obtaining
the requisite regulatory approvals, scaling up manufacturing, successfully
commercializing the licensed product candidates or compounds and otherwise
performing their obligations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to maintain its existing arrangements or enter into acceptable
collaborative and license arrangements in the future on acceptable terms, if at
all, that such arrangements will be
 
                                       31
 
<PAGE>
successful, that the parties with which the Company has or may establish
arrangements will perform their obligations under the arrangements, or that
potential collaborators will not compete with the Company by seeking alternative
means of developing therapeutics for the diseases targeted by the Company. There
can also be no assurance that the Company's existing or any future arrangements
will lead to the development of product candidates or compounds with commercial
potential, that the Company will be able to obtain proprietary rights or
licenses for proprietary rights with respect to any technology developed in
connection with these arrangements, or that the Company will be able to ensure
the confidentiality of any proprietary rights and information developed in such
arrangements or prevent the public disclosure thereof. The Company currently has
licenses from certain third parties, and in the future may require additional
licenses from these or other parties, to effectively develop potential product
candidates and compounds.
 
     In April 1997, the Company and MiniMed entered into the MiniMed Agreement.
Under the agreement, the Company and MiniMed will collaborate in the development
and delivery of therapies for the treatment of targeted indications by combining
the continuous infusion delivery pump of MiniMed and the antiviral product
candidates and compounds being developed by the Company. The first collaborative
project under the terms of the agreement will involve the continuous delivery of
T-20. The parties intend to initiate clinical trials for the delivery of T-20
with MiniMed's continuous infusion delivery pump in the third quarter of 1997.
While MiniMed's continuous infusion pump has been approved for the continuous,
subcutaneous infusion of other therapies, there can be no assurance that the FDA
will approve on a timely basis, if at all, the use of the delivery of T-20
utilizing the MiniMed continuous infusion pump. The parties are evaluating other
product candidates and compounds for inclusion under the agreement. Under the
terms of the agreement, a joint management committee will determine an
implementation strategy for each collaborative project. The agreement contains
certain exclusivity and noncompetition provisions, subject to the Company's
right, under certain circumstances, to terminate such obligations with respect
to T-20 in exchange for certain royalty payments. The failure of the Company and
MiniMed to achieve their collective objectives could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condiiton and results of operations.
 
     Pursuant to the Duke License, the Company has obtained from Duke University
an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license to all discoveries and inventions
in the field of antiviral therapeutics emanating from the laboratories of Drs.
Dani Bolognesi, Thomas J. Matthews, Michael Greenberg and Kent Weinhold of the
Duke University Center for AIDS Research for the period from February 3, 1993
until February 2, 2000. The Company's rights to each of these discoveries and
inventions expire upon the expiration of the life of the particular patent.
Multiple discoveries and inventions have flowed to the Company under the Duke
License and include those upon which United States patents have been issued.
None of the technologies licensed by the Company from Duke University is the
subject of a separate license agreement. Rather, the Company's rights to such
technologies are licensed solely pursuant to the Duke License. While the Company
believes it will be able to successfully negotiate an extension or renewal of
the Duke License, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
obtain such an extension or renewal or that such an extension or renewal will be
on acceptable terms. The early termination of the Duke License or the failure of
the Company to renew the Duke License on acceptable terms, if at all, could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Risk Factors -- License and Collaborative
Agreements" and " -- Extensive Government Regulation; No Assurance of Regulatory
Approval."
 
SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The Company has no experience in sales, marketing or distribution of
pharmaceuticals and currently has no personnel employed in any such capacities.
However, the Company intends to develop such capability in certain areas. For
example, because a relatively small number of physicians write the majority of
prescriptions for HIV drugs in the United States, the Company intends to
consider developing in-house sales, marketing and distribution capabilities to
address the market. In other areas, however, the Company may rely on marketing
partners or other arrangements with third parties which have established
distribution systems and direct sales forces for the sales, marketing and
distribution of such products and compounds. In the event that the Company is
unable to reach agreement with one or more marketing partners to market these
other products and compounds, it may be required to develop internal sales,
marketing and distribution capabilities for such products and compounds. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to establish sales, marketing
or distribution capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform
such activities on acceptable terms, if at all, or that any internal
capabilities or third-party arrangements will be cost-effective. The failure to
establish such capabilities would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                       32
 
<PAGE>
     In addition, any third parties with which the Company establishes sales,
marketing or distribution arrangements may have significant control over
important aspects of the commercialization of the Company's products, and
compounds including market identification, marketing methods, pricing,
composition of sales force and promotional activities. For example, the MiniMed
Agreement contemplates that MiniMed will participate in the sales, marketing and
distribution of any products jointly developed by the parties. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to control the amount and timing of
resources that MiniMed or any other third party may devote to the Company's
products or compounds or prevent any third party from pursuing alternative
technologies or products that could result in the development of products that
compete with the Company's products and compounds and the withdrawal of support
for the Company's products and compounds. See "Risk Factors -- Lack of Sales,
Marketing and Distribution Capabilities."
 
PATENTS, PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY AND TRADE SECRETS
 
     The Company's success will depend, in part, on its ability, and the ability
of its collaborators or licensors, to obtain protection for its products and
technologies under United States and foreign patent laws, to preserve its trade
secrets and to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of third
parties. Because of the substantial length of time and expense associated with
bringing new products through development to the marketplace, the pharmaceutical
and biotechnology industries place considerable importance on obtaining, and
maintaining, patent and trade secret protection for new technologies, products
and processes.
 
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company was the sole assignee of one pending
United States patent application and one pending patent application under the
Patent Cooperation Treaty designating the United States, directed to
combinatorial therapy employing its proprietary antifusion peptides and other
therapeutic agents, and the owner of one pending provisional application,
directed to certain antifusion chemical compounds discovered by the Company's
proprietary screening method. In addition, as of June 30, 1997, the Company was
the assignee or owner, along with Duke University, of 14 pending United States
applications, along with certain corresponding foreign patent applications,
directed to numerous antifusion peptides and their therapeutic uses. Under
the Duke License, the Company is the exclusive licensee under Duke
University's rights in these jointly-owned patent applications, as well as the
exclusive licensee under two issued United States patents, seven pending United
States patent applications, and certain corresponding foreign patent
applications directed to antifusion peptides.
 
     Legal standards relating to the scope of claims and the validity of patents
in the biotechnology industry are uncertain and still evolving, and no assurance
can be given as to the degree of protection that will be afforded any patents
issued to, or licensed by, the Company. There can be no assurance that, if
challenged by others in litigation, any patents assigned to, or licensed by, the
Company, will not be found invalid. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that
the Company's activities will not infringe patents owned by others. Defense and
prosecution of patent matters can be expensive and time-consuming, and
regardless of whether the outcome is favorable to the Company, can result in the
diversion of substantial financial, management and other resources. An adverse
outcome could subject the Company to significant liability to third parties,
require the Company to obtain licenses from third parties, or require the
Company to cease any related product sales. No assurance can be given that any
licenses required under any such patents or proprietary rights would be made
available on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. Moreover, the laws of
certain countries may not protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same
extent as U.S. law.
 
     The Company also relies on trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary
information, which it seeks to protect, in part, through the use of
confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants, advisors and others.
There can be no assurance that such agreements will provide adequate protection
for the Company's trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information in
the event of any unauthorized disclosure, that employees of the Company,
consultants, advisors, or others, will maintain the confidentiality of such
trade secrets or proprietary information, or that the trade secrets or
proprietary know-how of the Company will not otherwise become known, or be
independently developed by, competitors.
 
     In January 1997, the United States Patent and Trademark Office instituted
an interference between an issued patent licensed by the Company from Duke
University and a pending patent application owned by a third party. The Company
believes that no interference-in-fact exists and, through its licensor, is
taking all reasonable action to have the interference dismissed. However, no
assurance can be given that the interference will be dismissed. Furthermore, no
assurance can be given that, should the interference proceed, as between the two
parties to the interference, the Company's licensor will be found to be the
first inventor of the invention which is declared to be the subject matter of
the interference. Failure of the Company's licensor to prevail in the
interference and any loss of the involved patent rights could have a material
adverse
 
                                       33
 
<PAGE>
effect on the Company's business, financial results and results of operations.
See "Risk Factors -- Patents, Proprietary, Technology and Trade Secrets."
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company is engaged in segments of the biopharmaceutical industry,
including the treatment of HIV, that are intensely competitive and rapidly
changing. If successfully developed and approved, the product candidates and
compounds that the Company is currently developing will compete with numerous
existing therapies. For example, 11 drugs are currently approved for the
treatment of HIV. In addition, a number of companies are pursuing the
development of novel pharmaceutical products that target the same diseases that
the Company is targeting, and some companies, including several multinational
pharmaceutical companies, are simultaneously marketing several different drugs
and may therefore be able to market their own combination drug therapies. The
Company believes that a significant number of drugs are currently under
development and will become available in the future for the treatment of HIV.
 
     Although the Company believes that there is a significant future market for
therapeutics that treat HIV and other viral diseases, the Company anticipates
that it will face intense and increasing competition in the future as new
products enter the market and advanced technologies become available. There can
be no assurance that existing products or new products for the treatment of HIV
developed by the Company's competitors, including Glaxo, Merck and Abbott, will
not be more effective, or more effectively marketed and sold, than T-20, should
it be successfully developed and receive regulatory approval, or any other
therapeutic for HIV that may be developed by the Company. Competitive products
or the development by others of a cure or new treatment methods may render the
Company's technologies and products and compounds obsolete, noncompetitive or
uneconomical prior to the Company's recovery of development or commercialization
expenses incurred with respect to any such technologies or products or
compounds. Many of the Company's competitors have significantly greater
financial, technical and human resources than the Company and may be better
equipped to develop, manufacture, sell, market and distribute products. In
addition, many of these companies have extensive experience in preclinical
testing and clinical trials, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals and
manufacturing and marketing pharmaceutical products. For use individually or in
combination therapy, many of these competitors also have products that have been
approved or are in late-stage development and operate large, well-funded
research and development programs. Smaller companies may also prove to be
significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with
large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Furthermore, academic
institutions, governmental agencies and other public and private research
organizations are becoming increasingly aware of the commercial value of their
inventions and are more actively seeking to commercialize the technology they
have developed.
 
     New developments in areas in which the Company is conducting its research
and development are expected to continue at a rapid pace in both industry and
academia. If the Company's product candidates and compounds are successfully
developed and approved, the Company will face competition based on the safety
and effectiveness of its products and compounds, the timing and scope of
regulatory approvals, availability of manufacturing, sales, marketing and
distribution capabilities, reimbursement coverage, price and patent position.
There can be no assurance that the Company's competitors will not develop more
effective or more affordable technology or products, or achieve earlier patent
protection, product development or product commercialization than the Company.
Accordingly, the Company's competitors may succeed in commercializing products
more rapidly or effectively than the Company, which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Risk Factors -- Intense Competition."
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     Human pharmaceutical products are subject to lengthy and rigorous
preclinical testing and clinical trials and other extensive, costly and
time-consuming procedures mandated by the FDA and foreign regulatory
authorities. The regulatory approval process, which includes the establishment
of the safety and effectiveness of each product candidate and compound for each
target indication and confirmation by the FDA that good laboratory, clinical and
manufacturing practices were maintained during testing and manufacturing,
typically takes a number of years, varying based upon the type, complexity and
novelty of the pharmaceutical product. This process requires the expenditure of
substantial resources and gives larger companies with greater financial
resources a competitive advantage over the Company. To date, no product
candidate or compound being evaluated by the Company has been submitted for
approval by the FDA or any other regulatory authority for commercialization, and
there can be no assurance that any such product candidate or compound will ever
be approved for commercialization or that the Company will be able to obtain the
labeling claims desired for its product candidates or compounds.
 
                                       34
 
<PAGE>
     The steps required by the FDA before new drugs may be marketed in the
United States include: (i) preclinical studies; (ii) the submission to the FDA
of a request for authorization to conduct clinical trials on an investigational
drug (an "IND"); (iii) adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish
the safety and efficacy of the drug for its intended use; (iv) submission to the
FDA of an NDA; and (v) review and approval of the NDA by the FDA before the drug
may be shipped or sold commercially.
 
     In the United States, preclinical testing includes both IN VITRO and IN
VIVO laboratory evaluation and characterization of the safety and efficacy of a
drug and its formulation. Laboratories involved in preclinical testing must
comply with FDA regulations regarding good laboratory practices. Preclinical
testing results are submitted to the FDA as part of the IND and, unless there is
objection by the FDA, the IND will become effective 30 days following its
receipt by the FDA. There can be no assurance that submission of an IND will
result in the commencement of human clinical trials.
 
     Clinical trials, which involve the administration of the investigational
drug to healthy volunteers or to patients under the supervision of a qualified
principal investigator, are typically conducted in three sequential phases,
although the phases may overlap with one another. Clinical trials must be
conducted in accordance with good clinical procedures under protocols that
detail the objectives of the clinical trial, the parameters to be used to
monitor safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol
must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Further, each clinical trial
must be conducted under the auspices of an independent Institutional Review
Board (an "IRB") at the institution where the clinical trial will be conducted.
The IRB will consider, among other things, ethical factors, the safety of human
subjects and the possible liability of the institution. Compounds must be
formulated according to GMP requirements.
 
     Phase I clinical trials represent the initial administration of the
investigational drug to a small group of healthy human subjects or, more rarely,
to a group of selected patients with a targeted disease or disorder. The goal of
Phase I clinical trials is typically to test for safety (adverse effects), dose
tolerance, absorption, bio-distribution, metabolism, excretion and clinical
pharmacokinetics.
 
     Phase II clinical trials involve a small sample of the actual intended
patient population and seek to assess the effectiveness of the drug for the
specific targeted indications, to determine dose tolerance and the optimal dose
range and to gather additional information relating to safety and potential
adverse effects.
 
     Once the investigational drug is found to have some effectiveness and the
acceptable safety profile in the targeted patient population, Phase III clinical
trials are initiated to establish further clinical safety and effectiveness of
the investigational drug in a broader sample of the general patient population
at geographically dispersed study sites in order to determine the overall
risk-benefit ratio of the drug and to provide an adequate basis for all
physician labeling. The results of the research and product development,
manufacturing, preclinical testing, clinical trials and related information are
submitted to the FDA in the form of an NDA for approval of the marketing and
shipment of the drug.
 
     The approval process is affected by a number of factors, including the
severity of the targeted indications, the availability of alternative treatments
and the risks and benefits demonstrated in the clinical trials. The FDA may
reject an NDA if applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, or may
require additional testing or information with respect to the product candidate
or compound. Even if FDA approval is obtained, further clinical trials,
including post-market trials, may be required in order to provide additional
data on safety and will be required in order to obtain approval for the use of a
product as treatment for clinical indications other than those for which the
product was initially approved. The FDA will also require post-market reporting
and may require surveillance programs to monitor the side effects of any
approved products. Results of post-market programs may limit the further
marketing, manufacturing process or labeling, and an NDA supplement may be
required to be submitted to the FDA. Any failure of the Company to successfully
complete its clinical trials and obtain approvals of corresponding NDAs would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations. The Company is and will continue to be dependent upon
the laboratories conducting its preclinical testing and clinical trials to
maintain both good laboratory and good clinical practices, and, if any of the
Company's product candidates or compounds obtain the requisite regulatory
approvals, the Company will be dependent upon the manufacturers of its products
to maintain compliance with GMP requirements. Various federal and foreign
statutes and regulations also govern or influence the manufacturing, safety,
labeling, storage, record-keeping and marketing of pharmaceutical products.
 
     The process of obtaining these approvals and the subsequent compliance with
appropriate United States and foreign statutes and regulations are
time-consuming and will require the expenditure of substantial resources by the
Company. In addition, these requirements and processes vary widely from country
to country. The time required for completing preclinical testing and clinical
trials is uncertain, and the FDA approval process is unpredictable and
uncertain, and no assurance can be given that necessary approvals will be
granted on a timely basis, or at all. The Company may decide to replace a
product
 
                                       35
 
<PAGE>
candidate or compound in preclinical testing and/or clinical trials with a
modified product candidate or compound, thus extending the development period.
In addition, the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities may require
additional clinical trials, which could result in increased costs and
significant development delays. Delays or rejections may also be encountered
based upon changes in legislation, administrative action or FDA policy during
the period of product development and FDA review. Similar delays or rejections
may be encountered in other countries.
 
     In 1988, the FDA issued regulations to expedite the development, evaluation
and marketing of drugs for life-threatening and severely debilitating illnesses,
especially where no alternative therapy exists. These procedures encourage early
consultation between the IND sponsors and the FDA in the preclinical testing and
clinical trial phases to determine what evidence will be necessary for marketing
approval and to assist the sponsors in designing clinical trials. Under this
program, the FDA works closely with the IND sponsors to accelerate and condense
Phase II clinical trials, which may, in some cases, eliminate the need to
conduct Phase III trials or limit the scope of Phase III trials. Under these
regulations, the FDA may require postmarketing clinical trials ("Phase IV
trials") to obtain additional information on the drug's risks, benefits and
optimal use. In 1992, the FDA issued regulations establishing an accelerated NDA
approval procedure for certain drugs under Subpart H of the agency's NDA
approval regulations ("Subpart H Regulations"). The Subpart H Regulations
provide for accelerated NDA approval for new drugs intended to treat serious or
life-threatening diseases where the drugs provide a meaningful therapeutic
advantage over existing treatment. Under this accelerated approval procedure,
the FDA may approve a drug based on evidence from adequate and well-controlled
studies of the drug's effect on a surrogate endpoint that reasonably suggest
clinical benefits, or on evidence of the drug's effect on a clinical endpoint
other than survival or irreversible morbidity. This approval is conditional on
the favorable completion of trials to establish and define the degree of
clinical benefits to the patient. Such post-market clinical trials would usually
be underway when the product obtains this accelerated approval. If, after
approval, a post-market clinical trial establishes that the drug does not
perform as expected, or if post-market restrictions are not adhered to or are
not adequate to ensure the safe use of the drug, or other evidence demonstrates
that the product is not safe and/or effective under its conditions of use, the
FDA may withdraw approval. These two accelerated approval procedures for
expediting the clinical evaluation and approval of certain drugs may shorten the
drug development process by as much as two to three years.
 
     While certain of the Company's product candidates and compounds, including
T-20, have been designed to treat serious or life-threatening illnesses, such
product candidates and compounds may not qualify for accelerated development
and/or approval under FDA regulations and, even if some of the Company's product
candidates qualify for accelerated development and/or approval, they may not be
approved for marketing on an accelerated basis, or at all. There can be no
assurance that, even after substantial time and expenditures, any of the
Company's product candidates or compounds under development will receive
commercialization approval in any country on a timely basis, or at all. If the
Company is unable to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of its product
candidates and compounds to the satisfaction of the FDA or foreign regulatory
authorities, the Company will be unable to commercialize its product candidates
and compounds; and the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations would be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, even if
regulatory approval of a product candidate or compound is obtained, the approval
may entail limitations on the indicated uses for which the product candidate or
compound may be marketed. A marketed product or compound, its manufacturer and
the manufacturer's facilities are subject to continual review and periodic
inspections, and subsequent discovery of previously unknown problems with a
product, compound, manufacturer or facility may result in restrictions on such
product, compound, manufacturer or facility, including withdrawal of the product
or compound from the market. The failure to comply with applicable regulatory
requirements can, among other things, result in fines, injunctions, civil
penalties, total or partial suspension of regulatory approvals, refusal to
approve pending applications, refusal to permit exports from the United States,
recalls or seizures of products, operating and production restrictions and
criminal prosecutions. Further, FDA policy may change and additional government
regulations may be established that could prevent or delay regulatory approval
of the Company's product candidates or compounds.
 
     The effect of governmental regulation may be to delay the marketing of new
products or compounds for a considerable period of time, to impose costly
requirements on the Company's activities or to provide a competitive advantage
to other companies that compete with the Company. Adverse clinical results by
others could have a negative impact on the regulatory process and timing with
respect to the development and approval of the Company's product candidates or
compounds. A delay in obtaining or failure to obtain regulatory approvals could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations. The extent and character of potentially adverse
governmental regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative
action cannot be predicted.
 
                                       36
 
<PAGE>
     In April 1997, the Company and MiniMed entered into the MiniMed Agreement
pursuant to which the parties have agreed to jointly design, develop and
implement a system for the continual delivery of T-20 utilizing the MiniMed
continuous infusion pump. There can be no assurance that the FDA will approve
the delivery of T-20 utilizing the MiniMed continuous infusion pump on a timely
basis, if at all. The failure of the Company and MiniMed to collectively develop
a continual T-20 delivery system which receives FDA approval on a timely basis
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
     The Company and its existing and potential future collaborative partners
are also subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations
relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices, the
experimental use of animals and the use and disposal of hazardous or potentially
hazardous substances, including radioactive compounds and infectious disease
agents, used in connection with the Company's product development programs.
Compliance with such laws, regulations and requirements may be costly and
time-consuming and the failure to maintain such compliance by the Company or its
existing and future collaborative partners could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
     In addition, this Prospectus reflects the Company's estimates regarding
future regulatory submission dates. Regulatory submissions can be delayed, or
plans to submit proposed products can be cancelled, for a number of reasons,
including the receipt of unanticipated preclinical testing or clinical trial
reports, changes in regulations, adoption of new, or unanticipated enforcement
of existing, regulations, technological developments and competitive
developments. Accordingly, no assurances can be given that the Company's
anticipated submissions will be made on their target dates, or at all. Delays in
such submissions could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Government
Regulation."
 
THIRD PARTY REIMBURSEMENT AND HEALTH CARE REFORM MEASURES
 
     In the United States and elsewhere, sales of prescription pharmaceuticals
are dependent, in part, on the availability of reimbursement to the consumer
from third-party payors, such as government agencies and private insurance
plans. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for
medical products and services in an effort to promote cost containment measures
and alternative health care delivery systems and they may mandate predetermined
discounts from list prices. If the Company succeeds in bringing one or more
products or compounds to the market, there can be no assurance that these
products or compounds will be considered cost-effective or that reimbursement to
the consumer will be available or will be sufficient to allow the Company to
sell its products or compounds on a competitive basis. The business and
financial condition of pharmaceutical companies will continue to be affected by
economic, political and regulatory influences, including the efforts of
governments and third-party payors to contain or reduce the cost of health care
through various means. A number of legislative and regulatory proposals aimed at
changing the health care system have been proposed in recent years. Because of
the high cost of the treatment of AIDS or HIV using combination therapy, many
state legislatures are reassessing reimbursement policies for such therapy. In
addition, an increasing emphasis on managed care in the United States to reduce
the overall costs of health care has and will continue to increase the pressure
on pharmaceutical pricing. While the Company cannot predict whether legislative
or regulatory proposals will be adopted or the effect such proposals or managed
care efforts may have on its business, the announcement and/or adoption of such
proposals or efforts could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Risk
Factors -- Uncertainty of Third Party Reimbursement and Health Care Reform
Measures."
 
FACILITIES
 
     The Company currently leases approximately 21,000 square feet of laboratory
and office space at 4727 University Drive, Suite 100, Durham, North Carolina.
The Company leases this space under a sublease agreement which expires on
September 30, 1999. Depending on the results of clinical trials and the progress
of the Company's product development programs, the Company may require
facilities in addition to those currently under lease. The Company believes that
there will be suitable facilities available as needed.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     The Company is not a party to any material legal proceedings.
 
                                       37
 
<PAGE>
HUMAN RESOURCES
 
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company had 37 full-time employees, including a
technical scientific staff of 29. None of the Company's employees are covered by
collective bargaining arrangements, and management considers relations with its
employees to be good. See "Risk Factors -- Need to Attract and Retain Key
Officers, Employees and Consultants."
 
SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY BOARD
 
     The Company has assembled a Scientific Advisory Board (the "SAB") comprised
of eight individuals (the "Scientific Advisors") who are leaders in the fields
of viral disease research and treatment.
 
     Members of the SAB review the Company's research, development and operating
activities and are available for consultation with the Company's management and
staff relating to their respective areas of expertise. The SAB holds regular
meetings. Several of the individual Scientific Advisors have separate consulting
relationships with the Company and meet more frequently, on an individual basis,
with the Company's management and staff to discuss the Company's ongoing
research and development projects. Certain of the Scientific Advisors own Common
Stock and/or hold options to purchase Common Stock. The Scientific Advisors are
expected to devote only a small portion of their time to the business of the
Company.
 
     The Scientific Advisors are all employed by entities other than the
Company. Each Scientific Advisor has entered into a letter agreement with the
Company that contains confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions that
prohibit the disclosure of confidential information to anyone outside the
Company. Such letter agreements also provide that all inventions, discoveries or
other intellectual property that come to the attention of or are discovered by
the Scientific Advisor while performing services under the letter agreement with
the Company will be assigned to the Company. The current members of the SAB are
as follows:
 
     DANI P. BOLOGNESI, PH.D. James B. Duke Professor of Surgery, Professor of
Microbiology/Immunology, Vice Chairman of the Department of Surgery for Research
and Development, Director of the Duke University Center for AIDS Research --
Duke University.
 
     ROBERT C. GALLO, M.D. Professor and Director, Institute of Human
Virology -- University of Maryland Biotechnology Institute.
 
     ERIC HUNTER, PH.D. Professor of Microbiology, Director, Center for AIDS
Research -- The University of Alabama at Birmingham.
 
     THOMAS J. MATTHEWS, PH.D. Associate Professor of Experimental
Surgery -- Duke University.
 
     JOSEPH S. PAGANO, M.D. Professor of Medicine and Microbiology and
Immunology, Director of The Lineberger Comprehensive Cancer Center -- The
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
 
     JEROME J. SCHENTAG, PHARM.D. Professor of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutics,
Director, The Clinical Pharmacokinetics Laboratory, Millard Fillmore Hospital,
Director, Center for Clinical Pharmacy Research -- The State University of New
York at Buffalo School of Pharmacy.
 
     JUDITH M. WHITE, PH.D. Professor of Cell Biology and
Microbiology -- University of Virginia.
 
     RICHARD J. WHITLEY, M.D. Loeb Eminent Scholar Chair in Pediatrics,
Professor of Pediatrics, Microbiology and Medicine -- The University of Alabama
at Birmingham.
 
                                       38
 
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to
executive officers, directors and certain key employees of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                          AGE      POSITION
 
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
M. Ross Johnson, Ph.D....................................     52       President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Scientific
                                                                         Officer and Director
 
Matthew A. Megaro........................................     39       Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer,
                                                                         Executive Vice President and Secretary
 
Samuel Hopkins, Ph.D.....................................     38       Vice President of Medical Affairs
 
Dennis M. Lambert, Ph.D..................................     50       Vice President of Biological and Molecular Sciences
 
M.C. Kang, Ph.D..........................................     45       Director of Chemistry
 
Michael A. Recny, Ph.D...................................     41       Director of Business Development
 
Timothy J. Creech........................................     36       Director of Finance
 
Jesse I. Treu, Ph.D.(1)..................................     50       Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
Dani P. Bolognesi, Ph.D.(2)..............................     56       Director
 
Brian H. Dovey(2)........................................     55       Director
 
Andrew S. McCreath(1)....................................     41       Director
 
Charles A. Sanders, M.D.(1)(2)...........................     65       Director
</TABLE>
 
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
M. ROSS JOHNSON, PH.D. joined the Company as Chief Scientific Officer and a
Director in January 1995 and was named President and Chief Executive Officer in
March 1996. Prior to joining the Company, Dr. Johnson was President and Chief
Executive Officer of Parnassus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ("Parnassus"), a
biopharmaceutical company, from March 1994 to October 1994. In October 1994,
Parnassus filed for protection under the United States Bankruptcy Code. From
1987 to March 1994, Dr. Johnson served as Vice President of the Chemical
Development Division and Division of Chemistry, respectively, at Glaxo, a
multinational pharmaceutical company. Prior to joining Glaxo, Dr. Johnson held a
number of scientific management positions at Pfizer Inc., a multinational
pharmaceutical company. Dr. Johnson received his Ph.D. degree in Organic
Chemistry from the University of California at Santa Barbara.
 
MATTHEW A. MEGARO joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer and Vice
President of Business Development in March 1995 and was named Chief Operating
Officer, Executive Vice President and Secretary of the Company in June 1997.
Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Megaro was Chief Operating Officer of
Parnassus from January 1994 to October 1994. In October 1994, Parnassus filed
for protection under the United States Bankruptcy Code. Prior to joining
Parnassus, Mr. Megaro was Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance and
Administration of Athena Neurosciences, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from
1988 to January 1994.
 
SAMUEL HOPKINS, PH.D. joined the Company as Director of Drug Development in
April 1995 and was named Vice President of Medical Affairs in June 1997. Prior
to joining the Company, Dr. Hopkins was Director of Oncology and Antiviral Drug
Product Development and Senior Clinical Research Scientist, respectively, at
Cato Research, Ltd., a contract research organization from 1991 to April 1995.
From 1987 to 1991, Dr. Hopkins was a Senior Research Scientist in the Division
of Virology at Burroughs Wellcome Co., a multinational pharmaceutical company.
Dr. Hopkins received his Ph.D. degree in Biochemisty and Biophysics from the
Medical College of Virginia.
 
DENNIS M. LAMBERT, PH.D. joined the Company as Director of Virology in March
1993, was named Senior Director of Virology and Molecular Biology in September
1995, and was named Vice President of Biological Molecular Sciences in June
1997. Prior to joining the Company, Dr. Lambert was Assistant Director,
Department of Molecular Virology and Host Defense, at SmithKline Beecham Corp.,
a pharmaceutical company, from 1988 to July 1993. Dr. Lambert received his Ph.D.
degree in Microbiology/Virology from Indiana State University at Terre Haute.
 
                                       39
 
<PAGE>
M.C. KANG, PH.D. joined the Company as a consultant in October 1995 and was
named Director of Chemistry in August 1996. Prior to joining the Company, Dr.
Kang held various positions at Glaxo from 1990 to October 1995, most recently
serving as Director of Chemical Development. Prior to joining Glaxo, Dr. Kang
was a Development Chemist in the Medical Products Division at E.I. DuPont de
Nemours and Company, a chemical company from 1986 to 1990. Dr. Kang received his
Ph.D. degree in Synthetic Organic Chemistry from Oregon State University.
 
MICHAEL A. RECNY, PH.D. joined the Company as Director of Biochemical Sciences
in March 1995, and was named Director of Business Development in November 1996.
Prior to joining the Company, Dr. Recny was Senior Director of Biological
Sciences at Parnassus from November 1993 to October 1994. From 1988 to November
1993, Dr. Recny was Director of Protein Biochemistry at Procept, Inc., a
biopharmaceutical company. Prior to joining Procept, Inc., Dr. Recny was a Staff
Scientist/Laboratory Head at Genetics Institute Inc., a biopharmaceutical
company. Dr. Recny received his Ph.D. degree in Biochemistry from the University
of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
 
TIMOTHY J. CREECH, C.P.A. joined the Company as Director of Finance in July
1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Creech was Corporate Controller at
Performance Awareness Corporation, a software company, from July 1996 to June
1997. From December 1993 to July 1996, Mr. Creech was Director of Finance at
Avant! Corporation, a software company. From 1990 to December 1993, Mr. Creech
was a senior manager at KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors for the
Company.
 
JESSE I. TREU, PH.D. has been Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company
since its inception. Dr. Treu has been a general partner of Domain Associates, a
venture capital firm specializing in investments in life sciences, since 1986.
Dr. Treu serves on the Boards of Directors of Biosite Diagnostics, Inc. and
GelTex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Treu received his Ph.D. in Physics from
Princeton University.
 
DANI P. BOLOGNESI, PH.D. was a founder of the Company and has been a Director
since its inception. Dr. Bolognesi has held a number of positions at Duke
University since 1971, and now serves as James B. Duke Professor of Surgery,
Professor of Microbiology/Immunology, Vice Chairman of the Department of Surgery
for Research and Development and Director of the Duke University Center for AIDS
Research. Dr. Bolognesi is the Co-Chair of the National Institute of Allergy and
Infectious Diseases Vaccine Working Group ("NIAID"), Chair of the Office of AIDS
Research Coordinating Committee for Vaccines, Chair of the Office of AIDS
Research Task Force Vaccine Reasearch and Development Area Review Panel, Chair
of the panel to recommend strategies for the long-term care of the United States
biomedical chimpanzee population, and is a member of the NIAID Vaccine Selection
Committee. Dr. Bolognesi received his Ph.D. in Virology from Duke University.
 
BRIAN H. DOVEY has been a Director of the Company since its inception. Mr. Dovey
has been a general partner of Domain Associates, a venture capital firm
specializing in investments in life sciences, since 1988. Mr. Dovey is President
of the National Venture Capital Association and is a member of the Boards of
Trustees of the Coriell Institute and the University of Pennsylvania School of
Nursing. Mr. Dovey is Chairman of the Board of Directors of Creative
BioMolecules and also serves on the Boards of Directors of Connetics
Corporation, Geron Corporation, NABI and Vivus, Inc.
 
ANDREW S. MCCREATH, C.F.A. has been a Director of the Company since October
1996. In January 1996, Mr. McCreath became a founding partner of Lawrence &
Company Inc., a private investment firm in Toronto, Canada which specializes in
the technology, health care, and leisure industries. From 1991 to December 1995,
Mr. McCreath served as a partner and director of Gordon Capital Corporation, a
Canadian investment bank. Mr. McCreath serves on the Board of Directors of
Galaxy Brands International.
 
CHARLES A. SANDERS, M.D. has been a Director of the Company since October 1996.
From 1989 to May 1995, Dr. Sanders was Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer of Glaxo and a member of the Board of Directors of Glaxo
plc. Prior to joining Glaxo, Dr. Sanders held a number of positions at Squibb
Corporation, a multinational pharmaceutical corporation, including Vice
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer of the Science and Technology Group and
Chairman of the Science and Technology Committee of the Board. Dr. Sanders
serves on the Boards of Directors of Magainin Pharmaceuticals, Vertex
Pharmaceuticals and Staff Mark, Inc. Dr. Sanders received an M.D. degree from
Southwestern Medical College of the University of Texas.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
     In accordance with the terms of the Company's Third Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation to be filed upon the completion of this Offering,
the Board of Directors of the Company will be divided into three classes,
denominated Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class holding
office for staggered three-year terms. At each annual stockholder meeting
commencing with the 1998 annual meeting, the successors to the Directors whose
terms expire will be
 
                                       40
 
<PAGE>
elected to serve from the time of their election and qualification until the
third annual meeting of stockholders following their election or until a
successor has been duly elected and qualified. Officers serve at the discretion
of the Board.
 
     The Compensation Committee of the Board was established in April 1997 to
determine the salaries and incentive compensation of the executive officers of
the Company and to provide recommendations for the salaries and incentive
compensation of the other employees and consultants of the Company. The
Compensation Committee also administers the Company's benefit plans, including
the Stock Option Plan. Mr. Dovey serves as the Chairman of the Compensation
Committee and the other members of the committee are Drs. Bolognesi and Sanders.
 
     The Audit Committee of the Board was established in July 1997 to review,
act on and report to the Board with respect to various auditing and accounting
matters, including the selection of the Company's independent auditors, the
scope of the annual audits, the fees to be paid to the independent auditors, the
performance of the Company's independent auditors and the accounting practices
of the Company. Dr. Treu serves as the Chairman of the Audit Committee and the
other members of the committee are Mr. McCreath and Dr. Sanders.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
annual and long-term compensation paid by the Company during the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996 to the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer
and to the Company's two other most highly compensated executive officers who
were serving as executive officers and whose 1996 compensation exceeded $100,000
(collectively, the "Named Executive Officers").
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     LONG TERM
                                                                                                   COMPENSATION
                                                                                                    SECURITIES
                                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION             UNDERLYING
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                   YEAR      SALARY        BONUS         OPTIONS(#)
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>           <C>          <C>
M. Ross Johnson (1)                                           1996     $ 238,800     $50,000           117,648(2)
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief
  Scientific Officer
Richard A. Franco (3)                                         1996        60,000          --            94,118(2)
  Former President and Chief Executive Officer
Matthew A. Megaro                                             1996       160,300      44,000            51,765(2)
  Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer,
  Executive Vice President and Secretary
Max N. Wallace (5)                                            1996       144,900      26,000            52,765(2)
  Former Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
  Secretary
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                    COMPENSATION
<S>                                                           <C>
M. Ross Johnson (1)                                            $         --
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief
  Scientific Officer
Richard A. Franco (3)                                               244,897(4)
  Former President and Chief Executive Officer
Matthew A. Megaro                                                        --
  Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer,
  Executive Vice President and Secretary
Max N. Wallace (5)                                                       --
  Former Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
  Secretary
</TABLE>
 
(1) Dr. Johnson was named President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
    in April 1996.
 
(2) For information regarding the vesting and subsequent exercise of these
    options, see the table entitled Option Grants in the Year Ended December 31,
    1996 and the notes thereto and "Certain Transactions."
 
(3) Mr. Franco resigned as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
    in March 1996.
 
(4) Consists of amounts paid to Mr. Franco following the termination of his
    employment with the Company pursuant to a severance arrangement with the
    Company.
 
(5) Mr. Wallace resigned as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
    Secretary in July 1997.
 
                                       41
 
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTION INFORMATION
 
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning stock options
granted to the Named Executive Officers of the Company during the year ended
December 31, 1996. No stock appreciation rights were granted to any of the Named
Executive Officers during 1996 and no stock appreciation rights were outstanding
as of December 31, 1996.
 
              OPTIONS GRANTED IN THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                                  VALUE AT
                                                               INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                            ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES
                                            NUMBER OF        PERCENT OF                                              OF
                                           SECURITIES           TOTAL                                            STOCK PRICE
                                           UNDERLYING      OPTIONS GRANTED    EXERCISE                          APPRECIATION
                                             OPTIONS       TO EMPLOYEES IN    PRICE PER    EXPIRATION        FOR OPTION TERM(3)
NAME                                      GRANTED(#)(1)         1996          SHARE(2)        DATE            5%            10%
<S>                                       <C>              <C>                <C>          <C>              <C>           <C>
M. Ross Johnson                               117,648(4)          24%           $0.34       05/01/06        $25,156       $63,750
Richard A. Franco                              94,118             19             0.34       03/25/06         20,125        51,000
Matthew A. Megaro                              51,765(5)          11             0.34       05/01/06         11,069        28,050
Max N. Wallace                                 52,765(6)          11             0.34       05/01/06         11,282        28,592
</TABLE>
 
(1) These options were granted under the Company's Stock Option Plan.
 
(2) The exercise price per share of the options was equal to the fair market
    value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board of
    Directors.
 
(3) The potential realizable value of the options reported above was calculated
    by assuming that the market price of the Common Stock of the Company
    appreciates 5% and 10% compounded annually over the term of the options (10
    years). These assumed annual rates of appreciation were used in compliance
    with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not
    intended to forecast future prices appreciation of the Common Stock of the
    Company. These amounts do not represent the Company's estimate of future
    stock price performance. The actual value realized from the options could be
    substantially higher or lower than the values reported above, depending upon
    the future appreciation or depreciation of the Common Stock during the
    option period and the timing of exercise of the options.
 
(4) In October 1996, the Board of Directors granted options to purchase 35,295
    shares, 35,295 shares and 47,058 shares which were scheduled to vest ratably
    over a 48-month period which commenced in January 1995, July 1995 and March
    1996, respectively. In May 1997, the Board of Directors accelerated the
    vesting of these options subject to certain restrictions on the underlying
    shares of Common Stock which lapse over the same period of time over which
    the options were to vest. See "Certain Transactions."
 
(5) In October 1996, the Board of Directors granted options to purchase 23,530
    shares, 23,530 shares and 4,705 shares which were scheduled to vest ratably
    over a 48-month period which commenced in March 1995, July 1995 and March
    1996, respectively. In May 1997, the Board of Directors accelerated the
    vesting of these options subject to certain restrictions on the underlying
    shares of Common Stock which lapse over the same period of time over which
    the options were to vest. See "Certain Transactions."
 
(6) In October 1996, the Board of Directors granted options to purchase 17,648
    shares, 27,648 shares and 7,469 shares which were scheduled to vest ratably
    over a 48-month period which commenced in March 1993, July 1995 and March
    1996, respectively. In May 1997, the Board of Directors accelerated the
    vesting of these options subject to certain restrictions on the underlying
    shares of Common Stock which lapse over the same period of time over which
    the options were to vest. See "Certain Transactions."
 
YEAR-END OPTION TABLE
 
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning stock options
exercised by the Named Executive Officers during 1996, the number of options
held by the Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 1996, and the value of
any in-the-money options as of December 31, 1996.
 
  AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND YEAR-END
                                 OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          VALUE OF
                                                                                                         UNEXERCISED
                                                                                                         IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                           NUMBER OF SECURITIES          OPTIONS AS
                                                                                UNDERLYING               OF DECEMBER
                                                                         UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AS OF        31, 1996
                                                    SHARES ACQUIRED      DECEMBER 31, 1996 (1)(#)            (2)
NAME                                                ON EXERCISE (#)    EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>             <C>               <C>
M. Ross Johnson                                              --           39,718           77,930         $  502,830
Richard A. Franco                                        27,452               --               --                 --
Matthew A. Megaro                                            --           22,676           29,089            287,078
Max N. Wallace                                               --           28,232           24,533            357,419
 
<CAPTION>
 
NAME                                               UNEXERCISABLE
<S>                                                  <C>
M. Ross Johnson                                      $ 986,594
Richard A. Franco                                           --
Matthew A. Megaro                                      368,267
Max N. Wallace                                         310,588
</TABLE>
 
(1) In May 1997, the Board of Directors accelerated all options set forth below
    subject to certain restrictions on the underlying shares of Common Stock
    which lapse over time. See the table entitled Options Granted in the Year
    Ended December 31, 1996 and the notes thereto and "Certain Transactions."
 
(2) There was no public trading market for the Common Stock as of December 31,
    1996. Accordingly, these values have been calculated on the basis of an
    assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, less the
    applicable exercise price per share, multiplied by the number of shares
    underlying such options.
 
                                       42
 
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     The Company's Stock Option Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in
May 1996 and approved by the stockholders in July 1996. In April 1997, the Stock
Option Plan was amended by the Board of Directors to increase the number of
shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance thereunder. This amendment to the
Stock Option Plan was approved by the stockholders of the Company in June 1997.
A total of 852,942 shares of Common Stock have been authorized for issuance
under the Stock Option Plan. As of June 30, 1997, options to purchase a total of
352,846 shares of Common Stock had been exercised, options to purchase a total
of 260,326 shares at a weighted average exercise price of $.59 per share were
outstanding, and 239,770 shares remained available for future option grants.
 
     The Stock Option Plan provides for the grant to employees of the Company
(including officers and employee directors) of "incentive stock options" within
the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and for the grant of nonstatutory stock
options to employees, Directors, consultants, advisors or other independent
contractors of the Company. To the extent an optionee would have the right in
any calendar year to exercise for the first time one or more incentive stock
options for shares having an aggregate fair market value (under all plans of the
Company and determined for each share as of the date the option to purchase the
share was granted) in excess of $100,000, any such options will be treated as
nonstatutory stock options.
 
     The Stock Option Plan is administered by the Board of Directors or a
committee of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Stock
Option Plan, the Board determines the terms of options granted under the Stock
Option Plan, including the number of shares subject to the option, exercise
price, term and exercisability. The exercise price of all incentive stock
options granted under the Stock Option Plan must be at least equal to the fair
market value of the Common Stock of the Company on the date of grant. The
exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to an optionee who owns
stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of the Company's
outstanding capital stock (a "10% Stockholder") must equal at least 110% of the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The Board determines
the term of options. The term of a stock option granted under the Stock Option
Plan may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that the term of an incentive
stock option may not exceed five years for 10% Stockholders. No option may be
transferred or assigned by the optionee other than by will or the laws of
descent or distribution.
 
     In the event an optionee ceases to be employed by the Company for any
reason other than death or disability, each outstanding option held by such
optionee will terminate and cease to be exercisable no later than three months
after the date of such cessation of employment. Should the optionee's employment
terminate by reason of death or disability (within the meaning of Section
22(e)(3) of the Code), each outstanding option held by such optionee will
terminate and cease to be exercisable no later than twelve months after the date
of held by such optionee such cessation of employment. An optionee's employment
shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the optionee dies
within three months following such cessation of employment.
 
     In the event of certain transactions involving changes in control of the
Company, the Stock Option Plan provides that the Board may elect, in its sole
discretion, to provide that any unexercisable portion of all options will
accelerate so that each option will be fully exercisable for all of the shares
subject to such option as of a date prior to the effective date of the
transaction as the Board so determines, conditioned upon the consummation of
such transfer of control. The Board may further elect, in its sole discretion,
to provide that any options which become exercisable solely by reason of
transfer of control and which are not exercised as of the date such transfer of
control will terminate effective as of the date of a transfer of control. The
Board may terminate or amend the Stock Option Plan at any time; provided
however, that without the approval of the Company's stockholders, there shall be
(a) no increase in the total number of shares of stock covered by the Stock
Option Plan (except in the case of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock
split, combination, reclassification or similar change in the Common Stock), (b)
no change in the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options,
and (c) no extension of the period during which incentive stock options may be
granted beyond the date which is 10 years following the date the Stock Option
Plan is adopted by the Company or the date the Stock Option Plan is approved by
the stockholders of the Company. In any event, no amendment may adversely affect
any then outstanding option or any unexercised portion thereof, without the
consent of the optionee, unless such amendment is required to enable an option
designated as an incentive stock option to qualify as an incentive stock option.
If not previously terminated, the Stock Option Plan will terminate in 2006.
 
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company had outstanding 9,412 nonqualifed stock
options under its previous stock option plan at a weighted average exercise
price of $.43 per share. The Board of Directors has determined not to grant
additional options under such plan.
 
                                       43
 
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     In December 1994, the Company entered into an employment arrangement with
Dr. Johnson, its President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Scientific
Officer. Pursuant to this arrangement, Dr. Johnson is entitled to receive
minimum annual compensation of $225,000, an annual bonus based upon the
achievement of certain milestones and all health insurance and other benefits
generally made available to the Company's employees. In the event that Dr.
Johnson's employment is terminated for any reason other than for cause, Dr.
Johnson's employment arrangement provides that Dr. Johnson is entitled to his
base salary and benefits for one year from the date of such termination.
 
     In February 1995, the Company entered into an employment arrangement with
Mr. Megaro, its Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice
President and Secretary. Pursuant to this arrangement, Mr. Megaro is entitled to
receive minimum annual compensation of $130,000, an annual bonus based upon the
achievement of certain milestones and all health insurance and other benefits
generally made available to the Company's employees. In the event that Mr.
Megaro's employment is terminated for any reason other than for cause, Mr.
Megaro's employment arrangement provides that Mr. Megaro is entitled to his base
salary and benefits for up to six months from the date of such termination,
subject to certain limitations.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
     The Company does not currently compensate its Directors for attending Board
or committee meetings, but reimburses Directors for their reasonable travel
expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board or
committees of the Board. Also, non-employee Directors are entitled to be granted
options under the Company's Stock Option Plan. The Company intends to reevaluate
its policy with respect to compensation of non-employee Directors after
completion of this Offering. On October 21, 1996, the Company granted Dr.
Sanders options to purchase 5,883 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$.34 per share.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     Effective April 10, 1997, the Board of Directors established a Compensation
Committee which is responsible for determining the salaries and incentive
compensation of the executive officers of the Company and to provide
recommendations for the salaries and incentive compensation of the other
employees and consultants of the Company. The Compensation Committe also
administers the Company's benefit plans, including the Stock Option Plan. Mr.
Dovey serves as the Chairman of the Compensation Committee and the other members
of the committee are Drs. Bolognesi and Sanders. None of Mr. Dovey, Dr.
Bolognesi, nor Dr. Sanders was an officer or employee of the Company during 1996
or any prior year. During 1996 and prior to the formation of the Compensation
Committee, the Board of Directors as a whole made decisions relating to
compensation of the Company's executive officers. Dr. Johnson, the Company's
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Scientific Officer, Mr. Wallace,
the Company's former Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and
Mr. Franco, the Company's former President and Chief Executive Officer,
participated in all such discussions and decisions concerning the compensation
of executive officers of the Company, except that Dr. Johnson and Messrs.
Wallace and Franco were excluded from discussions regarding their own
compensation.
 
                                       44
 
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     Since February 1995, the Company has issued an aggregate of 274,511 shares
of Common Stock to Dr. Johnson, the Company's President, Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Scientific Officer at an aggregate purchase price of $123,300, or a
weighted average purchase price of $.45 per share. In June 1997, the Company
issued to Dr. Johnson an aggregate of 127,060 shares of Common Stock at an
aggregate purchase price of $54,636, or $.43 per share, in consideration for a
full recourse secured promissory note payable to the Company, which bears
interest at eight percent per annum and is due in June 1999. In May 1997, the
Company issued to Dr. Johnson an aggregate of 117,648 shares of Common Stock
upon the exercise of certain options granted to Dr. Johnson at an aggregate
exercise price of $40,000, or $.34 per share, in consideration for a full
recourse secured promissory note payable to the Company, which bears interest at
eight percent per annum and is due in May 1999. In April 1997, the Company
issued to Dr. Johnson an aggregate of 33,333 shares of Series C Preferred Stock
(convertible into 3,922 shares of Common Stock upon the completion of the
Offering) at an aggregate purchase price of $20,000, or $.60 per share. Certain
shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company by Dr. Johnson are subject to
the Company's right of repurchase and certain other restrictions which lapse
over a period of time.
 
     Since March 1995, the Company has issued an aggregate of 146,079 shares of
Common Stock to Mr. Megaro, the Company's Chief Operating Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Secretary at an aggregate
purchase price of $80,000, or a weighted average purchase price of $.55 per
share. In June 1997, the Company issued Mr. Megaro an aggregate of 76,471 shares
of Common Stock at an aggregate purchase price of $32,883, or $.43 per share, in
consideration for a full recourse secured promissory note payable to the Company
which bears interest at eight percent per annum and is due in June 1999. In May
1997, the Company issued Mr. Megaro an aggregate of 51,765 shares of Common
Stock upon the exercise of certain options granted to Mr. Megaro at an aggregate
exercise price of $17,600, or $.34 per share, in consideration for a full
recourse secured promissory note payable to the Company which bears interest at
eight percent per annum and is due in May 1999. In April 1997, the Company
issued Mr. Megaro an aggregate of 41,667 shares of Series C Preferred Stock
(convertible into 4,902 shares of Common Stock upon the completion of the
Offering) at an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or $.60 per share. Certain
shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company by Mr. Megaro are subject to
the Company's right of repurchase and certain other restrictions which lapse
over a period of time.
 
     Since March 1995, the Company has issued an aggregate of 129,705 shares of
Common Stock to Mr. Wallace, the Company's former Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary at an aggregate purchase price of $37,790, or a
weighted average purchase price of $.29 per share. In June 1997, the Company
issued Mr. Wallace an aggregate of 34,589 shares of Common Stock at an aggregate
purchase price of $14,874, or $.43 per share, in consideration for a full
recourse secured promissory note payable to the Company which bears interest at
eight percent per annum and is due in June 1999. In May 1997, the Company issued
Mr. Wallace an aggregate of 52,765 shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of
certain options granted to Mr. Wallace at an aggregate exercise price of
$17,941, or $.34 per share, in consideration for a full recourse secured
promissory note payable to the Company which bears interest at eight percent per
annum and is due in May 1999.

     On July 10, 1997, Mr. Wallace resigned as an officer and Director of the
Company and entered into an agreement with the Company pursuant to which he will
serve as a consultant to the Company until December 31, 1997. Thereafter, Mr.
Wallace will receive severance payments until June 30, 1998 based on his annual
salary at the time of his resignation. In addition, the Company has agreed to
terminate its right of repurchase and other restrictions with respect to
approximately 50,000 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Wallace for which such
restrictions would not otherwise have lapsed at the time of his resignation.
 
     The following table summarizes the shares of Preferred Stock purchased by
affiliates of the Directors and the holders of more than five percent (5%) of
the Common Stock. See the table entitled "Principal Stockholders" and the notes
thereto for further information relating to the beneficial ownership of such
shares.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SERIES A           SERIES B           SERIES C
                                                       PREFERRED STOCK    PREFERRED STOCK    PREFERRED STOCK
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>                <C>
Domain Partners II, L.P. (1)........................      2,000,000          11,095,920
Domain Partners III, L.P. (2).......................                          5,932,528         2,061,997
DP III Associates, L.P. (2).........................                            206,466            71,336
Biotechnology Investments Limited (3)...............      1,000,000           6,900,650         2,866,668
Lawrence & Company Inc. (4).........................                                            2,283,334
Sentron Medical, Inc................................                          2,000,000         1,333,334
</TABLE>
 
(1) Dr. Treu and Mr. Dovey are general partners of One Palmer Square Associates,
    II, L.P., the general partner of Domain Partners II, L.P.
(2) Dr. Treu and Mr. Dovey are general partners of One Palmer Square Associates,
    III, L.P., the general partner of Domain Partners III, L.P. and DP III
    Associates, L.P.
(3) Pursuant to a contractual agreement, Domain Associates is the U.S. venture
    capital advisor to Biotechnology Investments Limited. Dr. Treu and Mr. Dovey
    are general partners of Domain Associates.
(4) Mr. McCreath is a founding partner of Lawrence & Company Inc.
 
     For information regarding employment agreements with Named Executive
Officers, see "Management -- Employment Agreements." For information regarding
compensation of Directors, see "Management -- Compensation of Directors."
 
                                       45
 
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of July 1, 1997 (after giving effect
to the Preferred Stock Conversion) and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of
the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, by (i) each person (or group of
affiliated persons) who is known by the Company to own beneficially 5% or more
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each Named Executive Officer,
(iii) each of the Company's Directors, and (iv) all Directors and executive
officers of the Company as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NUMBER OF              PERCENTAGE
                                                                                               SHARES              OWNERSHIP(1)
                                                                                            BENEFICIALLY        BEFORE      AFTER
BENEFICIAL OWNER                                                                              OWNED(1)         OFFERING    OFFERING
<S>                                                                                        <C>                 <C>         <C>
Domain Partners II, L.P. (2)............................................................        2,570,559         35.0%       26.1%
Domain Partners III, L.P. (2)...........................................................        2,570,559         35.0        26.1
DP III Associates, L.P. (2).............................................................        2,570,559         35.0        26.1
Biotechnology Investments Limited (3)...................................................        1,295,068         17.6        13.1
Sentron Medical, Inc. (4)...............................................................          392,158          5.3         4.0
M. Ross Johnson (5).....................................................................          274,511          3.7         2.8
Matthew A. Megaro (6)...................................................................          146,079          2.0         1.5
Max N. Wallace (7)......................................................................          132,148          1.8         1.3
Richard A. Franco.......................................................................           53,334            *           *
Jesse I. Treu (2).......................................................................        2,570,559         35.0        26.1
Dani P. Bolognesi (8)...................................................................          124,295          1.7         1.3
Brian H. Dovey (2)......................................................................        2,570,559         35.0        26.1
Charles A. Sanders (9)..................................................................           17,648            *           *
Andrew A. McCreath (10).................................................................          268,628          3.7         2.7
All executive officers and directors as a
group (eight persons) (11)..............................................................        3,533,868         47.9        35.8
</TABLE>
 
* Less than one percent.
 
 (1) Applicable percentage ownership is based on 7,354,087 shares of Common
     Stock outstanding as of July 1, 1997 after giving effect to the Preferred
     Stock Conversion. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the
     rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission based on factors including
     voting or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of Common
     Stock subject to options, warrants and convertible notes currently
     exercisable or convertible, or exercisable or convertible within 60 days
     after July 1, 1997, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage
     ownership of the person or entity holding such securities, but are not
     deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other
     person or entity. Except as indicated, and subject to community property
     laws where applicable, the persons named in the table above have sole
     voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock as
     beneficially owned by them, and there are no other affiliations among the
     stockholders listed in the table.
 (2) Consists of shares held by affiliated entities as follows: (i) 1,597,342
     shares beneficially owned by Domain Partners II, L.P., whose general
     partner is One Palmer Square Associates II, L.P.; (ii) 940,533 shares
     beneficially owned by Domain Partners III, L.P., whose general partner is
     One Palmer Square Associates III, L.P.; and (iii) 32,684 shares
     beneficially owned by DP III Associates, L.P., whose general partner is One
     Palmer Square Associates III, L.P. Dr. Treu and Mr. Dovey are general
     partners of One Palmer Square Associates II, L.P. and One Palmer Square
     Associates III, L.P. In such capacities, Dr. Treu and Mr. Dovey each may be
     deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares, although each disclaims
     such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest,
     if any. The address for Domain Partners II, L.P., Domain Partners III,
     L.P., DP III Associates, L.P., Dr. Treu and Mr. Dovey is One Palmer Square,
     Princeton, New Jersey 08542.
 (3) Biotechnology Investments Limited ("BIL") has entered into a contractual
     arrangement with Domain Associates whereby Domain Associates serves as the
     United States venture capital advisor to BIL. Domain Associates has neither
     voting nor investment power over BIL's shares. Dr. Treu and Mr. Dovey are
     general partners of Domain Associates. The address for BIL is St. Peter
     Port House, Sausmarez Street, St. Peter Port, Guernsey, GY13PH, Channel
     Islands.
 (4) The address for Sentron Medical, Inc. is 4445 Lake Forest Drive, Suite 600,
     Cincinnati, Ohio 45242.
 (5) Includes 184,030 shares subject to certain contractual restrictions, which
     restrictions lapse with respect to 9,318 shares within 60 days after July
     1, 1997.
 (6) Includes 93,709 shares subject to certain contractual restrictions, which
     restrictions lapse with respect to 4,470 shares within 60 days after July
     1, 1997.
 (7) Includes (i) 37,375 shares subject to certain contractual restrictions,
     which restrictions lapse with respect to 2,033 shares within 60 days after
     July 1, 1997 and (ii) 2,443 shares beneficially owned by Diana Parrish, Mr.
     Wallace's wife. For information concerning the subsequent lapsing of these
     restrictions, see "Certain Transactions."
 (8) Includes 12,943 shares that Dr. Bolognesi may acquire pursuant to stock
     options exercisable within 60 days after July 1, 1997 and the following
     shares as to which Dr. Bolognesi disclaims beneficial ownership: (i) 11,765
     shares beneficially owned by James C. Bolognesi Irrevocable Trust, for
     which James C. Bolognesi, Dr. Bolognesi's son, is the sole beneficiary and
     Sarah Bolognesi, Dr. Bolognesi's wife, is the sole trustee; (ii) 11,765
     shares beneficially owned by Michael P. Bolognesi Irrevocable Trust, for
     which
 
                                       46
 
<PAGE>
     Michael P. Bolognesi, Dr. Bolognesi's son, is the sole beneficiary and
     Sarah Bolognesi is the sole trustee; and (iii) 5,450 shares that Sarah
     Bolognesi may acquire pursuant to certain stock options exercisable within
     60 days after July 1, 1997.
 (9) Includes 1,961 shares that Dr. Sanders may acquire pursuant to stock
     options exercisable within 60 days after July 1, 1997.
(10) Includes 268,628 shares beneficially owned by Lawrence & Company Inc., of
     which Mr. McCreath is a partner. In such capacity, Mr. McCreath may be
     deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares, although he disclaims
     such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest,
     if any.
(11) See notes (2)-(10).
 
                                       47
 
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 30,000,000 shares
of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (after giving effect to
the Preferred Stock Conversion and the filing of the Third Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation upon the completion of this Offering). The
following description of the capital stock of the Company is a summary, does not
purport to be complete, is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the
provisions of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which
is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is
a part, and by applicable law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     As of June 30, 1997, there were 7,354,087 shares of Common Stock
outstanding, as adjusted to reflect the Preferred Stock Conversion upon the
completion of this Offering, held of record by 70 stockholders.
 
     The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on
all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative
voting rights. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such
dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of
Directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any preferential
dividend rights applicable to any outstanding Preferred Stock that may be issued
in the future. The Company has not declared or paid cash dividends on its
capital stock. The Company currently intends to retain any future earnings to
fund its operations and, therefore, does not anticipate paying any cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."
 
     In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the
holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets of the
Company remaining after the payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject
to the prior distribution rights of shares of Preferred Stock if any, then
outstanding. There are no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights
applicable to the Common Stock. The outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and
the shares offered by the Company in this Offering will be, when issued and paid
for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and
privileges of holders of Common Stock are subject to the rights of the holders
of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock that the Company may
designate and issue in the future.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Board of Directors has the authority, without action by the
stockholders, to designate and issue 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one
or more series and to designate the rights, preferences and limitations of all
series, any or all of which may be superior to the rights of the Common Stock.
It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of
Preferred Stock upon the rights of the holders of Common Stock until the Board
of Directors determines the specific rights of the holders of Preferred Stock.
However, the effects might include, among others, restricting dividends on
Common Stock, diluting the voting power of the Common Stock, impairing the
liquidation rights of the Common Stock, and making it more difficult for a third
party to acquire the Company, which could have the effect of discouraging a
third party from acquiring, or deterring a third party from paying a premium to
acquire, a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. The Company
has no present plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock. See "Risk
Factors -- Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions."
 
WARRANTS
 
     As of June 30, 1997, the Company had outstanding warrants entitling the
purchasers thereof to purchase a total of 56,684 shares of Common Stock at a
weighted-average exercise price of $4.25 per share (the "Warrants"). The
Warrants have expiration dates ranging from 2003 to 2005.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
     The holders, or their permitted transferees, of approximately 6,261,615
shares of Common Stock and 56,684 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of the Warrants (the "Registrable Securities") are entitled to certain rights
with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These
rights are provided under the terms of certain agreements between the Company
and holders of Registrable Securities. Subject to certain limitations set forth
in the agreements, certain of the holders may require the Company, at its
expense, on not more than two occasions, to file a registration statement under
the Securities Act with respect to the public resale of Registrable Securities.
If the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities
Act, either for its own account or for the account of other security holders,
the holders of Registrable Securities are entitled to notice of the registration
and are entitled to include, at the Company's expense, such shares therein,
subject to certain conditions and limitations. Further, the holders of
Registrable Securities may require the
 
                                       48
 
<PAGE>
Company at its expense to register their shares on Form S-3 when the use of such
form becomes available to the Company, subject to certain conditions and
limitations. All registration expenses must be borne by the Company and all
selling expenses relating to Registrable Securities must be borne by the holder
of the securities being registered.
 
DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS
 
     The Company is subject to the provisions of DGCL Section 203 which, subject
to certain exceptions, prohibits the Company from engaging in certain business
combinations with interested stockholders for a period of three years after the
date of the transaction in which the stockholder became an interested
stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
A "business combination" includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction
resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. For purposes of Section
203, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the
corporation's voting stock. The application of Section 203 could have the effect
of delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company.
 
     The Company's Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
provides that effective upon this Offering, each director will serve for a
three-year term and that approximately one-third of the directors are to be
elected annually. Candidates for directors shall be nominated only by the Board
of Directors or by a stockholder who gives written notice to the Company in the
manner prescribed by the Bylaws. The number of directors may be fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board currently consists of six
members and the Board may appoint new directors to fill vacancies or newly
created directorships between stockholder meetings. The Third Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting at
stockholder meetings for election of directors. A director may be removed from
office only for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the combined
voting power of the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally
in the election of directors or without cause by the affirmative vote of at
least two-thirds of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled
to vote in the election of directors. Any action required or permitted to be
taken by stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or
special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by written consent. The
staggered Board of Directors, the Company's Third Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and certain other provisions of the DGCL may have
the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of the
Company, may discourage bids for the Common Stock at a premium over the market
price and may adversely affect the market price, and the voting and other rights
of the holders, of the Common Stock.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The transfer agent and registrar for the Company's Common Stock is Wachovia
Bank of North Carolina, N.A.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Prior to this Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock of
the Company. Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock (including
shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants) in the
public market after this Offering or the prospect of such sales could materially
and adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time
to time. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock of the Company in the
public market after the restrictions described below lapse could also materially
and adversely affect the prevailing market price of the Common Stock and the
ability of the Company to raise equity capital in the future.
 
     Upon the completion of this Offering, the Company will have 9,870,795
shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of options and warrants
outstanding as of July 9, 1997). Of these shares, the 2,500,000 shares sold in
this Offering will be freely tradeable without restrictions unless held by
"affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The remaining 7,370,795 shares were issued and sold in reliance
upon certain exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act. These shares may be sold in the public market only if registered, or
pursuant to an exemption from such registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 144(k)
under the Securities Act.
 
     Approximately 244,111 shares of Common Stock will be eligible for resale in
the public market without restriction in reliance on Rule 144(k) immediately
following the completion of this Offering, 238,790 shares of which are subject
to the Lock-up Agreements described below. An additional 765,669 shares (757,491
shares of which are subject to the Lock-up Agreements) will be eligible for
resale in the public market pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act
beginning approximately 90 days after the effective date of this Prospectus,
except to the extent that such shares are subject to vesting restrictions or
certain contractual restrictions on sale or transfer pursuant to agreements with
the Company. 757,491 shares of which are subject to the Lock-up Agreements.
After the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below, an
additional 3,729,746 shares of Common Stock will be eligible for resale in the
public market pursuant to Rule 144. From time to time
 
                                       49
 
<PAGE>
thereafter, the remaining shares of Common Stock outstanding will become
eligible for resale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144.
 
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, any person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), who has beneficially owned restricted securities
(as that term is defined in Rule 144) for at least one year is entitled to sell,
within any three month period, a number of such securities that does not exceed
the greater of one percent of the then outstanding class of securities (in the
case of the Common Stock, approximately 98,708 shares, based on the number of
shares to be outstanding after this Offering) or the average weekly trading
volume in such securities in the public market during the four calendar weeks
preceding the filing of the seller's Form 144, provided certain requirements
concerning availability of public information concerning the issuer of the
restricted securities, manner of sale and notice of sale are satisfied. A person
who is not an affiliate of the issuer, has not been an affiliate within three
months prior to the sale and has beneficially owned the restricted securities
for at least two years is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without
regard to any of the limitations described above. Rule 144 also provides that
affiliates who are selling shares that are not restricted securities must
nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted
securities with the exception of the holding period requirement The one-year and
two-year holding periods described above do not begin to run until the full
purchase price or other consideration is paid by the person acquiring the
restricted securities from the issuer or an affiliate of the issuer and may
include the holding period of a prior owner who is not an affiliate of the
issuer.
 
     Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 (such as shares of Common Stock
issued before the completion of this Offering upon the exercise of options) are
also restricted securities and, beginning approximately 90 days after the
effective date of this Prospectus, may be resold by persons other than
affiliates of the Company subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule
144 and may be resold by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with the
one-year holding period.
 
     The executive officers, directors, employees and certain other stockholders
of the Company, who together beneficially own or have dispositive power over
7,346,510 shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to this Offering, have agreed
that they will not sell, offer, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of or
enter into any contract, arrangement or commitment to sell or otherwise dispose
of any shares of Common Stock or securities exerciseable into or convertible
into shares of Common Stock owned by them for a period of 180 days after the
date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC.
 
     Approximately 90 days after the completion of this Offering, the Company
intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to
register the future issuance of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
under the Company's stock option plan. As of July 9, 1997, 253,501 shares of
Common Stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding options and
240,476 shares of Common Stock were reserved for future issuance under the
Company's stock option plan. Such registration statement will automatically
become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered thereunder will,
subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, be available for sale
in the public market, except to the extent that such shares are subject to
vesting restrictions with the Company or certain contractual restrictions on
sale or transfer (including options covering 233,263 shares which are subject to
Lock-up Agreements). After this Offering, the holders of approximately 6,261,215
shares of Common Stock and the holders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of
56,684 shares of Common Stock will be entitled to certain demand and piggyback
rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act.
If such holders, by exercising their demand registration rights, cause a large
number of securities to be registered and sold in the public market, such sales
could have an adverse effect on the market price of the Company's Common Stock.
If the Company, either on its own behalf or on behalf of certain stockholders,
were to initiate a registration and include shares held by such holders pursuant
to the exercise of their piggyback registration rights, such sales could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's ability to raise needed capital. See
"Certain Transactions," "Shares Eligible for Future Sale," "Description of
Capital Stock -- Registration Rights" and "Underwriting."
 
                                       50
 
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom UBS Securities LLC and
Montgomery Securities are acting as representatives (the "Representatives"),
have agreed to purchase from the Company the following respective number of
shares of Common Stock:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITERS                                                                     SHARES
<S>                                                                             <C>
UBS Securities LLC...........................................................
Montgomery Securities........................................................
 
       Total.................................................................   2,500,000
</TABLE>
 
     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
Underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent, including the absence
of any material adverse change in the Company's business and the receipt of
certain certificates, opinions and letters from the Company and its counsel. The
nature of the Underwriters' obligation is such that they are committed to
purchase all shares of Common Stock offered hereby if any such shares are
purchased. The Underwriting Agreement contains certain provisions whereby if any
Underwriter defaults in its obligations to purchase shares, and the aggregate
obligations of the Underwriters so defaulting do not exceed ten percent of the
shares offered hereby, the remaining Underwriters, or some of them, must assume
such obligations.
 
     The Underwriters have advised the Company that the Underwriters propose to
offer the shares of the Common Stock directly to the public at the offering
price set forth on the cover of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such
price less a concession not in excess of $     per share. The Underwriters may
allow and such dealers may reallow a concession not in excess of $     per share
to certain other dealers. After the public offering of the shares of Common
Stock, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the
Underwriters.
 
     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable no later
than 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to additional
375,000 shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the
underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent that the Underwriters
exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment to
purchase approximately the same percentage thereof which the number of shares of
Common Stock to be purchased by it shown in the above table bears to the total
number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby. The Company will be obligated,
pursuant to the option, to sell such shares to the Underwriters.
 
     In connection with the Offering, the Underwriters may engage in
transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the
Common Stock. Specifically, the Underwriters may overallot the Offering,
creating a syndicate short position. In addition, the Underwriters may bid for
and purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market to cover syndicate short
positions or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Finally, the
Underwriters may reclaim selling concessions from syndicate members in the
Offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed Common Stock in
syndicate covering transactions, in stabilizing transactions or otherwise. Any
of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common
Stock above independent market levels. The Underwriters are not required to
engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
 
     The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
     The executive officers, directors, employees and certain other stockholders
of the Company who beneficially own or have dispositive power over 7,346,510
shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to this Offering, including Common
Stock to be issued upon the completion of this Offering pursuant to the
Preferred Stock Conversion, have agreed that they will not,
 
                                       51
 
<PAGE>
without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, offer, sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or securities exchangeable for
or convertible into shares of Common Stock owned by them for a period of 180
days after the date of this Prospectus. The Company has agreed that it will not,
without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, offer, sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus, except that the Company may grant options under the
Stock Option Plan and may issue shares pursuant to other currently outstanding
options.
 
     The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary
authority in excess of five percent of the number of shares of Common Stock
offered hereby.
 
     In June 1997, an entity affiliated with UBS Securities LLC purchased in
connection with the Company's Series D Preferred Stock financing an aggregate of
2,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a price of $.75 per share. Such
Preferred Stock will convert into 235,295 shares of Common Stock upon the
completion of this Offering.
 
     Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiations between the Company and the Representatives and may not be
indicative of the market price at which the Common Stock of the Company will
trade after this Offering. Among the factors to be considered in such
negotiations, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are certain financial
information of the Company, market valuations of other companies that the
Company and the Representatives believe to be comparable to the Company,
estimates of the business potential of the Company, the present state of the
Company's development and other factors deemed relevant. The initial public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus should not,
however, be considered an indication of the actual value of the Common Stock.
Such price is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other
factors. There can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
for the Common Stock or that the Common Stock will trade in the public market
subsequent to this Offering at or above the initial offering price.
 
                                       52
 
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Hutchison & Mason PLLC, Raleigh, North Carolina, counsel
to the Company. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by
Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering, Washington D.C., special counsel to the Company. As
of the date of this Prospectus, a member of Hutchison & Mason PLLC beneficially
owns 3,530 shares of the Company's Common Stock and a partner of Wilmer, Cutler
& Pickering beneficially owns 9,804 shares of the Company's Common Stock. A
principal of AspenTree Capital, financial advisor to the Company and beneficial
owner of 26,864 shares of the Company's Common Stock, serves as a consultant to
Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering on certain matters other than those relating to the
Company. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by
Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements of the Company, as of December 31, 1995 and 1996
and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, and
the period from inception (January 7, 1993) to December 31, 1996 have been
included herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon the report of
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing
elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.
 
     The statements in this Prospectus under the captions "Risk
Factors -- Uncertainty Regarding Patents and Proprietary Rights" and
"Business -- Patents, Proprietary Technology and Trade Secrets", relating to
U.S. patent matters, have been reviewed and approved by Pennie & Edmonds LLP,
New York, New York, patent counsel to the Company, and are included herein in
reliance upon such review and approval by the firm as experts in U.S. patent
law.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-l under the Securities Act with
respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, which is a part of
the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in
the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules hereto. For further
information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby,
reference is hereby made to such Registration Statement and to the exhibits and
schedules filed as a part thereof. Statements made in this Prospectus concerning
the contents of any contracts or documents are not necessarily complete, and, in
each such instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, reference is made to such exhibit for a more complete
description, and each such statement is qualified in its entirety by reference
to such exhibit. Any interested party may inspect the Registration Statement,
without charge, at the public reference facilities of the Commission at Room
1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and copies
of all or any portion of the Registration Statement, including exhibits and
schedules thereto, may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission at its principal office at Room 1024, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the Commission's public reference
facilities in Chicago, Illinois and New York, New York. The Commission maintains
a World Wide Web site that will contain reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding the Company. The address of such site
is http://www.sec.gov.
 
     As a result of the filing of this Registration Statement and the completion
of the Offering contemplated hereby, the Company will become subject to the
periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and in accordance therewith will be required to file reports and other
information with the Commission. Such reports and other information can be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at its principal offices.
 
     The Company intends to furnish its stockholders annual reports containing
financial statements audited by its independent auditors and quarterly reports
containing unaudited financial information for the first three quarters of each
fiscal year.
 
                                       53
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                          PAGE
<S>                                                                                                                       <C>
Independent Auditors' Report...........................................................................................    F-2
Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 (unaudited).............................................    F-3
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995,
  and 1996 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997
  (unaudited) and for the period from Inception to December 31, 1996...................................................    F-4
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1994,
  1995, and 1996 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited)................................................    F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1994, 1995,
  and 1996 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997
  (unaudited) and for the period from Inception to December 31, 1996...................................................    F-6
Notes to Financial Statements..........................................................................................    F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
 
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Trimeris, Inc.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Trimeris, Inc. (A
Development Stage Company) (the "Company") as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and
the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996 and
for the cumulative period from the date of inception to December 31, 1996. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December
31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, and for the
cumulative period from the date of inception to December 31, 1996, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
March 17, 1997 except for
  Note 11(a) as to which the
  date is June 30, 1997
 
Raleigh, North Carolina                                  KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
                                      F-2
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                                                        AS OF JUNE    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                             AS OF DECEMBER 31,             30,       EQUITY AS OF
                                                                            1995            1996           1997       JUNE 30, 1997
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................  $   1,343,346   $    131,540   $   8,912,343
  Accounts receivable.................................................            793         32,752          44,758
  Loans to employees..................................................             --          2,985              --
  Prepaid expenses....................................................          9,564         45,470         311,753
      Total current assets............................................      1,353,703        212,747       9,268,854
Property, furniture and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of
  $921,135, $1,611,544 and $1,911,663 at December 31, 1995, 1996 and
  June 30, 1997 (unaudited), respectively.............................      1,230,394        896,672         698,372
Other assets:
  Equipment held for resale, less allowance of $60,972, $54,029 and
    $54,029 at December 31, 1995, 1996 and June 30, 1997 (unaudited),
    respectively......................................................         60,972         54,029          54,029
  Exclusive license agreement, net of accumulated amortizaton of
    $6,632, $9,044 and $10,250 at December 31, 1995, 1996 and June 30,
    1997 (unaudited), respectively....................................         34,368         31,956          30,750
  Patent costs........................................................        298,154        412,619         444,949
  Equipment deposits..................................................         58,830         58,830          58,830
  Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $10,233, $14,531
    and $16,518 at December 31, 1995, 1996 and June 30, 1997
    (unaudited), respectively.........................................         21,427         16,876          28,967
      Total other assets..............................................        473,751        574,310         617,525
      Total assets....................................................  $   3,057,848   $  1,683,729   $  10,584,751
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable....................................................  $     118,016   $    254,845   $     337,173
  Current installments of obligations under capital leases............        527,406        500,248         332,332
  Accrued expenses....................................................        385,797        762,548         580,012
      Total current liabilities.......................................      1,031,219      1,517,641       1,249,517
Notes payable.........................................................        166,718        259,000         260,000
Obligations under capital leases, excluding current installments......        536,184        316,537         228,111
      Total liabilities...............................................      1,734,121      2,093,178       1,737,628
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Series A Preferred Stock at $.001 par value per share. 3,000,000
    shares authorized, issued and outstanding.........................          3,000          3,000           3,000  $          --
  Series B Preferred Stock at $.001 par value per share. 29,000,000
    shares authorized; issued and outstanding 20,635,564 and
    27,135,564 shares at December 31, 1995, 1996 and
    June 30, 1997 (unaudited) respectively............................         20,636         27,136          27,136             --
  Series C Preferred Stock at $.001 per share. 20,000,000 shares
    authorized; issued and outstanding 3,333,335 and 13,317,740 shares
    at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 (unaudited),
    respectively......................................................             --          3,333          13,317             --
  Series D Preferred Stock at $.001 par value per share 10,666,667
    shares authorized; issued and outstanding 9,047,962 at
    June 30, 1997 (unaudited).........................................             --             --           9,048             --
  Common Stock at $.001 par value per share. Authorized 80,000,000
    shares; issued and outstanding 352,412, 436,688 and 1,092,472
    shares at December 31, 1995, 1996 and June 30, 1997 (unaudited),
    respectively......................................................            353            437           1,092          7,354
  Additional paid-in capital..........................................     12,293,582     17,535,897      32,434,995     32,481,234
  Deficit accumulated during the development stage....................    (10,993,844)   (17,965,252)    (21,442,925)   (21,442,925)
  Deferred compensation...............................................             --             --      (1,935,000)    (1,935,000)
  Notes receivable from stockholders..................................             --        (14,000)       (263,540)      (263,540)
      Total stockholders' equity (deficit)............................      1,323,727       (409,449)      8,847,123  $   8,847,123
Commitments and contingencies (notes 2, 10, and 11)
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)............  $   3,057,848   $  1,683,729   $  10,584,751
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-3
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   CUMULATIVE
                                                                                 FROM INCEPTION
                                                                                   (JANUARY 7,               FOR THE
                                                                                      1993)             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                         FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,        TO DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                        1994           1995           1996            1996             1996           1997
<S>                                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>            <C>
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
Revenue...........................  $         --   $    104,453   $     54,465    $      158,918   $         --   $    211,875
Operating expenses:
  Research and development........     2,746,867      4,011,875      5,146,072        12,596,163      2,278,084      2,858,785
  General and administrative......       947,518      1,520,974      1,759,965         4,859,704        801,547        786,445
       Total operating expenses...     3,694,385      5,532,849      6,906,037        17,455,867      3,079,631      3,645,230
  Operating loss..................    (3,694,385)    (5,428,396)    (6,851,572)      (17,296,949)    (3,079,631)    (3,433,355)
Other income (expense):
  Interest income.................         8,611         49,176         46,992           121,449         31,672         33,319
  Interest expense................      (258,191)      (360,158)      (166,828)         (789,752)       (85,623)       (77,637)
                                        (249,580)      (310,982)      (119,836)         (668,303)       (53,951)       (44,318)
  Net loss........................  $ (3,943,965)  $ (5,739,378)  $ (6,971,408)   $  (17,965,252)  $ (3,133,582)  $ (3,477,673)
Pro forma net loss
  per share.......................                                $      (1.48)                                   $      (0.59)
Pro forma weighted average
  shares used in per share
  computations....................                                   4,705,000                                       5,880,000
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                           JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DEFICIT
                                                                                        ACCUMULATED
                          PREFERRED STOCK           COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL      DURING THE
                         NUMBER        PAR        NUMBER       PAR        PAID-IN       DEVELOPMENT       DEFERRED
                       OF SHARES      VALUE     OF SHARES     VALUE       CAPITAL          STAGE        COMPENSATION
<S>                    <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>            <C>              <C>
Balance at January
  7, 1993...........           --    $    --            --    $   --    $        --    $      --  --               --
Issuances of Common
  Stock.............           --         --       217,647       218          1,632               --               --
Issuances of Series
  A Preferred
  Stock.............    3,000,000      3,000            --        --      1,997,000               --               --
Stock issuance
  costs.............           --         --            --        --        (33,813)              --               --
Common Stock issued
  in exchange for
  exclusive
  license...........           --         --        96,471        96         40,904               --               --
Common Stock issued
  in exchange for
  consulting
  services..........           --         --         5,882         6          2,494               --               --
Loss for the
  period............           --         --            --        --             --       (1,310,501)              --
Balance as of
  December 31,
  1993..............    3,000,000      3,000       320,000       320      2,008,217       (1,310,501)              --
Issuances of Common
  Stock.............           --         --        11,911        12          5,051               --               --
Common Stock issued
  in exchange for
  consulting
  services..........           --         --         4,706         5          1,995               --               --
Loss for the
  period............           --         --            --        --             --       (3,943,965)              --
Balance as of
  December 31,
  1994..............    3,000,000      3,000       336,617       337      2,015,263       (5,254,466)              --
Issuances of Common
  Stock.............           --         --        15,795        16          7,894               --               --
Issuance of Series B
  Preferred Stock...   20,635,564     20,636            --        --     10,297,146               --               --
Stock issuance
  costs.............           --         --            --        --        (26,721)              --               --
Loss for the
  period............           --         --            --        --             --       (5,739,378)              --
Balance as of
  December 31,
  1995..............   23,635,564     23,636       352,412       353     12,293,582      (10,993,844)              --
Issuances of Common
  Stock.............           --         --        83,688        84         28,370               --               --
Common Stock issued
  in exchange for
  consulting
  services..........           --         --           588        --            200               --               --
Issuances of Series
  B Preferred
  Stock.............    6,500,000      6,500            --        --      3,243,500               --               --
Issuances of Series
  C Preferred
  Stock.............    3,333,335      3,333            --        --      1,996,668               --               --
Stock issuance
  costs.............           --         --            --        --        (26,423)              --               --
Loss for the
  period............           --         --            --        --             --       (6,971,408)              --
Notes receivable
  from stockholders
  for the purchase
  of shares.........           --         --            --        --             --               --               --
Balance as of
  December 31,
  1996..............   33,468,899     33,469       436,688       437     17,535,897      (17,965,252)              --
Issuances of Series
  C Preferred
  Stock.............    9,984,405      9,984            --        --      5,980,658               --               --
Issuances of Series
  D Preferred
  Stock.............    9,047,962      9,048            --        --      6,776,923               --               --
Issuances of Common
  Stock.............           --         --       656,494       656        251,198               --               --
Repurchase of Common
  Stock.............           --         --          (710)       (1)          (301)              --               --
Stock issuance
  costs.............           --         --            --        --       (109,380)              --               --
Issuance of Common
  Stock and options
  at below market
  value.............           --         --            --        --      2,000,000               --       (2,000,000)
Amortization of
  deferred
  compensation......           --         --            --        --             --               --           65,000
Loss for the
  period............           --         --            --        --             --       (3,477,673)              --
Balance as of June
  30, 1997
  (unaudited).......   52,501,266    $52,501     1,092,472    $1,092    $32,434,995    $ (21,442,925)   $  (1,935,000)
 
<CAPTION>
                         NOTES             NET
                       RECEIVABLE     STOCKHOLDERS'
                          FROM           EQUITY
                      STOCKHOLDERS      (DEFICIT)
<S>                    <C>            <C>
Balance at January
  7, 1993...........    $       --     $         --
Issuances of Common
  Stock.............            --            1,850
Issuances of Series
  A Preferred
  Stock.............            --        2,000,000
Stock issuance
  costs.............            --          (33,813)
Common Stock issued
  in exchange for
  exclusive
  license...........            --           41,000
Common Stock issued
  in exchange for
  consulting
  services..........            --            2,500
Loss for the
  period............            --       (1,310,501)
Balance as of
  December 31,
  1993..............            --          701,036
Issuances of Common
  Stock.............            --            5,063
Common Stock issued
  in exchange for
  consulting
  services..........            --            2,000
Loss for the
  period............            --       (3,943,965)
Balance as of
  December 31,
  1994..............            --       (3,235,866)
Issuances of Common
  Stock.............            --            7,910
Issuance of Series B
  Preferred Stock...            --       10,317,782
Stock issuance
  costs.............            --          (26,721)
Loss for the
  period............            --       (5,739,378)
Balance as of
  December 31,
  1995..............            --        1,323,727
Issuances of Common
  Stock.............            --           28,454
Common Stock issued
  in exchange for
  consulting
  services..........            --              200
Issuances of Series
  B Preferred
  Stock.............            --        3,250,000
Issuances of Series
  C Preferred
  Stock.............            --        2,000,001
Stock issuance
  costs.............            --          (26,423)
Loss for the
  period............            --       (6,971,408)
Notes receivable
  from stockholders
  for the purchase
  of shares.........       (14,000)         (14,000)
Balance as of
  December 31,
  1996..............       (14,000)        (409,449)
Issuances of Series
  C Preferred
  Stock.............            --        5,990,642
Issuances of Series
  D Preferred
  Stock.............            --        6,785,971
Issuances of Common
  Stock.............      (249,540)           2,314
Repurchase of Common
  Stock.............            --             (302)
Stock issuance
  costs.............            --         (109,380)
Issuance of Common
  Stock and options
  at below market
  value.............            --               --
Amortization of
  deferred
  compensation......            --           65,000
Loss for the
  period............            --       (3,477,673)
Balance as of June
  30, 1997
  (unaudited).......    $ (263,540)    $  8,847,123
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           CUMULATIVE
                                                                                         FROM INCEPTION
                                                                                           (JANUARY 7,             FOR THE
                                                                                              1993)           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,       TO DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,
                                                  1994          1995          1996            1996           1996          1997
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net Loss...................................  $(3,943,965)  $(5,739,378)  $(6,971,408)   $  (17,965,252) $(3,133,582)  $(3,477,673)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
    cash used by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization of
      property, furniture and equipment......      356,009       543,796       690,419         1,631,486      324,270       300,109
    Other amortization.......................        7,055         6,707         8,699            25,565        1,206        66,206
    Provision for equipment held for
      resale.................................       16,821            --            --            60,972           --            --
    Stock issued for consulting services.....        2,000            --           200             4,700           --            --
    Stock issued to repay interest on notes
      to stockholders........................           --       194,521            --           194,521           --            --
    Debt issued for research and
      development............................           --            --       193,350           193,350           --            --
    Loss on disposal of property and
      equipment..............................       16,686            --            --            16,686           --            --
    Decrease (increase) in assets:
    Accounts receivable and loans to
      employees..............................       (8,223)        7,430       (34,944)          (35,737)      (7,449)       (9,021)
    Prepaid expenses.........................        2,680        (3,574)      (35,906)          (45,470)        (112)     (266,283)
    Other assets.............................         (719)      (16,260)          253           (68,651)       2,401       (12,091)
    Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
    Accounts payable.........................     (351,554)      (20,409)      136,829           254,845       45,605        82,328
    Accrued expenses.........................      137,275       270,778       183,401           673,292     (111,906)     (182,536)
    Net cash used by operating activities....   (3,765,935)   (4,756,389)   (5,829,107)      (15,059,693)  (2,879,567)   (3,498,961)
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment.........      (57,608)      (97,467)      (26,529)         (430,469)    (234,032)     (101,809)
  Equipment held for resale..................       21,475            --         6,943          (115,001)       6,943            --
  Organizational costs.......................           --            --            --            (8,217)          --            --
  Patent costs...............................      (20,474)     (213,454)     (116,454)         (414,608)     (76,418)      (32,330)
    Net cash used in investing activities....      (56,607)     (310,921)     (136,040)         (968,295)    (303,507)     (134,139)
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of notes payable....    3,600,000     2,716,718        92,282         6,409,000       71,782         1,000
  Lease costs................................           --            --            --           (13,371)          --            --
  Accounts receivable........................      265,650            --            --                --           --            --
  Principal payments under capital lease
    obligations..............................     (281,067)     (432,958)     (576,973)       (1,297,589)     (62,659)     (256,342)
  Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock.....        5,063         7,910        14,454            29,277           --         2,314
  Proceeds from issuance of Preferred
    Stock....................................           --     3,869,167     5,250,001        11,119,168    3,244,664    12,776,613
  Repurchase of Common Stock.................           --            --            --                --           --          (302)
  Stock issuance costs.......................           --       (26,721)      (26,423)          (86,957)          --      (109,380)
    Net cash provided by financing
      activities.............................    3,589,646     6,134,116     4,753,341        16,159,528    3,253,787    12,413,903
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
      equivalents............................     (232,896)    1,066,806    (1,211,806)          131,540       70,713     8,780,803
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
  period.....................................      509,436       276,540     1,343,346                --    1,343,346       131,540
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period...  $   276,540   $ 1,343,346   $   131,540    $      131,540  $ 1,414,059   $ 8,912,343
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
  information:
  Cash paid during the period for interest...  $   154,097   $   178,913   $   154,228    $      691,728  $    85,623   $    56,233
</TABLE>

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities are
described in Note 8.
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
 
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  ORGANIZATION
 
     Trimeris, Inc. was incorporated on January 7, 1993 to discover and develop
novel therapeutic agents that block viral infection by inhibiting viral fusion
with host cells. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 7, "Accounting and Reporting by
Development Stage Enterprises," to recognize the fact that the Company is
devoting substantially all of its efforts to establishing a new business and
planned principal operations have not commenced.
 
  CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with an original
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
  PROPERTY, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property, furniture and equipment are recorded at cost. Property, furniture
and equipment under capital leases are initially recorded at the present value
of minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease.
 
     Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. Property, furniture and equipment held
under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight
line method over the lesser of the lease term or estimated useful life of the
asset.
 
  ORGANIZATION COSTS
 
     Organization costs are amortized using the straight-line method over five
years.
 
  EXCLUSIVE LICENSE
 
     The exclusive license is amortized using the straight-line method over
seventeen years.
 
  PATENTS
 
     The costs of patents are capitalized and will be amortized using the
straight-line method over the remaining lives of the patents from the date the
patents are granted.
 
  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred.
 
  DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS
 
     Financing costs were incurred as part of the Company's capital lease
agreements and are amortized straight-line over the lease term.
 
  INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income
taxes.
 
  USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                      F-7
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- Continued
  PRO FORMA STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (UNAUDITED)
 
     Upon the completion of the Company's initial public offering (the
"Offering") of Common Stock (the "Common Stock"), all of the outstanding shares
of Series A, B, C, and D Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") will convert
into 6,261,615 shares of Common Stock. The unaudited pro forma presentation of
stockholders' equity has been prepared giving effect to the conversion of all
the Preferred Stock into Common Stock on June 30, 1997, assuming that the
initial public offering price per share in connection with this Offering is
$13.00.
 
  PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER SHARE (UNAUDITED)
 
     The pro forma net loss per share is computed based upon the weighted
average number of common shares and common equivalent shares (using the treasury
stock method) outstanding after certain adjustments described below. Common
equivalent shares are not included in the per share calculations where the
effect of their inclusion would be anti-dilutive, except that, in accordance
with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83, all
common and common equivalent shares issued during the twelve-month period prior
to the initial filing of the registration statement relating to the Offering,
even when anti-dilutive, have been included in the calculation as if they were
outstanding for all periods, using the treasury stock method and an assumed
initial public offering price of $13.00 per share. The pro forma net loss per
common share gives effect to the mandatory conversion of all outstanding shares
of Preferred Stock into 6,261,615 shares of Common Stock upon the completion of
this Offering.
 
  HISTORICAL NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
 
     Net loss per common share on a historical basis is computed in the same
manner as pro forma net loss per common share, except that Series A, B, C and D
Preferred Stock are not assumed to be converted. Net loss per common share on a
historical basis is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           SIX MONTHS
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                         1994           1995           1996           1996           1997
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>

Net loss to common stockholders....................   $(3,943,965)   $(5,739,378)   $(6,971,408)   $(3,133,582)   $(3,477,673)
Net loss per common share..........................   $     (3.57)   $     (5.06)   $     (6.04)   $     (2.77)   $     (2.96)
Weighted average number of common and common
  equivalent shares outstanding....................     1,105,000      1,134,000      1,154,000      1,133,000      1,173,000
</TABLE>
 
     Fully diluted net loss per common share is the same as primary net loss per
common share.
 
  STOCK SPLIT
 
     Effective July 11, 1997, the Company declared a one for eight and one-half
reverse stock split for common shareholders. This stock split has been
retroactively applied and all periods presented have been restated. The
conversion prices for the Preferred Stock discussed in Note 4 will be adjusted
for this reverse stock split.
 
                                      F-8
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
2. LEASES
 
     The Company is obligated under various capital leases for furniture and
equipment that expire at various dates during the next four years. The gross
amount of furniture and equipment and related accumulated amortization recorded
under capital leases and included in property, furniture and equipment were as
follows at December 31, 1995, 1996 and June 30, 1997 (unaudited):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            JUNE 30,
                                                                 1995          1996           1997
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>            <C>

Furniture and equipment....................................   $1,790,110    $ 1,930,423    $ 1,980,665
Less accumulated amortization..............................     (780,082)    (1,084,160)    (1,347,996)
                                                              $1,010,028    $   846,263    $   632,669
</TABLE>
 
     The Company also has several non-cancelable operating leases, primarily for
office space and office equipment, that extend through September 1999. Rental
expense, including maintenance charges, for operating leases during 1994, 1995,
1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997 (unaudited) was
$454,307, $532,146, $552,001, $254,717 and $300,018 respectively.
 
     Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with
initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) and future minimum
capital lease payments as of December 31, 1996 are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               CAPITAL     OPERATING
                                                                                LEASES       LEASES
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>
Year ending December 31:
  1997......................................................................   $552,675    $  514,774
  1998......................................................................    274,991       520,721
  1999......................................................................    114,871       419,255
  2000......................................................................      7,117            --
  Total minimum lease payments..............................................    949,654    $1,454,750
  Less amount representing interest.........................................    132,869
  Present value of net minimum capital lease payments.......................    816,785
Less current installments of obligations under capital leases...............    500,248
  Obligations under capital leases, excluding current installments..........   $316,537
</TABLE>
 
     Additionally, under a warrant agreement dated August 24, 1993 with a
lessor, the Company issued warrants to acquire Series B Preferred Stock at the
initial Series B Preferred Stock per share offering price, such that the
aggregate purchase price for the shares equals $118,756. The warrants shall be
exercisable prior to the earlier of the tenth annual anniversary date of the
grant date or fifth anniversary date of Trimeris' Initial Public Offering. The
shares have not been issued as of December 31, 1996.
 
     During the year ended December 31, 1995, the lease with the aforementioned
lessor was amended to increase the credit limit by $750,000 to $2.0 million. As
part of this amendment, Trimeris granted the lessor additional warrants to
purchase shares valued at $71,250 of Series B Preferred Stock at the initial per
share offering price.
 
3. NOTES PAYABLE
 
     In March 1995, the Company entered into a Financial Assistance Agreement
with the North Carolina Biotechnology Center (the "Center"). Under this
agreement, the Center agreed to extend to the Company a line of credit up to
$250,000 for the funding of certain research performed by the Company. This note
payable is unsecured and bears interest at 8.5% on the balance of all
outstanding principal. The note matures in March 2000, at which time principal
and accrued interest is to be
 
                                      F-9
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
3. NOTES PAYABLE -- Continued
repaid. At December 31, 1995, 1996 and June 30, 1997 (unaudited), the total
principal and interest due were $162,218, $262,600 and $284,000, respectively.
 
     In November 1995, the Company entered into a Collaborative Funding
Assistance Agreement with the Center. Under this agreement, the Center agreed to
lend the Company up to $10,000 for the funding of certain research performed by
the Company. This note payable is unsecured and bears interest at 8.75% on the
balance of all outstanding principal. The note matures in December 2000, at
which time principal and accrued interest is to be repaid. At December 31, 1995,
1996 and June 30, 1997 (unaudited), the total principal due was $4,500, $9,000
and $10,000, respectively.
 
4. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
     The Company has the authority to issue 121,750,000 shares of stock
consisting of 69,750,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and
52,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which
3,000,000 shares shall be designated Series A Preferred Stock, 29,000,000 shares
shall be designated Series B Preferred Stock, and 20,000,000 shares shall be
designated Series C Preferred Stock.
 
     During 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited), loans with
an interest rate of 8% totaling $14,000 and $249,540, respectively, were issued
to employees of the Company for purchase of shares of the Company's Common
Stock. This amount has been presented as contra-equity in the statement of
stockholders' equity (deficit).
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
  DIVIDENDS
 
     Holders of the Preferred Stock are not entitled to receive dividends,
provided however, that in the event the Company shall at any time declare or pay
a dividend on the Common Stock, other than a stock dividend, each holder of
Preferred Stock shall receive a dividend equal to the dividend that would have
been payable to such holder if the Preferred Stock had been converted into
Common Stock on the date of record for holders of the Common Stock.
 
     In the event of a merger or consolidation, holders of Preferred Stock will
have the right to redeem the shares within 15 days of receipt of such notice.
Any redeemed shares will be considered permanently retired.
 
  LIQUIDATION
 
     Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of
the Preferred Stock shall be entitled, before any distribution is made upon the
Common Stock, to be paid for each share in cash an amount equal to (i) $0.67 per
share in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) $0.50 per share in the
case of the Series B Preferred Stock or (iii) $0.60 per share in the case of
Series C Preferred Stock in addition to other considerations. If the assets to
be distributed are insufficient to permit full payment to the preferred
stockholders, then the assets of the Company shall be distributed on a pro rata
basis to each class of preferred stockholders. The value of any noncash
distribution shall be determined by an independent appraiser or securities
exchange if the item is an actively traded security.
 
  CONVERSION
 
     Holders of Preferred Stock have the right, at any time, to convert into
such number of shares of common stock as is obtained by multiplying the number
of shares to be converted by the preferred stock's "Basic Liquidation
Preference" ($0.67 for Series A Preferred Stock, $0.50 for Series B Preferred
Stock $0.60 for Series C Preferred Stock and $0.75 for Series D Preferred Stock)
and dividing such amount by the Preferred Stock's conversion price in effect at
the time of conversion.
 
     The respective preferred stock conversion prices are as follows as of
December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1994      1995      1996
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>       <C>
Series A.........................................   $0.670    $0.534    $0.524
Series B.........................................       --     0.500     0.500
Series C.........................................       --        --     0.600
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
4. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) -- Continued
     The Preferred Stock conversion price will be reduced in the event of the
Company's issuing any shares of its Common Stock without consideration or for a
consideration per share of less than the conversion price of any series of
Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale,
subject to certain limitations.
 
     The Company shall at times reserve and keep available out of its authorized
Common Stock or treasury shares, such number of common shares sufficient to
cover the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock.
 
     The Company may at its option, require the conversion of all (but not less
than all) the shares at the time outstanding if the Company shall complete a
firm commitment underwritten public offering involving the sale of the Company's
Common Stock (i) at a price to the public of at least $10 per share
appropriately adjusted for stock splits and dividends and stock combinations,
and (ii) yielding gross proceeds to the Company of at least $20 million.
 
  VOTING
 
     Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share
of Common Stock which would be issuable to holder upon conversion. Each holder
of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share. Preferred and common
stockholders shall vote together as a class.
 
  RESTRICTIONS
 
     The Company cannot, without the consent of the preferred stockholders: (i)
authorize any new classes of stock unless that class ranks junior to the
Preferred Stock, (ii) increase the authorized amount of Preferred Stock, or
(iii) authorize any obligation or security which is convertible into Preferred
Stock.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
  DIVIDENDS
 
     The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends as from
time to time may be declared by the Board of Directors taking into account the
rights of the preferred stockholders.
 
  LIQUIDATION
 
     After payment to the preferred stockholders as discussed above, holders of
Common Stock shall be entitled, together with the holders of Preferred Stock, to
share ratably, according to the number of shares held by them in all remaining
assets of the Company available for distribution.
 
5. STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     In 1993, the Company adopted a stock option plan which allows for the
issuance of non-qualified and incentive stock options. During 1996, the
Trimeris, Inc. New Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") was implemented
that replaced the 1993 plan. Under this new Stock Option Plan, the Company may
grant non-qualified or incentive stock options for up to 4,545,000 shares of
Common Stock. The exercise price of each option shall not be less than the fair
market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant and an option's
maximum term is ten years. All outstanding incentive stock options have been
issued at $.04. The vesting period occurs ratably over four years. All incentive
stock options which had been granted under the 1993 plan were cancelled at
inception of the new Stock Option Plan while the non-qualified stock options
remain outstanding at an exercise price of $.05. No more grants will be made
under the 1993 plan.
 
                                      F-11
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
5. STOCK OPTION PLAN -- Continued
     Stock option transactions for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and
1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited) are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     JUNE 30,
                                                                              1994         1995          1996          1997
                                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>

Options outstanding at January 1.........................................      27,276      141,411       166,191       482,804
Granted..................................................................     114,341       37,753       572,206       100,782
Exercised (at $.43/share)................................................        (147)      (4,755)      (28,394)     (319,540)
Cancelled................................................................         (59)      (8,218)     (227,199)       (3,720)
Options outstanding at end of period.....................................     141,411      166,191       482,804       260,326
</TABLE>
 
     The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in
accounting for its plans. Accordingly, compensation cost related to stock
options issued to employees would be recorded on the date of grant only if the
current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. For
the period ended June 30, the Company has recorded a deferred charge of $2.0
million, representing the difference between the exercise price and the deemed
fair value of the Company's Common Stock for 347,529 shares of Common Stock and
79,959 shares subject to Common Stock Options granted in the second quarter of
1997. The deferred compensation will be amortized to expense over the period the
shares and options vest, generally four years.
 
     SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, permits entities to
recognize as expense over the vesting period the fair value of all stock-based
awards on the date of grant. Alternatively, SFAS No. 123 also allows entities to
continue to apply the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide pro forma net
income and pro forma earnings per share disclosures for employee stock option
grants as if the fair-value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been
applied. The Company has elected to continue to apply the provisions of APB
Opinion No. 25. The pro forma disclosures have not been included as the fair
value of the options granted in 1996 and 1995 are immaterial.
 
6. INCOME TAXES
 
     At December 31, 1996, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards
(NOL's) for federal income tax purposes of approximately $17.4 million which
expire in varying amounts between 2009 and 2012. The Company has NOL's for state
tax purposes of approximately $17.4 million which expire in varying amounts
between 1999 and 2002. Additionally, the Company has research and development
credits of $261,000 which expire in varying amounts between 2008 and 2011.
 
     The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions which limit the ability to
utilize net operating loss carryforwards in the case of certain events including
significant changes in ownership interests. If the Company's NOL's are limited,
and the Company has taxable income which exceeds the permissible yearly NOL, the
Company would incur a federal income tax liability even though NOL's would be
available in future years.
 
                                      F-12
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
6. INCOME TAXES -- Continued
     The components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 (unaudited) are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   JUNE 30,
                                                                                       1995           1996           1997
                                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Tax loss carryforwards.........................................................   $ 4,100,000    $ 6,823,000    $ 8,165,000
  Tax credits....................................................................       158,000        261,000        297,000
  Reserves and accruals..........................................................        76,000        211,000         56,000
  Start-up costs.................................................................       114,000        109,000         57,000
                                                                                      4,448,000      7,404,000      8,575,000
Valuation allowance..............................................................    (4,448,000)    (7,404,000)    (8,575,000)
  Net deferred asset.............................................................            --             --             --
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Deferred tax liability.........................................................            --             --             --
     Net deferred tax assets and (liability).....................................   $        --    $        --    $        --
</TABLE>
     The Company has established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax
assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets. 

7. PROFIT SHARING PLAN
 
     The Company has adopted a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the "Plan") covering
all qualified employees. The effective date of the Plan is January 1, 1994.
 
     Participants may elect a salary reduction from 1% to 10% as a contribution
to the Plan. Modifications of the salary reductions may be made annually. The
Plan permits the Company to match up to 8% of a participant's salary, but to
date, the Company has elected not to match participants' contributions.
 
     The normal retirement age shall be the later of a participant's 65th
birthday or the fifth anniversary of the first day of the Plan year in which
participation commenced. The Plan does not have an early retirement provision.
 
8. SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
     Capital lease obligations of $345,104, $330,168 and $195,179 were incurred
in 1995 and 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited),
respectively, for leases of new furniture and equipment.
 
     During 1995, the Company exchanged notes payable to stockholders, including
accrued interest of $6.4 million for Series B Preferred Stock.
 
     Shares issued under the license and consulting agreements have been valued
by the Board of Directors taking into consideration the fair value of the most
recently issued preferred stock or the value of the services, whichever is more
readily determinable.
 
9. EQUITY FINANCING
 
     An initial investment of $2 million was provided by Domain Partners II,
L.P. ("Domain") and Biotechnology Investments Limited ("BIL") to fund the start
up phase of the Company.
 
     During the year ended December 31, 1995, Domain, BIL and others invested an
additional $3.9 million to fund continued operations of the Company through the
purchase of shares of Series B Preferred Stock. In addition, the Company
exchanged notes payable, including accrued interest, of $6.4 million for shares
of Series B Preferred Stock. These notes were payable to Domain and BIL and were
entered into during the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995. A total of
20,635,564 shares were issued for a total consideration of $10.3 million.
 
                                      F-13
 
<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- CONTINUED
 
9. EQUITY FINANCING -- Continued
     In March and October 1996, Domain, BIL, and others invested an additional
$5.3 million to fund continued operations of the Company through the purchase of
6,500,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 3,333,335 shares of Series C
Preferred Stock, respectively.
 
     Common stock was issued during 1994, 1995, and 1996 through purchase by
Company personnel and also through the exercise of stock options.
 
10. CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company is involved in certain claims and legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate
disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial position or results of operations of the Company.
 
11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     (a) During the six months ended June 30, 1997 equity financing of
         approximately $12.8 million has been received from current and new
         investors.
 
     (b) The Company's Certificate of Incorporation was amended on July 11,
         1997, giving the Company the authority to issue 142,666,667 shares of
         stock consisting of 80,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.001
         per share, and 62,666,667 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001
         per share, of which 3,000,000 shares shall be designated Series A
         Preferred Stock, 29,000,000 shares shall be designated Series B
         Preferred Stock, 20,000,000 shares shall be designated Series C
         Preferred Stock, and 10,666,667 shares shall be designated Series D
         Preferred Stock.
 
     (c) During 1997, the Company entered into agreements for the production of
         drug material which require maximum payments of approximately $2.3
         million, subject to acceptance of the material under the terms of the
         contracts.
 
                                      F-14
 
<PAGE>
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED
HEREBY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT
AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT
QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE
INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THIS
PROSPECTUS OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE
SUCH DATE.
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Page
<S>                                                 <C>
Prospectus Summary...............................     3
Risk Factors.....................................     6
Use of Proceeds..................................    17
Dividend Policy..................................    17
Capitalization...................................    18
Dilution.........................................    19
Selected Financial Data..........................    20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations............    21
Business.........................................    24
Management.......................................    39
Certain Transactions.............................    45
Principal Stockholders...........................    46
Description of Capital Stock.....................    48
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..................    49
Underwriting.....................................    51
Legal Matters....................................    53
Experts..........................................    53
Additional Information...........................    53
Index to Financial Statements....................   F-1
</TABLE>
 
    UNTIL         , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                2,500,000 Shares
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                 Trimeris, Inc.
 
                                  Common Stock
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                         , 1997
 
                                 UBS Securities
 
                             Montgomery Securities
 
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The following table sets forth the expenses to be paid by Trimeris, Inc.
(the "Registrant" or the "Company") in connection with the issuance and
distribution of the securities being registered hereby other than underwriting
discounts and commissions.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                  <C>
Registration Fee -- Securities and Exchange Commission............................................................   $ 12,197
Filing Fee -- National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.....................................................      4,525
Filing and Listing Fee -- Nasdaq National Market..................................................................     42,177
Transfer Agent's Fee and Expenses*................................................................................      5,000
Legal Fees and Expenses*..........................................................................................    325,000
Printing and Engraving Expenses*..................................................................................    175,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses*.....................................................................................    150,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses (including legal fees)*................................................................     15,000
Miscellaneous*....................................................................................................     71,101
       Total......................................................................................................   $800,000
</TABLE>
 
* Estimated
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") permits
indemnification of officers and directors of the Company under certain
conditions and subject to certain limitations. Section 145 of the DGCL also
provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of its officers and directors against any liability asserted against such
person and incurred by him and her in such capacity, or arising out of his or
her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of Section 145
of the DGCL.
 
     The Company's Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be
filed upon the completion of this Offering contains certain provisions permitted
under DGCL relating to the liability of directors. These provisions eliminate a
director's personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of
fiduciary duty, except in certain circumstances involving certain wrongful acts,
such as (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or
its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of
the DGCL, (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper
personal benefit or (v) acts or omissions occurring prior to the date of these
provisions. These provisions do not limit or eliminate the rights of the Company
or any stockholder to seek equitable relief, such as an injunction or
rescission, in the event of a breach of director's fiduciary duty. These
provisions will not alter a director's liability under federal securities laws.
The Company's Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation also
contains provisions indemnifying the directors and officers of the Company to
the fullest extent permitted by DGCL.
 
     The Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company to be effective upon the
completion of this Offering provides that the Company shall indemnify its
directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.
The rights to indemnity thereunder continue as to a person who has ceased to be
a director, officer, employee or agent and inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of the person. In addition, expenses incurred by a
director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is
or was a director or officer of the Company (or was serving at the Company's
request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the
Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding
upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to
repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not
entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized by the relevant section
of the DGCL.
 
     The Company intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of
its directors and executive officers prior to the completion of the Offering.
Generally, the indemnification agreements will provide the maximum protection
available under DGCL as it may be amended from time to time. Under such
indemnification agreements, however, an individual will not receive
indemnification for judgments, settlements or expenses if he or she is found
liable to the Company (except to the
 
                                      II-1
 
<PAGE>
extent the court determines he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for expenses), for settlements not approved by the Company or for
settlements and expenses if the settlement is not approved by the court. The
indemnification agreements provide for the Company to advance to the individual
any and all reasonable expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in
investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. In order to
receive an advance of expenses, the individual must submit to the Company copies
of invoices presented to him or her for such expenses. Also, the individual must
repay such advances upon a final judicial decision that he or she is not
entitled to indemnification.
 
     The Underwriting Agreement (to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration
Statement) contains provisions by which the Underwriters have agreed, severally
and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each person, if
any, who controls the Company, within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act, each director of the Company, and each officer of the Company
who signs this Registration Statement, from and against any liability caused by
any information furnished in writing by the Underwriters for use in the
Registration Statement.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     Except as hereinafter set forth, there have been no securities sold by the
Registrant within the last three years which were not registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act "). Amounts in this Item
15 have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-8.5 reverse stock split of the
Registrant effected on July 11, 1997.
 
     (a) Issuances of Securities
 
          On July 1, 1997, the Registrant issued 10,589 shares of Common Stock
     to a key employee of the Registrant at a purchase price of $.43 per share.
 
          On June 27, 1997, the Registrant issued 9,047,962 shares of Series D
     Preferred Stock to certain existing stockholders and new investors at a
     purchase price of $.75 per share.
 
          On June 11, 1997, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 117,648 shares
     of Common Stock to certain executive officers and key employees of the
     Registrant at a purchase price of $.43 per share payable pursuant to the
     terms of certain promissory notes.
 
          On June 2, 1997, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 219,295 shares
     of Common Stock to certain executive officers and key employees of the
     Registrant at a purchase price of $.43 per share payable pursuant to the
     terms of certain promissory notes.
 
          In a series of closings held on October 7, 1996, January 16, 1997,
     March 27, 1997 and April 29, 1997, the Registrant issued an aggregate of
     13,317,739 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to certain existing
     stockholders and new investors at a purchase price of $.60 per share.
 
          On October 31, 1996, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 41,177
     shares of Common Stock to certain executive officers and key employees of
     the Registrant at a purchase price of $.34 per share payable pursuant to
     the terms of certain promissory notes.
 
          On June 25, 1996, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 14,118 shares
     of Common Stock to a former executive officer of the Registrant at a
     purchase price of $.34 per share.
 
          On January 26, 1996, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 589 shares
     of Common Stock to consultants of the Registrant at a purchase price of
     $.43 per share.
 
          On July 31, 1995, the Registrant issued a warrant to purchase up to an
     aggregate of 100,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (which warrant has
     been amended to provide for the purchase shares of Common Stock upon the
     completion of this Offering) at an exercise price of $0.50 per share to
     North Carolina Biotechnology Center.
 
          In a series of closings held on July 17, 1995, August 16, 1995, and
     March 22, 1996, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 27,135,564 shares of
     Series B Preferred Stock to existing stockholders and new investors at a
     purchase price of $.50 per share.
 
          On March 1, 1995, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 17,648 shares
     of Common Stock to certain executive officers and key employees of the
     Registrant at a purchase price of $.43 per share.
 
          On February 21, 1995, the Registrant issued 5,883 shares of Common
     Stock to an executive officer of the Registrant at a purchase price of $.43
     per share.
 
                                      II-2
 
<PAGE>
          On September 16, 1994, the Registrant sold 11,765 shares of Common
     Stock to a former executive officer at a purchase price of $.43 per share.
 
          In a series of transactions on August 24, 1993, October 26, 1994 and
     February 7, 1995, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate
     of 381,808 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (which warrant has been
     amended to provide for the purchase of shares of Common Stock upon the
     completion of this Offering) at an exercise price of $0.50 per share to its
     venture leasing partner in consideration for certain leasing arrangements.
 
          Since June 1994, the Registrant has issued options to certain
     employees, directors, consultants and others to purchase an aggregate of
     676,282 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $.44
     per share. 347,978 of such options have been exercised, 260,326 of such
     options remain outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $.59 per
     share and 77,856 of such options have beem terminated.
 
     (b) No underwriters were involved in connection with the sales of
securities referred to in paragraph (a) of this Item 15.
 
     (c) The shares of Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock described
in paragraph (a) of this Item 15 were issued in reliance on the exemption
provided by Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act,
as well as Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The issuances of compensatory
stock awards, stock options and the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise
thereof as described in paragraph (a) of this Item 15 were issued in reliance
upon the exemption provided by Section 3(b) of the Securities Act and Rule 701
promulgated thereunder, as well as Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The
warrants described in paragraph (a) of this Item 15 were issued upon reliance on
exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Appropriate legends
are affixed to the stock certificates and warrant certificates issued in the
aforementioned transactions.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<C>      <S>
  1.1 *  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1 *  Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2 *  Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be filed with the
         Secretary of State of Delaware upon the completion of the Offering).
  3.3 *  Bylaws of the Registrant.
  3.4 *  Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be adopted upon the completion of the Offering).
  4.1 *  Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock.
  4.2 *  Description of Capital Stock (contained in the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
         Corporation of the Registrant, filed as Exhibit 3.2).
  5.1 *  Opinion of Hutchison & Mason PLLC with respect to the legality of the shares being registered.
 10.1    License Agreement dated February 3, 1993, between the Registrant and Duke University.
 10.2    Sublease Agreement dated November 19, 1993, by and among the Registrant, Sphinx Pharmaceuticals Corporation
         and University Place Associates and as amended by the Lease Amendment dated August 15, 1994, and Second
         Agreement of Sublease dated January 16, 1995.
 10.3    Cooperation and Strategic Alliance Agreement dated April 21, 1997, between the Registrant and MiniMed Inc.
 10.4 *  Trimeris, Inc. New Stock Option Plan.
 10.5 *  Trimeris, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 10.6 *  Form of Promissory Notes executed by certain executive officers in favor of the Registrant, and related
         collateral documents.
 10.7 *  Form of Stock Restriction Agreements between the Registrant and certain executive officers.
 10.8 *  Form of Stock Pledge Agreement between the Registrant and certain executive officers.
 10.9    Employment Offer Letter with M. Ross Johnson dated December 15, 1994.
 10.10   Employment Offer Letter with Matthew A. Megaro dated February 23, 1995.
 10.11   Sixth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated June 27, 1997, by and among the Registrant and
         certain stockholders of the Registrant.
 10.12*  Agreement with Max N. Wallace dated July 10, 1997.
 11.1    Computation of Net Income (Loss) Per Share.
 23.1 *  Consent of Hutchison & Mason PLLC (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 23.2    Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, Independent Auditors.
 23.3    Consent of Pennie & Edmonds.
 24.1    Power of Attorney (included in signature page to Registration Statement).
 27      Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
 
<PAGE>
* To be filed by amendment
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
All financial statement schedules have been omitted because either they are not
required, are not applicable, or the information is otherwise set forth in the
Financial Statements and Notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing or closings specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates
in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the
Underwriters to permit promt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
     of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
     of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
     a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(b) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
     prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In
the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
                                      II-4
 
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Durham,
County of Durham, State of North Carolina, on this 11th day of July, 1997.
 
                                         TRIMERIS, INC.
 
                                         By: /s/        M. ROSS JOHNSON
 
                                                     M. ROSS JOHNSON,
                                            PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                               AND CHIEF SCIENTIFIC OFFICER
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     We, the undersigned directors and/or officers of Trimeris, Inc. (the
"Company"), hereby severally constitute and appoint M. Ross Johnson, President,
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Scientific Officer and Matthew A. Megaro,
Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and
Secretary, and each of them individually, with full powers of substitution and
resubstitution, our true and lawful attorneys, with full powers to them and each
of them to sign for us, in our names and in the capacities indicated below, the
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, and any and all amendments to said Registration Statement (including
post-effective amendments), and any registration statement filed pursuant to
Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of equity securities
of the Company, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them
individually, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and
thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to
all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, and each of them, or their
substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the date indicated below.
 
     WITNESS our hands on this 11th day of July, 1997.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>                             <C>
/s/              JESSE I. TREU                                                 /s/          ANDREW MCCREATH
Jesse I. Treu, Ph.D.                                                           Andrew McCreath
Chairman of the Board of Directors                                             Director
 
/s/           DANI P. BOLOGNESI                                                /s/         MATTHEW A. MEGARO
Dani P. Bolognesi, Ph.D.                                                       Matthew A. Megaro
Director                                                                       Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial
                                                                               Officer, Executive Vice President and
                                                                               Secretary (Principal Accounting and Financial
                                                                               Officer)
 
/s/            BRIAN H. DOVEY                                                  /s/          CHARLES A. SANDERS
Brian H. Dovey                                                                 Charles A. Sanders, M.D.
Director                                                                       Director
 
/s/           M. ROSS JOHNSON
M. Ross Johnson, Ph.D.
President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Scientific Officer and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
</TABLE>



                                LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made by and between DUKE UNIVERSITY ("LICENSOR"), a nonprofit
educational and research organization organized under the laws of North
Carolina, and having its principal office at Durham, North Carolina, and SL-l
PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. ("LICENSEE"), a Delaware corporation having its principal
office at Durham, North Carolina.

     WHEREAS, Dani P. Bolognesi, Ph.D., is James B. Duke Professor of Surgery at
Duke University and is the Director of the Duke University Center for AIDS
Research; and

     WHEREAS, in these capacities, Dr. Bolognesi leads a team of researchers
which includes Drs. Thomas J. Matthews, Alphonse Langlois, Kent J. Weinhold,
Michael L. Greenberg, and Carl T. Wild (collectively referred to as the
"Research Team", which is defined in 1.10 below); and

     WHEREAS, the Research Team has engaged in research, and plans to continue
research in their laboratories at the LICENSOR, toward the development of
certain Subject Technology (as hereinafter defined) in the Defined Field (as
hereinafter defined); and

     WHEREAS, in the course of their research, Drs. Bolognesi, Matthews, and
Wild have invented certain technology (hereinafter referred to as the "Duke
Invention" and hereinafter defined), and LICENSOR owns all rights, title, and
interest in and to the Duke Invention, including related patents, patent
applications, and unpatented technology; and

     WHEREAS, LICENSOR has the right to grant licenses to the Duke Invention and
to future inventions of the Subject Technology falling within the Defined Field,
and wishes to have those Inventions utilized in the public interest; and

     WHEREAS, LICENSOR is willing to grant an exclusive license to LICENSEE to
the Subject Technology, including any future developments and improvements
thereto, by means of an irrevocable, fully paid, royalty-free, world-wide
license, in accordance with the terms hereof; and

     WHEREAS, the LICENSEE is willing to offer as consideration for the subject
license 820,000 shares of the common stock (the "Common Stock") of LICENSEE.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the covenants
and agreements set forth herein, and other good and


                                       1
<PAGE>



valuable consideration including, but not limited to, the Common Stock of the
LICENSEE to be issued to the LICENSOR as hereinafter described, the full receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as
follows:

                             ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

     1.01. "Assistant" shall mean any employee, agent, assistant or staff member
of the Licensor under supervision of the Research Team. Each Assistant shall
execute a memorandum of this Agreement to acknowledge her or his consent to be
bound by the terms and conditions of this agreement relating to compensation
under 3.03 below.

     1.02. "Defined Field" shall mean the biomedical field of research involving
the discovery, development and application of novel antiviral therapeutics;
provided, however, "Defined Field" shall include diagnostics only for LICENSEE's
internal research purposes and not for commercialization, and shall not include
prophylactic vaccines.

     1.03. "Duke Invention" shall mean the invention entitled COMPOUNDS WHICH
INHIBIT HIV REPLICATION, Duke file 00799, for which an application for United
States Letters Patent was filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office
on 20 July 1992 under Serial Number 07/916,540, invented by Carl T. Wild, Ph.D.,
Thomas J. Matthews, Ph.D., and Dani P. Bolognesi, Ph.D.

     1.04. "Effective Date" shall mean the date of execution of this Agreement

     1.05. "Future Technology" shall mean any Invention within the Defined Field
made, developed, discovered or disclosed, either solely or jointly, within seven
(7) years of the effective date of this agreement by any member or members of
the Research Team or any Assistant, and shall include any rights of the
University under any domestic or foreign patent applications with respect
thereto and any continuations, continuations-in-part and divisionals thereof,
and any domestic or foreign patents issuing with respect thereto, including any
substitutes or reissues thereof. The determination of whether an Invention is
within the Defined Field shall be made by LICENSOR within thirty (30) days of
disclosure of such invention. Written notice of such determination shall be
given by LICENSOR to LICENSEE within ten (10) days of such determination and if
LICENSEE does not agree with said determination, LICENSEE shall give written
notice of such disagreement to LICENSOR within ten (10) days of receipt of
notice of such determination. If the parties cannot agree as to the
determination within thirty (30) days of LICENSEE's notice of disagreement, then
LICENSEE may submit the issue to arbitration in accordance with the procedure
described herein. In each such


                                       2
<PAGE>



instance, LICENSEE shall give written notice to LICENSOR that arbitration under
this provision is being invoked, and each party shall thereafter select one
individual as an arbitrator within 15 days of such notice. Each of the two
arbitrators selected by the parties shall select a third arbitrator and the
three arbitrators shall comprise the panel which shall decide the issue. All
proceedings under this provision shall be governed by the rules of the American
Arbitration Association; provided, however, in any event the proceedings shall
be completed and a decision rendered within one hundred and eighty (180) days
following the selection of the third arbitrator by the arbitrators selected by
LICENSOR and LICENSEE. All decisions rendered by arbitration under this
provision shall be final, binding on the parties, not subject to appeal in any
court of law or otherwise.

     1.06. "Invention" shall mean any discovery, development, design,
improvement, formula, process, technique, program, know-how, data or other
information of any technical or commercial importance, whether or not patented
or patentable.

     1.07. "Licensed Product" shall mean any product which is produced or sold
by LICENSEE that utilizes the Subject Technology.

     1.08. "Net Sales" shall mean the gross sales of Licensed Products sold
pursuant to this Agreement, less allowances to customers for spoiled, damaged,
and returned goods, less quantity, trade, and cash discounts, and less
transportation costs, use and sales taxes, and value added taxes. Net Sales
shall include commissions paid to sales persons or agents and costs of
collections. Licensed Products used by LICENSEE for its own use in the Field
shall be considered to be "Net Sales" for purposes of computing royalty
obligations, except such Licensed Products used for non-revenue producing
activity such as promotional items or field trials.

     1.09. "Subject Technology" shall mean the technology licensed hereunder,
including the Duke Invention and Future Technology.

     1.10. "Research Team" shall mean the following researchers who are working
together at the Effective Date: Drs. Dani P. Bolognesi, Michael L. Greenberg,
Alphonse Langlois, Thomas J. Matthews, Kent J. Weinhold, and Carl T. Wild; and
shall also include other scientists who shall be added to the Research Team from
time to time by written notification of the addition by the LICENSOR to the
LICENSEE within thirty (30) days of such addition. Notice of the removal of a
member of the Research Team for any reason shall be given in writing by LICENSOR
to LICENSEE within thirty (30) days of such removal. Each member of the Research
Team shall execute a copy of this Agreement to acknowledge her or his consent to
be bound by the terms and


                                       3
<PAGE>



conditions of this agreement.

                               ARTICLE 2 - LICENSE

     2.01. LICENSOR hereby grants to the LICENSEE and LICENSEE hereby accepts
from LICENSOR, upon the terms and conditions herein specified, an exclusive
license to use and exploit the Subject Technology and to make, have made, use,
market, sell and otherwise distribute Licensed Products, with the right to
sub-license as provided in 2.02 below. Such license is worldwide to the full end
of the term or terms for which Patent Rights are issued, unless sooner
terminated as hereinafter provided.

     2.02. To the extent of the License granted under this Agreement, LICENSEE
shall have the unrestricted right to sublicense to third parties (a) the Subject
Technology and (b) the right to make, have made, use, market, sell or distribute
Licensed Products during the term of this Agreement. Any such sublicenses shall
be subject to the terms of this Agreement and shall be no less favorable to the
LICENSOR than the license granted by this Agreement. LICENSEE will be
responsible for the performance hereunder by sublicensees, if any. Should
LICENSEE cancel the Agreement, LICENSEE agrees to assign all such sublicenses
directly to LICENSOR.

     2.03. Within thirty (30) days following the execution of this Agreement and
thereafter during the period of this Agreement, LICENSOR agrees to provide
LICENSEE with copies of all technical know-how it may have or later obtain
relative to the Subject Technology, and copies of any and all patents or patent
applications owned or controlled by the LICENSOR covering the Subject Technology
or the use of the Subject Technology or processes for the manufacture of the
Subject Technology, including all Patent Office actions received and amendments
filed, if any, relative thereto.

     2.04. LICENSEE shall not disclose any unpublished technology, know-how, and
data included within Subject Technology or Patent Rights and furnished by DUKE
pursuant to Article 2.03 above to third parties during the term of this
AGREEMENT or at any time thereafter; provided, however, that such disclosure may
be made at any time: (a) with the prior written consent of DUKE, or (b) after
the same shall have become public through no fault of LICENSEE.

     2.05. LICENSEE agrees to diligently pursue the development of the Subject
Technology. This will include manufacturing or producing Licensed Products
utilizing the Subject Technology for testing, development, and sale, and also
seeking required governmental approvals of such Licensed Product. A copy of the
development plan for the Subject Technology is attached to and made a part of
this Agreement as Exhibit A.


                                        4
<PAGE>



LICENSEE shall provide LICENSOR with copies of revisions of Exhibit A, and
copies of new development plans for the Subject Technology upon request.

                            ARTICLE 3 - CONSIDERATION

     3.01 In consideration for the License granted pursuant to this Agreement,
the LICENSEE shall issue to the LICENSOR Eight Hundred and Twenty Thousand
(820,000) shares of Common Stock of the LICENSEE (collectively, the "Shares").
The issuance to the LICENSOR of the Shares as set forth above shall be in lieu
of any royalty for the License granted hereunder. Moreover, the LICENSOR
expressly acknowledges and agrees that the issuance by the LICENSEE of the
Shares to the LICENSOR shall be adequate and satisfactory consideration for the
License by the LICENSOR to the LICENSEE of any Future Technology during the term
hereof.

     3.02. During the term of this Agreement, representatives of LICENSOR will
meet with representatives of LICENSEE at times and places mutually agreed upon
to discuss the progress and results, as well as ongoing plans, with respect to
the evaluation and development of Inventions licensed to LICENSEE. Provided,
however, that should LICENSOR's personnel agree to consult the LICENSEE outside
of Durham, North Carolina, LICENSEE will reimburse reasonable travel and living
expenses incident thereto.

     3.03. The parties acknowledge that Assistants and other research personnel
and collaborators from other laboratories at the University and elsewhere may
have certain rights in Future Technology and that it may be appropriate to
compensate such personnel under applicable University policies for the transfer
of Future Technology to the LICENSEE made under this Agreement. If such a
compensation issue arises, the parties agree that they will provide such third
party with the option to receive either (a) an immediate cash payment from
LICENSEE of an amount agreed upon by the LICENSOR, LICENSEE, and the third party
to be compensated for all of the third party's rights in the Future Technology,
or (b) compensation to be paid by LICENSEE and based on future commercial sales
of any Licensed Products incorporating such Future Technology. If the third
party chooses the compensation option based on sales [(3.03(b) above], the third
party's compensation shall be based on a formula as if the LICENSOR were
entitled to receive from LICENSEE a royalty for LICENSEE's net sales of a
Licensed Product, and said formula shall be whatever share of the gross
royalties due to the LICENSOR to which that third party would be entitled under
the University's Policy on Inventions, Patents, and Technology Transfer assuming
that the University is receiving a royalty rate of 5% of Net Sales on any
Licensed Product.

                               ARTICLE 4 - PATENTS


                                         5
<PAGE>



     4.01. Subject to the terms set forth below, LICENSEE will be responsible,
at its own expense, for the filing and prosecution of applications for and
maintenance of the appropriate United States and foreign letters patent for the
Subject Technology. The LICENSOR shall have the right to review and approve
(which approval will not be unreasonably withheld) such patent applications. The
LICENSOR and the LICENSEE shall cooperate with each other in the prosecution of
such patent applications to ensure that any such patent applications reflect, to
the best of their knowledge, all items of commercial and technical interest and
importance to the prosecution thereof.

     4.02. The LICENSEE shall provide the LICENSOR with at least sixty (60) days
notice of the foreign countries in which the LICENSEE intends to seek patent
protection for the Subject Technology. The LICENSOR may elect to seek patent
protection in countries not pursued by the LICENSEE, in which case the LICENSOR
shall be responsible for all expenses related to such patent filings. In such
instances, the LICENSEE shall forfeit its rights under this License Agreement as
to those countries.

     4.03. LICENSEE shall give LICENSOR prompt notice of any claim or allegation
received by it that the manufacture, use, or sale of any Licensed Product
constitutes an infringement of a third party patent or patents. LICENSEE shall
have the primary right and responsibility, at its own expense, to defend and
control the defense of any such claim against LICENSEE, by counsel of its
choosing. The settlement of any such actions must be approved by LICENSOR, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. LICENSOR agrees to cooperate with
LICENSEE in any reasonable manner deemed by LICENSEE to be necessary in
defending or prosecuting such action. LICENSEE shall reimburse LICENSOR for all
reasonable expenses incurred in providing such assistance. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, LICENSOR, in its sole discretion and at its own expense, shall be
entitled to participate through counsel of its own choosing in any such action.

     4.04. In the event that any patent rights licensed to LICENSEE are
infringed by a third party, LICENSEE shall have the primary right, but not the
obligation, to institute, prosecute and control any action or proceeding with
respect to such infringement, by counsel of its choice, including any
declaratory judgment action arising from such infringement. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, LICENSOR, in its sole discretion and at its own expense, shall be
entitled to participate through counsel of its own choosing, in any such action;
In the event that LICENSEE fails to take appropriate action in this regard,
LICENSOR shall have the right to institute, prosecute and control any such
action or proceeding.


                                        6
<PAGE>



                        ARTICLE 5 - GOVERNMENT CLEARANCE,
                         PUBLICATION, OTHER USE, EXPORT

     5.01. LICENSEE agrees to use its best efforts to have the Subject
Technology cleared for marketing in those countries in which LICENSEE intends to
sell Licensed Products by the responsible government agencies requiring such
clearance. To accomplish such clearances at the earliest possible date, LICENSEE
agrees to file, according to the usual practice of LICENSEE, any necessary data
with such government agencies. Should LICENSEE cancel this Agreement, LICENSEE
agrees to assign its full interest and title in such market clearance
application, including all data relating thereto, to LICENSOR at no cost to
LICENSOR.

     5.02. LICENSEE further agrees that the right of publication of Subject
Technology shall reside in the inventor. LICENSOR agrees to submit to LICENSEE
for its review, a copy of any proposed publication relating to the Subject
Technology at least sixty (60) days prior to the estimated date of publication,
and if no response is received within thirty (30) days of the date submitted to
LICENSEE, it will be conclusively presumed that the publication may proceed
without delay. If LICENSEE determines that the proposed publication contains
patentable subject matters which require protection, LICENSEE may require the
delay of the publication for a period of time not to exceed sixty (60) days for
the purpose of allowing the pursuit of such protection. LICENSEE shall also have
the right to publish and/or co-author any publication regarding the application
of the Subject Technology.

     5.03. It is agreed that, notwithstanding any provisions herein, LICENSOR is
free to use the Subject Technology for its own education, teaching, research,
and clinical purposes without restriction and without payment of royalties or
other fees.

     5.04. This Agreement is subject to all of the United States laws and
regulations controlling the export of technical data, computer software,
laboratory prototypes, and other commodities and technology.

                      ARTICLE 6 - DURATION AND TERMINATION

     6.01. This Agreement shall become effective upon the Effective Date, and
unless sooner terminated in accordance with any of the provisions herein, shall
remain in full force and effect for the life of the last-to-expire of the
patents included in the Patent Rights.

     6.02. LICENSEE may terminate this Agreement by giving LICENSOR written
notice at least ninety (90) days prior to such


                                       7
<PAGE>



termination, and thereupon terminate the manufacture, use, or sale of Licensed
Products covered by such patent application or patent.

     6.03. Either party may immediately terminate this Agreement for fraud,
willful misconduct, or illegal conduct of the other party upon written notice of
same to that other party. Except as provided above, if either party fails to
fulfill any of its obligations under this Agreement, the non-breaching party may
terminate this Agreement, upon written notice to the breaching party, as
provided below ("Notice"). Such Notice must contain a full description of the
event or occurrence constituting a breach of the Agreement. The party receiving
Notice will have the opportunity to cure that breach within sixty (60) days of
receipt of Notice. If the breach is not cured within that time, the termination
will be effective as of the sixty-first (61st) day following receipt of Notice.
A party's ability to cure a breach will apply only to the first two breaches
properly noticed under the terms of this Agreement, regardless of the nature of
those breaches. Any subsequent breach by that party will entitle the other party
to terminate this Agreement upon proper Notice.

     6.04. Upon the termination of this Agreement, LICENSEE may notify LICENSOR
of the amount of Licensed Products that LICENSEE has on hand and LICENSEE shall
then have a license to sell only that amount of Licensed Products.

     6.05. If during the term of this Agreement, LICENSEE shall become bankrupt
or insolvent or if the business of LICENSEE shall be placed in the hands of a
receiver or trustee, whether by the voluntary act of LICENSEE or otherwise, or
if LICENSEE shall cease to exists as an active business this Agreement shall
immediately terminate.

                            ARTICLE 7 - GOVERNING LAW

     7.01. This Agreement shall be construed as having been entered into in the
State of North Carolina and shall be interpreted in accordance with and its
performance governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina.

                          ARTICLE 8 - NON-ASSIGNABILITY

     8.01. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto. However, LICENSEE may
not assign its rights in this Agreement without approval of LICENSOR, such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld.


                                        8
<PAGE>



                               ARTICLE 9 - NOTICES

     9.01. It shall be a sufficient giving of any notice, request, report,
statement, disclosure or other communication hereunder, if the party giving the
same shall deposit a copy thereof in the Post Office in certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address hereinafter set forth or at
such other address as the other party shall have theretofore in writing
designated:

     LICENSOR

     Robert Taber, Director 
     Office of Science and Technology 
     M-103B Davison Building
     Duke University 
     Durham. North Carolina 27708

          cc:  Office of the University Counsel
               011 Allen Building
               Duke University
               Durham, North Carolina 27706

     LICENSEE

     SL-1 PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
     C/O Mr. Fred D. Hutchison, Attorney
     Petree Stockton & Robinson 
     4101 Lake Boone Trail, Suite 400 
     PO Box 300004 
     Raleigh, NC 27622

     9.02. The date of giving any such notice, request, report, statement,
disclosure or other communications shall be the U.S. postmark of such envelope
if marked or actual date of receipt if delivered otherwise.

           ARTICLE 10 - INDEMNITY, INSURANCE, REPRESENTATIONS, STATUS

     10.01. LICENSEE agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend LICENSOR,
its trustees, officers, employees, agents, and the Research Team, against any
and all claims, suits, losses, damages, costs, fees, and expenses, including
attorneys fees, resulting from or arising out of the exercise of this license.
LICENSEE shall not be responsible for the negligence or intentional wrongdoing
of LICENSOR.


                                        9
<PAGE>



     10.02. LICENSEE shall maintain in force at its sole cost and expense with
reputable insurance companies, general liability insurance and products
liability insurance coverage in an amount reasonably sufficient to protect
against liability under Article 10.01 above. LICENSOR shall have the right to
ascertain from time to time that such coverage exists, such right to be
exercised in a reasonable manner. In lieu of said coverage, LICENSOR agrees to
consider the existence of an adequate self-insurance program as an acceptable
alternative.

     10.03. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation or
warranty by LICENSOR of the validity of any of the patents or the accuracy,
safety, efficacy, or usefulness for any purpose, of any Subject Technology.
LICENSOR shall have no obligation, express or implied, to supervise, monitor,
review, or otherwise assume responsibility for the production, manufacture,
testing, marketing, or sale of any Licensed Product, and LICENSOR shall have no
liability whatsoever to LICENSEE or any third parties for or on account of any
injury, loss, or damage, of any kind or nature, sustained by, or any damage
assessed or asserted against, or any other liability incurred by or imposed upon
LICENSEE or any other person or entity, arising out of or in connection with or
resulting from: (a) the production, use, or sale of any Licensed Product; (b)
the use of any Subject Technology; or (c) any advertising or other promotional
activities with respect to any of the foregoing.

     10.04. Neither party hereto is an agent of the other party for any purpose
whatsoever.

                       ARTICLE 11 - USE OF A PARTY'S NAME

     11.01. Neither party will, without the prior written consent of the other
party: (a) use in advertising, publicity, or otherwise, any trade-name,
trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol, or any abbreviation contraction,
or simulation thereof owned by the other party; (b) other than members of the
Research Team (provided that they have consented in writing to such use), use
the name of any employee or agent of the other party in any publication,
publicity, advertising or otherwise; or (c) represent, either directly or
indirectly, that any product or service of the other party is a product or
service of the representing party or that it is made in accordance with or
utilizes the information of the other party.

                             ARTICLE 12 - SEVERANCE

     12.01. Each clause of this Agreement is a distinct and


                                       10
<PAGE>



severable clause and if any clause is deemed illegal, void, or unenforceable,
the validity, legality, or enforceability of any other clause or portion of this
Agreement will not be affected thereby.

                          ARTICLE 13 - ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     13.01. This Agreement, including any schedules or other attachments which
are incorporated herein by reference, contains the entire agreement between the
parties as to its subject matter. This Agreement merges all prior discussions
between the parties and neither party shall be bound by conditions, definitions,
warranties, understandings, or representations concerning such subject matter
except as provided in this Agreement as or as may be specified later in writing
and signed by the properly authorized representatives of the parties. This
Agreement can be modified or amended only by written agreement duly signed by
persons authorized to sign agreements on behalf of the parties.

                               ARTICLE 14 - WAIVER

     14.01. The failure of a party in any instance to insist upon the strict
performance of the terms of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver
or relinquishment of any of the terms of this Agreement, either at the time of
the party's failure to insist upon strict performance or at any time in the
future, and such term or terms shall continue in full force and effect.

                               ARTICLE 15 - TITLES

     15.01. All titles and article headings contained in this Agreement are
inserted only as a matter of convenience and reference. They do not define,
limit, extend, or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any of
its provisions.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the
dates set forth below.

                        LICENSOR

                        DUKE UNIVERSITY

                        By: /s/ Robert Taber
                            -----------------------------------------------

                        Title: Director, Office of Science and Technology
                               -------------------------------------------

                        Date: 2/5/93
                              --------------------------------------------



                                       11
<PAGE>



ATTEST:
By: /s/ Signature Illegible
    ----------------------------
             Assistant Secretary                   [SEAL]



LICENSEE

                                        SL-1 PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Signature Illegible
                                            -----------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President
                                              ---------------------------------
                                        Date: Feb 3, 1993
                                              ---------------------------------
ATTEST:
By: /s/ Signature Illegible
    ----------------------------
                       Secretary                   [SEAL]

MEMBERS OF THE RESEARCH TEAM:

                                             /s/ DANI P. BOLOGNESI
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             DANI P. BOLOGNESI, Ph.D.

                                             /s/ MICHAEL L. GREENBERG
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             MICHAEL L. GREENBERG, Ph.D.

                                             /s/ ALPHONSE LANGLOIS
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             ALPHONSE LANGLOIS, Ph.D.

                                             /s/ THOMAS J. MATTHEWS
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             THOMAS J. MATTHEWS, Ph.D.

                                             /s/ KENT J. WEINHOLD
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             KENT J. WEINHOLD, Ph.D.

                                             /s/ CARL T. WILD
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             CARL T. WILD, Ph.D.


                                       12




STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA :

COUNTY OF DURHAM :

     THIS  AGREEMENT  OF  SUBLEASE  ("Sublease"),  dated  as of the  19th day of
November 1993, by and between  SPHINX  PHARMACEUTICALS  CORPORATION,  a Delaware
corporation ("Sublessor"),  party of the first part, and TRIMERIS, INC., a North
Carolina corporation ("Sublessee"), party of the second part:

                                    RECITALS:

     A. University Place Associates,  a North Carolina general  partnership,  as
Landlord,   entered  into  that  certain   lease  with  Sphinx   Pharmaceuticals
Corporation as Tenant, dated the 8th day of March, 1989, as amended and restated
by agreement  dated as of the 27th day of August,  1991 (the "Lease"),  demising
property  described on Exhibit A-1 to the Lease (the "Property").  A copy of the
Lease is attached hereto marked Exhibit 1.

     B. Sublessee desires to sublease from Sublessor 13,987 square feet of space
in the  building  located  on the  Property,  which  space is more  particularly
described  on Schedule A attached  hereto  (the  "Sublease  Space"),  for a term
commencing  on the 1st day of  November,  1993 and  expiring on  the 30th day of
September, 1999 (the "Term").

     C. Sublessor warrants and represents to Sublessee that the Lease is in full
force and effect and that it has the right,  subject to the  consent of Landlord
annexed hereto, to sublease the Sublease Space to Sublessee for the Term.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  for and in  consideration  of the  rents,  covenants  and
agreements  hereinafter  contained on the part of the Sublessee to be paid, kept
and  performed,  does hereby  sublet and demise unto  Sublessee,  and  Sublessee
hereby leases from the Sublessor, the Sublease Space.

     TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Sublessee,  its permitted  successors
and assigns,  for the Term,  subject to the Lease and upon the  rentals.  terms,
covenants, conditions and provisions hereinafter set forth.

     AND Sublessor and Sublessee  hereby  contract and agree each with the other
as follows:

     1.  Sublessee  covenants and agrees to pay to Sublessor at Four  University
Place, P. O. Box 52330, Durham, N. C. 27717 (Attn: Richard W. Reichow),  for the
first twelve months of the Term a monthly rental of  Twenty-Seven  Thousand Nine
Hundred Seventy-Four ($27,974.00) Dollars, payable in equal monthly installments
in  advance,  commencing  on the first day of the first  month of the Term,  and
continuing  thereafter on or before the first day of each successive month for a
total of twelve such  payments.  All payments  shall be made  without  notice or
demand, and without abatement, deduction or setoff of any amount whatsoever.



<PAGE>



     For each successive twelve month period monthly rental shall be three (3 %)
percent  higher than for the  immediately  preceding  twelve month  period.  For
example, during the second twelve months, monthly rental will be $28,813.22, and
during the third twelve months will be $29,677.62.

     2. In addition to the monthly payment that Sublessee is to pay to Sublessor
under ss.1 above,  Sublessee  shall pay to  Sublessor as  Additional  Rent  that
portion of Tenant's  Proportionate  Share of Landlord's Expenses (as those terms
are defined in the Lease),  which Additional Rent shall be paid at the same time
as, and in addition to, the monthly rental  payments  required under ss.1 above.
Sublessor's Proportionate Share of Landlord's Expenses for 29,739 square feet in
the 39,038 square foot Building wherein the Sublease Space is located was 76.2%,
and,  therefore,  Sublessee's  Proportionate Share of such Landlord Expenses for
13,987 square feet will be 35.83 %.

     Sublessee  shall pay directly for all utility  costs and expenses it incurs
in the use of the Sublease Space. The cost of utilities metered in more than the
Sublease Space will be prorated between Sublessor and Sublessee.

     3.  Sublessee  agrees to accept the Sublease Space in an "as is" condition,
and Sublessee  acknowledges that it is familiar with such Space and acknowledges
that no representations  with respect to the condition thereof have been made by
Sublessor.  Sublessor  will vacate the Sublease  Space not later than the end of
October, 1993, and Sublessee may occupy the same on November 19, 1993. Not later
than  December  15,  1993,   Sublessee  shall  have  completed  at  its  expense
construction  of demising walls between the Sublease Space and that of Sublessor
not herein demised,  and will have split the HVAC and electrical service between
the Sublease Space and Sublessor's  remaining leased  premises.  Sublessee shall
submit to  Sublessor  and to Landlord  for  approval  its plans for the demising
walls and for splitting  the HVAC and  electrical  service (the  "Work"),  which
approval  Sublessor and Landlord shall not unreasonably  withhold or delay, such
Work shall not be undertaken  until such approval is obtained.  Sublessee  shall
cause such Work to be done in a good and workmanlike manner,  using licensed and
insured  contractors,  and shall promptly pay for the same.  while  indemnifying
Landlord  and  Sublessor  from loss,  cost,  damage or expenses by reason of any
party performing the Work attempting to assert any claim or lien (based on labor
or materials  used in performing the Work) against the Landlord,  Sublessor,  or
the building where the Sublease Space is located.

     4. To the  extent  not  otherwise  inconsistent  with  the  agreements  and
understandings  expressed in this  Sublease or  applicable  only to the original
parties to the Lease, the terms,  provisions,  covenants,  and conditions of the
Lease are incorporated herein by reference on the following understandings:

          (a) The term  "Landlord"  as used  therein  shall  refer to  Sublessor
     hereunder, its successors and assigns, and the term "Tenant as used therein
     shall refer to Sublessee hereunder, its successors and assigns.

          (b) In any case  where the  Landlord  reserves  the right to enter the
     Premises,  said right shall inure to the benefit of the Landlord as well as
     the Sublessor.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

          (d) Each party  hereto  agrees to perform  and comply  with the terms,
     provisions,  covenants, and conditions of the Lease and not to do or suffer
     or permit  anything  to be done which  would  result in a default  under or
     cause the Lease to be terminated or forfeited.

          (e) In connection with any alterations (as defined in Section 7 of the
     Lease)  desired  to be made by  Sublessee,  the terms of Section 7 shall be
     applicable to this Sublease as if the words "Landlord" and "Tenant" in said
     Section were  "Sublessor" and  "Sublessee." The Sublessee shall also obtain
     the Sublessor's written consent to the making of any such alterations prior
     to the under taking  thereof,  which  consent the  Sublessor  agrees not to
     unreasonably  withhold,  and if  the  consent  of  Sublessor  is  obtained,
     Sublessee  shall  contact  the  Landlord  for  Landlord's  consent,   which
     Sublessor agrees to assist Sublessee in obtaining.

          (f)  Sublessee  may  not  assign  this  Sublease  or  sublet   without
     Sublessor's consent first had and obtained in writing, which Sublessor will
     not  unreasonably  delay or withhold.  In addition to  Sublessor's  consent
     being  required.  Landlord's  consent in writing is also  required,  and If
     Sublessor  does consent (it having no obligation to do so),  Sublessor will
     assist Sublessee in obtaining Landlord's consent.

     5.  If (a)  Sublessee  shall  default  in  fulfilling  any  of  the  terms.
conditions, or agreements hereof, other than the covenant to pay rent. or of the
Lease as herein incorporated,  and such default shall not have been remedied (or
proper corrective measures to cure such default commenced and after commencement
diligently  and  continuously  prosecuted  in good  faith)  within 15 days after
written notice from the Sublessor,  the Sublessor may give Sublessee three days'
notice of  intention to end the term of this  Sublease,  and, at the end of said
three days,  the term of this  Sublease  shall expire with the same effect as if
that day were the date  hereinbefore  set forth for the  termination of the term
hereof,  but  Sublessee  shall remain  liable to the extent  provided  under any
environmental  compliance provisions applicable to Sublessee under the Lease; or
(b) Sublessee shall fail to pay the rent and additional rent as provided herein,
then Sublessor may, unless  Sublessee shall have cured such default within three
days after written notice thereof from Sublessor, exercise as of the remedies of
the  Landlord  set forth in Section 14 of the Lease and  Sublessee  shall remain
liable to the extent provided therein.

     6. Sublessee may use the Sublease Space for office, laboratory and research
purposes, but for no other purpose without Sublessor's written consent.

     7.  Sublessor's  rights  under  the Lease may be  enforceable  against  the
Landlord by the Sublessee on behalf of the Sublessor, but Sublessee shall advise
Sublessor, in writing, before taking any action to enforce such rights.

     8.  Sublessor  agrees  that it will not  modify  or amend  the Lease in any
manner that would affect the Sublessee's  rights hereunder  without  Sublessee's
written consent first had and obtained.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

     9.  In  the  event  that  Sublessor  defaults  in  keeping,  observing,  or
performing any of the terms, provisions,  covenants, and conditions contained in
the Lease, and such default is not cured (or proper corrective  measures to cure
such default  commenced) by Sublessor within the periods  specified in the Lease
for the curing of such defaults,  Sublessee  shall have the right to remedy such
default after it gives  Sublessor  written notice  thereof.  If Sublessee  shall
incur any expense in  remedying  such  default,  Sublessee  shall be entitled to
recover the same from Sublessor on demand.  Sublessor agrees to send promptly to
Sublessee any notice of default received from the Landlord.

     10.  Any  notice  or  demands  to be given  pursuant  to the  Lease or this
Sublease  shall be sent to Sublessor at Four  University  Place,  Durham,  North
Carolina 27707 (Attn: Richard W. Reichow), and if to Sublessee at Two University
Place, Durham, North Carolina 27707 (Attn: Max N. Wallace).

     All notices shall be in writing,  may be delivered  personally to the other
party,  or sent by  express  courier  or  delivery  service,  or by  registered,
certified or express  United  States Mail,  and shall be deemed  delivered  when
received or on the third  Business  Day (days when  national  banks are open for
business)  after the same are deposited  postage  prepaid with the United States
Postal Service. Changes of address may be given in the same manner as notices.

     11.  Sublessee  shall carry through the Term such insurance  coverage as it
desires on all property that is has, brings to, or stores on the Subleased Space
(Sublessor having no obligation to carry insurance on the same), and in addition
Sublessee shall maintain general public liability insurance with combined single
limit coverage of not less than $2,000,000  throughout the Term, which insurance
shall name Sublessor and Landlord as additional insureds.  Sublessee shall cause
either a certified true copy of the policy showing such liability coverage to be
delivered to Sublessor,  or a certificate  evidencing  such coverage in form and
substance  reasonably  acceptable  to  Sublessor  furnished to  Sublessor,  with
evidence of payment of premiums  required to keep such  insurance  in full force
and effect throughout the Term.

     12. Sublessor and Sublessee acknowledge (and so represent to Landlord) that
the  only  broker  involved  in  negotiations  for  this  Sublease  is  Vanguard
Associates,  whose  fee,  if  any,  is to be paid  by the  Sublessee  and not by
Sublessor.

     13. Sublessee has agreed as a part of its negotiations with Sublessor,  and
an integral  part of this  transaction,  to purchase  from  Sublessor  that used
laboratory  furniture  and  equipment  which is  listed  on  Schedule  B to this
Sublease.  The purchase price for the same is $100,000.00,  which price shall be
paid in full in cash not later than  forty-five  days after the  commencement of
the Term,  unless Sublessor extends in writing the time within which payment may
be made.  Upon the  termination or expiration of this Sublease,  Sublessee shall
leave those items described on Schedule B in the Sublease Space in the condition
in which  they  were  found at time of  purchase,  reasonable  wear and tear and
damage by fully insured casualty only excepted.



                                       -4-



<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublessor and Sublessee, intending to be legally bound,
and with  authority  duly  given,  have  executed  this  Sublease  in  duplicate
originals, as of the day and year first above written.

                                        SPHINX PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION,
                                        a Delaware Corporation

(Corporate Seal)

                                        By: /s/ Richard W. Reichow
                                            ------------------------------
                                             Its Vice President & CFO

Attest:

/s/ Ann Redick
- ------------------------
Asst. Secretary

                                        TRIMERIS, INC., 
                                        a North Carolina Corporation


(Corporate Seal)

                                        By: /s/ Signature Illegible
                                            ------------------------------
                                             Its President



Attest:

- ------------------------
Secretary



     University Place Associates hereby consents to the foregoing Sublease.

     This the 19th day November, 1993.

                                        UNIVERSITY PLACE ASSOCIATES
                                        By: CWR Corp.general partner


                                        By: /s/ Signature Illegible
                                            ------------------------------
                                             Its President



                                       -5-



<PAGE>



                                 LEASE AMENDMENT

THIS AMENDMENT  ("Amendment") OF SUBLEASE ("Sublease  Agreement") dated November
19, 1993 between Sphinx  Pharmacueticals  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,
("Sphinx") and Trimeris, Inc., a North Carolina corporation ("Trimeris") is made
and entered into as of August 15, 1994.

RECITALS

Sphinx and Trimeris entered into that certain Sublease  Agreement dated November
13, 1993  pursuant to which  Trimeris  leased from Sphinx  certain  space in Two
University Place, Durham, North Carolina.

Trimeris has  requested  that Sphinx  enlarge the amount of space covered by the
Sublease by 647 square feet to include  additional  space in the same  building,
such additional space is identified on Exhibit A ("Additional Lease Space").

AGREEMENT

NOW,  THEREFORE,  for and in consideration of the premises,  the mutual promises
and agreements of the parties,  and other good and valuable  considerations paid
to each other,  the  sufficiency and receipt of which Sphinx and Trimeris hereby
acknowledge, they agree each with the other as follows:

The  Sublease is modified  to include  the 647 square feet of  Additional  Lease
Space,  increasing  the total  sublease  space as of August 15, 1994 from 13,987
square feet to 14,634 square feet.

Sphinx and  Trimeris  agree that all the terms and  provisions  of the  Sublease
Agreement  that apply to presently  leased  space shall apply to the  Additional
Leased  Space to the same  extent and in the same  manner as if said  Additional
Lease  Space had been  included  in the  Sublease  Agreement  at its  inception,
including the same sublease rate and the remaining sublease term.



<PAGE>



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublessor and Sublessee,  intending to be legally bound, and
with authority duly given have executed this Sublease in duplicate originals, as
of the day and year first above written.

                                        SPHINX PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION,
                                        a Delaware Corporation 

(Corporate Seal)

                                        By: /s/ Richard W. Reichow
                                            -------------------------
                                             Its President & CEO

Attest:

/s/ Ann Redick
- ------------------------
Assistant Secretary



                                        TRIMERIS, INC., 
                                        a North Carolina Corporation

(Corporate Seal)

                                        By: /s/ Signature Illegible
                                            -------------------------
                                            Its President and CEO
Attest:

/s/ Gloria E. Ivey
- ------------------------
Assist. Secretary


     University Place Associates hereby consents to the foregoing Sublease.

     This the 15th day of August, 1994.


                                        UNIVERSITY PLACE ASSOCIATES
                                        By: CWR Corp. general partner

                                        By: /s/ Signature Illegible
                                            -------------------------
                                            It's President



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                                  [FLOOR PLAN}



<PAGE>



                                LANDLORD'S WAIVER

University Place Associates  ("Landlord") is the owner of real property commonly
known as Two University Place,  Durham,  North Carolina (the "Premises") and has
leased  a  portion  of  the  Premises  to  Sphinx  Pharmaceuticals   Corporation
("Tenant"),  who has agreed to sublease a portion of the  Premises to  Trimeris,
Inc. ("Subtenant").

1. Landlord and Tenant  acknowledge  that it has received  notice that Subtenant
has or will enter into a master lease agreement with Dominion Ventures,  Inc., a
California corporation ("Dominion"),  whereby Subtenant will lease from Dominion
certain equipment (the "Equipment"), all or part of which may be located upon or
fixed to the Premises.

2.  Landlord and Tenant waive and release any and all rights it may have against
the Equipment  for any rent or other sums due or to become due,  under any lease
for the Premises or otherwise,  and all claims and demands of every kind against
the Equipment.

3. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Equipment  will remain  personal  property
and will not become part of the  Premises,  regardless of the manner in which it
may be affixed to real  property,  and will allow Dominion to enter the Premises
any time to remove the  Equipment  in the  exercise  of its rights and  remedies
arising under the aforesaid master lease agreement.

4. This  Consent  shall be binding  upon the heirs,  administrators,  executors,
successors  and  assigns of the  Landlord  and  Tenant,  and shall  inure to the
benefit of the successors and assigns of Dominion.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Consent this
13th day October, 1993.

University Place Associates             Sphinx Pharmaceuticals Corporation
By: CWR Corp., General Partner

By: /s/ Craig M. Davis                  By: /s/ Richard W. Reichow
    --------------------------              ------------------------
    Craig M. Davis, President

Title: Partner                          Title: Vice President & CFO



<PAGE>



STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA :

COUNTY OF DURHAM :

     THIS SECOND  AGREEMENT OF SUBLEASE  ("Second  Subleases),  dated as of (the
16th day of January,  1995,  by and between ELI LILLY AND COMPANY,  successor by
merger to SPHINX PHARMACEUTICALS  CORPORATION ("Sublessor"),  party of the first
part, and TRIMERIS, INC., a North Carolina corporation  ("Sublessee"),  party of
the second part:

                                   RECITALS:

     A. University Place Associates,  a North Carolina general  partnership,  as
Landlord,   entered  into  that  certain   lease  with  Sphinx   Pharmaceuticals
Corporation as Tenant, dated the 8th day of March, 1989, as amended and restated
by agreement  dated as of the 27th day of August,  1991 (the "Lease.),  demising
property  described on Exhibit A-1 to the Lease  (the  Property).  A copy of the
Lease is attached hereto marked Exhibit 1.

     B.  Sublessee by Agreement of Sublease  dated November 19, 1993 (the "First
Subleases)  subleased from Sublessor 13,987 square feet of space in the building
located on the Property,  which space is more particularly described on Schedule
A  attached  to the  First  Sublease,  for a term  commencing  on the 1st day of
November, 1993, and expiring on the 30th day of September, 1999 (the "Terms).

     C. By amendment to the First Sublease made as of August 15, 1994, there was
added to the space covered by the First  Sublease an additional 647 square feet,
which additional space was subject to the same terms and conditions as set forth
in the First Sublease to the same extent as if it had been  originally  included
therein.

     D. Sublessee  desires to sublease from Sublessor an additional 7,235 square
feet  of  space  effective  as of  January  16,  1995,  for the  term  and on He
conditions hereafter set



<PAGE>



forth,  which space is depicted on Exhibit A to this Second  Sublease  (the "New
Sublease Space"), said area to be subleased for the remainder of the Term.

     E. Sublessor warrants and represents to Sublessee that the Lease is in full
force and effect and that it has the right,  subject to the  consent of Landlord
annexed hereto, to sublease the New Sublease Space to Sublessee for the Term.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  for  and in  consideration  of  the rents,  covenants and
agreements  hereinafter  contained on the part of the Sublessee to be paid, kept
and  performed,  Sublessor  does hereby  sublet and demise unto  Sublessee,  and
Sublessee hereby leases from the Sublessor, the New Sublease Space.

     TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Sublessee, its permitted and assigns,
for the  Term,  subject  to the Lease and upon the  rentals,  terms,  covenants,
conditions and provisions hereinafter set forth.

     AND Sublessor and Sublessee  hereby  contract and agree each with the other
as follows:


     1.  Sublessee  covenants and agrees to pay to Sublessor at Four  University
Place, P. O. Box 52330,  Durham,  N. C. 27717 (Attn:  Mr. Gary Levine,  Accounts
Receivable),  from  January 16, 1995  through the month of  September,  1996,  a
monthly rental of Seven Thousand Five Hundred  thirty-six and 46/100 ($7,536.46)
Dollars,  payable  $3,768.23 on execution  hereof and  commencing on February 1,
1995  in  equal  monthly  installments  $7,536.46  in  advance,  and  continuing
thereafter on or before the first day of each successive month through the month
of September,  1996. Commencing with the first day of October,  1996, and on the
first of each successive  month, to and including  September 1, 1999,  Sublessee
shall pay Sublessor a monthly rental of  $10,551.04.  All payments shall be made
without  notice or demand,  and without  abatement,  deduction  or setoff of any
amount whatsoever.

     2. In addition to the monthly payment that Sublessee is to pay to Sublessor
under  ss.1 above,  Sublessee  shall pay to  Sublessor as  Additional  Rent that
portion of



                                       -2-



<PAGE>



Tenant's  Proportionate Share of Landlord's Expenses (as those terms are defined
in the Lease),  which  Additional Rent shall be paid at the same time as, and in
addition to, the monthly rental payments required under ss.1 above.  Sublessor's
Proportionate  Share of  Landlord's  Expenses  for 7,235  square  feet under the
Second Sublease will be 18.5%.

     Sublessee  shall pay directly for all utility  costs and expenses it incurs
in the use of the Sublease  Space.  If there are any  utilities  metered in more
than the Sublease Space, they will be prorated between Sublessor and Sublessee.

     3.  Sublessee  agrees  to  accept  the  New  Sublease  Space  in an "as is"
condition,  and Sublessee  acknowledges  that it is familiar with such space and
acknowledges that no representations  with respect to the condition thereof have
been made by Sublessor or by  Landlord.  Sublessor  will vacate the New Sublease
not later than January 6, 1995, and Sublessee may occupy the same on January 16,
1995.  Sublessor and Landlord understand that no modifications to demising walls
are  anticipated by Sublessee at this time.  Sublessor and Landlord  advise that
the existing split of the HVAC and electrical  service  between the New Sublease
Space  and  Sublessor's  remaining  leased  premises  will be  reviewed  for its
appropriateness  in servicing  the New  Sublease  Space.  If demising  walls are
needed and/or further  splitting of the HVAC and electrical  service is required
Sublessee shall have completed,  at its expense,  such work ("Work") as approved
by  Sublessor  and  Landlord.  Approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or
delayed,  but such Work shall not be undertaken until such approval is obtained.
Sublessee  shall  cause such Work to be done in a good and  workmanlike  manner,
using  licensed and insured  contractors,  and shall  promptly pay for the same,
while indemnifying Landlord and Sublessor from loss, cost, damage or expenses by
reason of any party  performing the Work  attempting to assert any claim or lien
(based on labor or materials  used in  performing  the Work)  against  Landlord,
Sublessor, or the building where the sublease space is located.

     4. To the  extent  not  otherwise  inconsistent  with  the  agreements  and
understandings  expressed in this  Sublease or  applicable  only to the original
parties to the Lease, the terms,  provisions,  covenants,  and conditions of the
Lease are incorporated herein by reference on the following understandings:

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

          (a) The term  "Landlord"  as used  therein  shall  refer to  Sublessor
     hereunder,  its  successors  and  assigns,  and the term  "Tenant" as  used
     therein shall refer to Sublessee hereunder, its successors and assigns.

          (b) In any case  where the  Landlord  reserves  the right to enter the
     Premises,  said right shall inure to the benefit of the Landlord as well as
     the Sublessor.

          (c) With  respect to work,  services,  repairs or the  performance  of
     other  obligations  required of Landlord under the Lease,  Sublessor's sole
     obligation  with respect  thereto  shall be to request the same, on written
     request from Sublessee, and to use its best efforts to obtain the same from
     the Landlord.

          (d) Each party  hereto  agrees to perform  and comply  with the terms,
     provisions,  covenants, and conditions of the Lease and not to do or suffer
     or permit  anything  to be done which  would  result in a default  under or
     cause the Lease to be terminated or forfeited.

          (e) In connection with any alterations (as defined in Section 7 of the
     Lease)  desired  to be made by  Sublessee,  the terms of Section 7 shall be
     applicable to this Sublease as if the words "Landlord" and "Tenant" in said
     Section were  Sublessor's and  "Sublessee." The Sublessee shall also obtain
     the Sublessor's written consent to the making of any such alterations prior
     to the under taking  thereof,  which  consent the  Sublessor  agrees not to
     unreasonably  withhold,  and if  the  consent  of  Sublessor  is  obtained,
     Sublessee  shall  contact  the  Landlord  for  Landlord's  consent,   which
     Sublessor agrees to assist Sublessee in obtaining.

          (f)  Sublessee  may  not  assign  this  Sublease  or  sublet   without
     Sublessor's consent first had and obtained in writing, which Sublessor will
     not  unreasonably  withhold or delay.  In addition to  Sublessor's  consent
     being  required,  Landlord's  consent in writing is also  required,  and If
     Sublessor  does consent (it having no obligation to do so),  Sublessor will
     assist Sublessee in obtaining Landlord's consent.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

     5.  If (a)  Sublessee  shall  default  in  fulfilling  any  of  the  terms,
conditions, or agreements hereof, other than the covenant to pay rent, or of the
Lease as herein incorporated,  and such default shall not have been remedied (or
proper corrective measures to cure such default commenced and after commencement
diligently  and  continuously  prosecuted  in good  faith)  within 15 days after
written notice from the Sublessor,  the Sublessor may give Sublessee three days'
notice of  intention to end the term of this  Sublease,  and, at the end of said
three days,  the term of this  Sublease  shall expire with the same effect as if
that day were the date  hereinbefore  set forth for the  termination of the term
hereof,  but  Sublessee  shall remain  liable to the extent  provided  under any
environmental  compliance provisions applicable to Sublessee under the Lease; or
(b) Sublessee shall fail to pay the rent and additional rent as provided herein,
then Sublessor may, unless  Sublessee shall have cured such default within three
days after written notice thereof from  Sublessor,  exercise all of the remedies
of the Landlord set forth in Section 14 of the Lease, and Sublessee shall remain
liable to the extent provided therein.

     6.  Sublessee  may use the New Sublease  Space for office,  laboratory  and
research purposes,  but for no other purpose without  Sublessor's and Landlord's
written consent.

     7.  Sublessor's  rights  under  the Lease may be  enforceable  against  the
Landlord by the Sublessee on behalf of the Sublessor, but Sublessee shall advise
Sublessor, in writing, before taking any action to enforce such rights

     8.  Sublessor  agrees  that it will not  modify  or amend  the Lease in any
manner that would affect the Sublessee's  rights hereunder  without  Sublessee's
written consent first had and obtained.

     9.  In  the  event  that  Sublessor  defaults  in  keeping,  observing,  or
performing any of the terms, provisions,  covenants, and conditions contained in
the Lease, and such default is not cured (or proper corrective  measures to cure
such default  commenced) by Sublessor within the periods  specified in the Lease
for the curing of such defaults,  Sublessee  shall have the right to remedy such
default after it gives Sublessor written notice

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



thereof.  If  Sublessee  shall  incur any  expense in  remedying  such  default,
Sublessee  shall be  entitled  to  recover  the same from  Sublessor  on demand.
Sublessor  agrees to send promptly to Sublessee  any notice of default  received
from the Landlord.

     10.  Any  notice  or  demands  to be given  pursuant  to the  Lease or this
Sublease  shall be sent to Sublessor at Four  University  Place,  Durham,  North
Carolina  27707  (Attn:  Dr.  Martin  Haslanger),  and  if to  Sublessee  at Two
University Place, Durham, North Carolina 27707 (Attn: Max N. Wallace).

     All notices shall be in writing,  may be delivered  personally to the other
party,  or sent by  express  courier  or  delivery  service,  or by  registered,
certified or express  United  States Mail,  and shall be deemed  delivered  when
received or on the third  Business  Day (days when  national  banks are open for
business)  after the same are deposited  postage  prepaid with the United States
Postal Service. Changes of address may be given in the same manner as notices.

     11.  Sublessee  shall carry through the Term such insurance  coverage as it
desires on all property that is has, brings to, or stores on the subleased space
(Sublessor having no obligation to carry insurance on the same), and in addition
Sublessee shall maintain general public liability insurance with combined single
limit coverage of not less than $2,000,000  throughout the Term, which insurance
shall name Sublessor and Landlord as additional insureds.  Sublessee shall cause
either a certified true copy of the policy showing such liability coverage to be
delivered to Sublessor,  or a certificate  evidencing  such coverage in form and
substance  reasonably  acceptable  to  Sublessor  furnished to  Sublessor,  with
evidence of payment of premiums  required to keep such  insurance  in full force
and effect throughout the Term.

     12. Sublessor and Sublessee acknowledge (and so represent to Landlord) that
no broker is involved in  negotiations  for this  Second  Sublease  and agree to
indemnify  and hold Landlord  harmless from claims made against  Landlord by any
broker alleging employment by either Sublessor or Sublessee.

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublessor and Sublessee, intending to be legally bound,
and with  authority  duly  given,  have  executed  this  Sublease  in  duplicate
originals, as of the day and year first above written.

                                         ELI LILLY AND COMPANY,
                                         an Indiana Corporation

(Corporate Seal)

                                         By: /s/ John Crisel
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Its Manager, Strategic Real Estate

Attest:

/s/ Daniel P. Carmichael
- -----------------------------
          Secretary



                                       -7-



<PAGE>



                                         TRIMERIS, INC.,
                                         a North Carolina Corporation

(Corporate Seal)


                                         By: /s/ Signature Illegible
                                             -----------------------------
                                             Its Vice President of 
                                             Operations & General Counsel

Attest:


/s/ Gloria E. Ivey
- -----------------------------
Assist. Secretary



     University Place Associates hereby consents to the foregoing Sublease. This
     the 16th day of January, 1995.


                                         UNIVERSITY PLACE ASSOCIATES
                                         By: CWR Corp. general partner

                                             By: /s/ Craig M. Davis
                                                 --------------------
                                                     Its President



                                       -8-



<PAGE>






                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------
                              Two University Place
                                 Trimeris, Inc.
                             New Sublease Space from
                   . Sphinx Pharmaceuticals / Eli Lilly Corp.
                                  7,235 sq. ft.


First Sublease
cross hatch - 13,987 sf


Aug. '94 Amendment
blue - 647 sf 


New Sublease Space
7,235 sf



<PAGE>



                                    Exhibit 1

                           AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE


STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA :

COUNTY OF DURHAM :

     THIS AND RESTATED LEASE ("Lease"), made as of the 27th day of August, 1991,
by  and  between   UNIVERSITY  PLACE   ASSOCIATES,   a  North  Carolina  general
partnership,  hereinafter Landlords and SPHINX  PHARMACEUTICALS  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware corporation, hereinafter (whether one or more) Tenants:

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

     Upon the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  Landlord  leases to
Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord property referred to as the Premises, all
as follows:

     1. DEMISED  PREMISES.  The property hereby leased to Tenant are those areas
shown on Exhibit  A-1 hereto  attached,  which  consists of  approximately  four
spaces of 13,339  square feet,  2,094 square feet,  3,741 square feet and 10,565
square feet,  totaling  approximately  29,739  rentable  square  feet,  which is
located in what is  sometimes  called the Two  University  Place  Building  (the
"Building"),  located at Lot 6, University Place,  Durham,  Durham County, North
Carolina  (the  "Lands"),  together  with the right to use in common  with other
tenants in the Building, the parking spaces and the driveways, on said Land.

     2.  TERM.  This Lease has  already  commenced  on  various  dates as to the
various areas,  and shall  terminate as to all areas (unless  extended as herein
provided) at noon September 30, 1999.

     3. USE.  Tenant may use the Premises for a biological  research  laboratory
and for general office  purposes,  but for none other without  Landlord's  prior
written consent, and Tenant shall never make any use of the Premises which is in
violation of any lawful  governmental  laws,  rules or  regulations  whether now
existing or hereafter enacted insofar as



<PAGE>



they may relate to Tenant's use and  occupancy of the  Premises,  nor may Tenant
make any use of the Premises not permitted by any  restrictive  covenants  which
apply to the Premises,  or which is or might  constitute a nuisance or trespass,
or  which  increases  the fire  insurance  premiums  (or  makes  such  insurance
unavailable  to  Landlord)  on the  Building.  In the  event of an  increase  in
Landlord's fire insurance  premiums which results from Tenant's use or occupancy
of the Premises,  or which  increases the fire premiums (or makes such insurance
unavailable to Landlord) on the Building,  Tenant shall pay Landlord, on demand,
the amount of such  increase,  or  alternately  Landlord may treat such use as a
default hereunder.

     4. RENT.  All rent  payable by Tenant shall be without  previous  demand or
notice therefor by Landlord, and without set off or deduction.  The Minimum Rent
for the term, subject to revision to increase the rent to amortize the cost (for
which Tenant is liable and not paid for by Tenant at the time) of unfitting  any
space  unfitted  after  date of this Lease  over the  balance of the term,  with
interest  thereon at the rate of 12.5%  per annum,  shall be in the  amounts set
forth on  Exhibit B attached  hereto  (the  "Base  Rents),  and shall be payable
monthly in advance on or before the first day of each calendar  month during the
term hereof.  In addition to such remedies as may be provided  under the Default
provisions  of this  lease,  Landlord  shall be entitled to a late charge of two
percent  (2%) of the amount of the monthly rent if not received by the tenth day
of the month,  and a charge of the lesser of any legally  permissible  amount or
five  percent  (5 %) of the  amount of any check  given by Tenant  not paid when
first presented by Landlord.

     Tenant   agrees  to  pay  to  Landlord,   as  Additional   Rent,   Tenant's
Proportionate  Share  (hereafter  defined)  of  all  Landlord's  Expenses  (also
hereafter defined),  which Additional Rent shall be payable at the same time and
in the same manner as Base Rent.

     Landlord's Expenses are the total of the following three components: (i) ad
valorem taxes or assessments  imposed  against or levied on the Building and the
Land (but not including Tenant's property located thereon,  which are to be paid
in full by  Tenant),  which  Landlord  shall  pay in full  when  due,  except if
assessments are allowed to be paid over a period of years,  Landlord shall elect
to so pay and thus include in this component only that



                                        2



<PAGE>



portion of the  assessment  (together  with  interest  thereon) that Landlord is
required  to pay in any  particular  calendar  year;  (ii)  the cost of fire and
extended coverage insurance which Landlord carries on the Land and the Building;
and (iii) the cost of maintaining all parking,  drives and other common areas on
the Land, the lighting thereof, the landscaping, cleaning and refuse removal.

     Tenant's  Proportionate  Share  of  Landlord's  Expenses  is  76.2%  (to be
adjusted if and when Tenant  exercises its option to expand into either spaces B
or C (or both) as shown on Exhibit A-1.

     Based on 1990 figures  one-twelfth of Tenant's  Proportionate Share amounts
to $4,004.40, and this amount Tenant shall include with its Base Rent payment as
Additional  Rent.  The monthly  payment may be adjusted  annually as soon as the
actual  amount  of  Landlord's  Expenses  for the  preceding  calendar  year are
determined to reflect Landlord's  reasonable estimate of what such expenses will
be for the  year in  which  the  adjustment  is  made.  As soon as  figures  are
available  for any preceding  calendar  year,  Landlord  shall deliver to Tenant
documentation  showing  what those  expenses in fact were,  and if the amount of
Additional Rent paid during such preceding  calendar year was less than Tenant's
Proportionate  Share of the actual  Landlord's  Expenses,  Tenant  shall  within
thirty  days pay  Landlord  the  difference.  If the amount  that Tenant paid as
Additional  Rent  exceeded  its  Proportionate  Share of such actual  Landlord's
Expenses,  Landlord shall within thirty days of the determination  either refund
to Tenant the excess so paid or credit the excess to  payments  due from  Tenant
for the current year for  Additional  Rent.  Tenant,  at any time within fifteen
days after  receiving  Landlord's  statement  as to expenses for the prior year,
shall have the right at its expense to inspect Landlord's books and records, but
unless  protested  within such period the expenses will be deemed to be approved
by Tenant.

     Since this Lease  expires on  September  30, 1999,  Tenant's  Proportionate
Share  will for 1999 be  three-fourths  of  Landlord's  Expenses  for the entire
twelve months.

     5. UTILITIES. Tenant shall pay all charges for telephone, electricity, gas,
sewage,  and any other  utilities used by Tenant on the Premises  throughout the
Term, and



                                        3



<PAGE>



Landlord  agrees at all times to provide  Tenant with access to such  utilities,
which access shall be contiguous to the Premises.

     6. LANDLORD  REPAIRS.  The Landlord shall be responsible for maintenance of
the roof and  structural  walls,  excluding any interior  painting or decoration
thereon,  and shall  likewise  maintain in good condition and repair the parking
areas as shown on  Exhibit  A,  providing  Tenant  shall not  permit  its agent,
employees or invitees to place  excessive loads on said parking lot, the maximum
load for any vehicle not be exceed eight (8) kips per axle for the parking  area
in front of the Building, or more than twelve (12) kips per axle for the loading
areas to the rear of the Building.  Except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,
there shall be no allowance  to Tenant for a  diminution  of rental value and no
liability  on the part of Landlord  for  inconvenience,  annoyance  or injury to
business  arising from Landlord or others  making any repairs,  to the Building,
the Premises, or the adjoining premises.

     7.  TENANT'S  ACCEPTANCE  AND  MAINTENANCE  OF  DEMISED  PREMISES.   Tenant
represents to Landlord  that it has examined and  inspected the Premises,  found
them to be as  represented  by  Landlord  and to be  satisfactory  for  Tenant's
intended  use.  Landlord  has neither  made nor now makes no  representation  or
warranty as to the condition of said  Premises.  Tenant shall deliver at the end
of this lease each and every part of the Premises in good repair and  condition,
reasonable wear and tear,  damage by fire or other casualties and  appropriation
by eminent  domain  excepted,  and also excepting any condition that Landlord is
required to repair. Tenant agrees to keep the interior of the Premises including
wiring, plumbing,  heating and air conditioning units ("HVAC") in good condition
and repair,  and to enter into a maintenance  contract with a reputable firm for
the  day-to-day  maintenance of the HVAC. The  maintenance  contractor  shall be
reasonably  acceptable  to Landlord,  and Tenant  shall  provide  Landlord  with
satisfactory  evidence of the contract.  Unless caused by faulty construction or
settling of the Building  where the Premises are located,  Tenant shall maintain
and replace  when broken all plate glass and  windows,  and all other  damage or
injury to the  Premises not covered by  Landlord's  fire,  extended  coverage or
vandalism  insurance  shall be repaired  promptly by Tenant at its sole cost and
expense and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord. Tenant shall make at
its sole cost and expense



                                        4



<PAGE>




replacements or  restorations in quality  equivalent or better than the original
work,  as may be required to so maintain the same,  ordinary  wear and tear only
excepted.  Tenant,  however, shall make no structural or interior alterations of
the Premises without  Landlord's prior written consent and any work performed by
Tenant shall be done in a good and workmanlike  manner, and so as not to disturb
or  inconvenience  other tenants in the Building.  Tenant shall provide Landlord
with at least five (5) business days advance written notice of the  commencement
of any such alterations to the Premises. Tenant shall not at any time permit any
work to be performed  on the Premises  except by duly  licensed  contractors  or
artisans,   each  of  whom  must  carry  general  public  liability   insurance,
certificates  of which shall be furnished to Landlord.  At no time may Tenant do
any work that results in a claim of lien against Landlord, and if requested by I
landlord on  termination  of this lease or  vacation of the  Premises by Tenant,
Tenant shall restore at Tenant's sole expense the Premises to the same condition
as  existed  at the  commencement  of the  term,  ordinary  wear and  tear  only
excepted.  Landlord,  however,  may elect to require Tenant to leave alterations
performed by it.

     Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth above in this Paragraph
7, if Tenant does not perform its maintenance  obligations in a timely manner as
set forth in this lease,  commencing the same within five (5) days of receipt of
notice from Landlord  specifying the work needed and  thereafter  diligently and
continuously  pursuing  completion  of  unfulfilled   maintenance   obligations,
Landlord  shall  have  the  right,  but  not the  obligation,  to  perform  such
maintenance,  and any amounts so expended by Landlord shall be paid by Tenant to
landlord  promptly after demand with interest at the maximum rate allowed by law
(or the rate of 15% per annum,  whichever is less) from the date of  expenditure
through the date paid.

     8. DESTRUCTION OF DEMISED  PREMISES.  If the Premises are destroyed by fire
or other  casualty not  resulting  from the wrongful or negligent act of Tenant,
either  Landlord or Tenant may,  by written  notice  given not later than thirty
(30) days after the date of such  destruction,  terminate  this lease,  in which
event rent paid for the period beyond the date of destruction  shall be refunded
to Tenant.  If there is not total  destruction  and  Landlord  elects to repair,
Landlord shall commence repair within thirty (30) days of the date of damage



                                        5



<PAGE>



and  shall  proceed  with  reasonable  diligence  to  restore  the  Premises  to
substantially  the same  condition  as existed  prior to the  damage.  If Tenant
reasonably is required to close its operations during repairs,  rent shall abate
while so  closed,  but if  Tenant  is able to  continue  its  operations  during
repairs, rent shall be adjusted and prorated in the proportion which the area of
unusable leased space bears to the total Premises,  provided that Landlord shall
not in such cases have any liability for losses claimed by Tenant.  However,  if
the  damages  are such  that  Landlord  concludes  that  restoration  cannot  be
completed  within one  hundred  fifty  (150)  days,  Landlord  may at its option
terminate  this  lease.  If the  Premises  are  damaged by cause due to fault or
neglect of Tenant, its agents, employees,  invitees, or licensees,  Landlord may
repair  such  damage  without  prejudice  to  subrogation  rights of  Landlord's
insurer,  and there shall be no  apportionment  or abatement  of rent.  Landlord
shall have no liability to repair,  restore or rebuild any of Tenant's  property
damaged by the casualty.

     9. ASSIGNMENT - SUBLEASE. Tenant may not assign or encumber this lease, and
may not sublet any part or all of the  Premises  without the written  consent of
Landlord first had and obtained,  which Landlord will not unreasonably  withhold
if to a  financially  responsible  party.  Any  assignment  or sublease to which
Landlord may consent  (one consent not being any basis to contend that  Landlord
should  consent  to a further  change)  shall not  relieve  Tenant of all of its
obligations   hereunder.   For  the  purpose  of  this  Paragraph  9,  the  word
"assignment"  shall be defined  as  follows:  Tenant  being a  corporation,  any
dissolution  or  reorganization  of Tenant,  or the sale or other  transfer of a
controlling  percentage  of capital  stock of Tenant,  or the sale of  fifty-one
percent (51%) in value of the assets of Tenant,  shall be deemed an  assignment.
The phrase  Controlling  percentages  means the  ownership  of, and the right to
vote,  stock  possessing at least fifty-one  percent (51%) of the total combined
voting power of all classes of Tenant's  capital stock issued,  outstanding  and
entitled to vote for the election of directors,  or such lesser percentage as is
required  to  provide  actual  control  over  the  affairs  of the  corporation.
Acceptance  of rent by Landlord  after any  non-permitted  assignment  shall not
constitute approval thereof by Landlord.

     In no event shall this lease be  assignable  by  operation  of any law, and
Tenant's rights  hereunder may not become,  and shall not be listed by Tenant as
an asset under any



                                        6



<PAGE>



bankruptcy,  insolvency or  reorganization  proceedings.  Tenant is not, may not
become,  and shall never represent  itself to be an agent of Landlord and Tenant
expressly  recognizes  that  Landlord's  title is paramount,  and that it can do
nothing to affect or impair Landlord's title.

     If during the period  commencing  October 1, 1999  (assuming this lease has
been  validly  extended),  this lease shall be  assigned or the  Premises or any
portion thereof sublet by Tenant at a rental that exceeds the rentals to be paid
to  Landlord  hereunder,  attributable  to the  Premises  or portion  thereof so
assigned or sublet, then and in such event any such excess shall be paid over to
Landlord by Tenant.

     10. TENANT'S  COMPLIANCE-INSURANCE  REQUIREMENTS;  INDEMNIFICATION.  Tenant
shall comply with all applicable laws,  ordinances and regulations affecting the
Premises,  now  existing  or  hereafter  adopted,  including  general  rules and
regulations  for tenants (a copy of the present rules are attached as Exhibit C)
as may be  developed  from time to time by Landlord  and  delivered to Tenant or
posted on the Premises.

     Throughout  the term of this  lease,  Tenant at its sole  cost and  expense
shall keep or cause to be kept for the mutual  benefit of  Landlord,  Landlord's
managing  agent  Craig  Davis  Properties,  Inc.  and Tenant  (with  appropriate
cross-liability  endorsements  so  showing)  through  companies  licensed  to do
business in North  Carolina  having a Best's  rating of at least  A-XIII (as the
same may be adjusted  from time to time) public  liability  and property  damage
insurance with combined single limit coverage of at least  $1,000,000.00,  which
policies   insure   against  all  liability  of  Tenant,   Tenant's   authorized
representatives, and anyone for whom Tenant is responsible arising out of and in
connection  with  Tenant's  use of  the  Premises,  and  shall  insure  Tenant's
performance of the indemnity  provisions  contained herein.  Not more frequently
than once every three  years,  Landlord  may require the limits to be  increased
(but not more than double  existing  limits) if in its  reasonable  judgment (or
that of its  mortgagee) the coverage is  insufficient.  Tenant shall also insure
its personal  property located in the Premises,  and shall neither have nor make
any claim against Landlord for any loss or damage to the same, regardless of the
cause thereof.

     Prior to taking  possessions  of the Premises and  thereafter  at least ten
(10) business days prior to the renewal dates  thereof,  Tenant shall deliver to
Landlord copies of original



                                        7



<PAGE>



policies  or  satisfactory  certificate  thereof.  All  such  policies  shall be
non-assessable and shall contain language to the extent obtainable, that (A) any
loss shall be payable  notwithstanding  any act or  negligence  of  Landlord  or
Tenant that might otherwise result in forfeiture of the insurance,  and (B) that
they cannot be  cancelled  or changed  except  after thirty (30) days' notice to
Landlord.

     Anything in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding,  to the extent such
releases or waivers are permitted under  applicable law,  Landlord  releases and
waives unto Tenant,  its successors and assigns,  and Tenant releases and waives
unto Landlord,  its successors and assigns,  all rights to claim damages for any
injury,  loss,  cost or  damage  to  persons  or to the  Premises  or any  other
casualty,  as long as the amount of which injury,  loss, cost or damage has been
paid either to Landlord, Tenant, or any other person, firm or corporation, under
the terms of any fire,  extended  coverage,  public liability or other policy of
insurance.  All policies of  insurance  carried or  maintained  pursuant to this
lease shall  contain or be  endorsed to contain a provision  whereby the insurer
waives all rights of subrogation against either Tenant or Landlord.

     Subject  to the  terms of the  preceding  subparagraph  (i.e.,  the  fourth
sub-paragraph  of this  paragraph  10),  and  except  for a claim  caused by the
negligence,  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of  the  party  seeking
indemnification  (or that of its agents or employees  as the case may be),  each
party agrees to indemnify  and hold the other  harmless from and against any and
all claims,  liabilities and costs  (including,  but not limited to,  attorney's
fees at all  tribunal  levels and costs)  arising  out of: (i) a party's  use or
occupancy  of the  Premises,  the  Building,  the land on which the  Building is
situated,  or any part thereof;  (ii) any breach or default by the  indemnifying
party in the  performance of any of its  obligations  under this Lease; or (iii)
any injury-to a person or damage to property occurring in or about the Premises,
land or the Building.

     Landlord  shall  carry  through  the term of the  Lease (i)  all-risk  full
replacement  cost fire and extended  coverage  insurance on the Building and all
improvements  therein (save and except those installed by or the property of the
Tenant); (ii) comprehensive general liability insurance with respect to the land
and the Building in an amount not less than that required



                                        8



<PAGE>



of Tenant with respect to the  Premises;  and (iii)  workers'  compensation  and
employers liability insurance  complying with all statutory  requirements.  With
respect to Landlords comprehensive general liability insurance, the policy shall
name  Tenant  as an  additional  insured  as  its  interest  may  appear,  and a
certificate of such policy showing thirty (30) day notice of cancellation  shall
be delivered to Tenant.

     11.  SUBORDINATION-ATTORNMENT - LANDLORD FINANCING. Tenant agrees that this
lease will  either be  subordinate  or superior to any  mortgage  heretofore  or
hereafter  executed  by  Landlord  covering  the  Premises,   depending  on  the
requirements  of such  mortgagee.  Tenant on request will execute such agreement
making this lease superior or  subordinate as Landlord's  mortgagee may request,
and will agree to attorn to said mortgagee providing the mortgagee agrees not to
disturb  Tenant's  possession  hereunder so long as Tenant is in compliance with
this lease.  Landlord consents to Tenant's  execution of Landlord's  mortgagee's
subordination,  attornment and non-disturbance agreement, and to be bound by the
provisions  thereof.  Further,  Tenant agrees to execute within five (5) days of
request therefor, and as often as requested, estoppel certificates setting forth
the facts with respect to date of occupancy, termination date of this lease, the
amount  of rent due and date to which  rent is paid,  whether  or not it has any
defense or offsets to the  enforcement of this lease or knowledge of any default
or breach by Landlord, and that this lease is in full force and effect except as
to any modifications or amendments,  copies of which Tenant shall attach to such
estoppel certificate.

     If in connection  with  financing by Landlord of the  Building,  Landlord's
lender shall  request  Tenant to execute  reasonable  lease  modifications  as a
condition to such financing,  Tenant will not  unreasonably  withhold,  delay or
defer its consent thereto,  provided that such modifications do not increase the
obligation of Tenant  hereunder,  extend or reduce the term, or adversely affect
to any substantial extent the leasehold interest hereby created.

     12. SIGNS. Tenant may not erect, install or display any sign or advertising
material upon the Building exterior,  the Premises,  or the walls thereof, or in
any window therein, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Such signs as
are permitted will be



                                        9



<PAGE>



Tenant's  property,  removable  by Tenant at any time during the Term,  provided
Tenant  repairs any damage  resulting  from the presence of such signs or caused
during their removal

     13.  ACCESS TO PREMISES.  Landlord  shall have the right,  either itself or
through its authorized  agents after  twenty-four  (24) hours' notice (no notice
being required if an emergency),  to enter the Premises at all reasonable  times
to examine the same, to show them to prospective tenants for other spaces in the
Building,  or for the  Premises  if within one  hundred  eight (180) days of the
termination  date hereof (no option to extend having been  exercised),  to allow
inspection by  mortgagees,  and to make such repairs,  alterations or changes as
Landlord deems necessary.  Tenant, its agents, employees,  invitees, and guests,
shall  have the right of ingress  and  egress to common and public  areas of the
Building, provided Landlord by reasonable regulation may control such access for
the comfort, convenience and protection of all tenants in the Building.

     14. DEFAULT. If Tenant:

          (i)  Fails to pay when due any Rent,  or any other sum of money  which
               Tenant is obligated to pay, as provided in this Lease, within ten
               (10) days after  written  notice of  nonreceipt  of the same from
               Landlord; or

          (ii) Breaches any other  agreement or obligation  herein set forth and
               such breach  shall  continue and not be remedied  within  fifteen
               (15) days after  Landlord  shall have given Tenant written notice
               specifying  the  breach,  or if  such  breach  cannot,  with  due
               diligence,  be cured within said period of fifteen (15) days,  if
               Tenant shall not within said fifteen (15) day period commence and
               thereafter diligently complete by remedy the breach; or

         (iii) Files (or has filed  against it and not stayed or vacated  within
               thirty (30) days after  filing) any petition or action for relief
               under any creditor's law (including  bankruptcy,  reorganization,
               or similar action), either in state or federal court; or

          (iv) Makes any  transfer in fraud of  creditors  as defined in Section
               548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C ss.548), has a
               receiver



                                       10



<PAGE>



               appointed  for its assets  (and  appointment  shall not have been
               stayed  or  vacated  within  thirty  (30)  days),   or  makes  an
               assignment for benefit of creditors;

then Tenant shall be in default hereunder,  and, in addition to any other lawful
right or remedy which it may have, Landlord may do the following:

          (i)  Terminate this Lease; or

          (ii) Repossess the Leased Premises,  and with or without  terminating,
               relet the same at such amount as Landlord deems  reasonable;  and
               if the amount for which the Leased Premises is relet is less than
               Tenant's  Rent and all other  obligations  of Tenant to  Landlord
               hereunder,  Tenant shall immediately pay the difference on demand
               to  Landlord,  but if in excess of Tenant's  Rent,  and all other
               obligations of Tenant hereunder,  the entire amount obtained from
               such  reletting  shall belong to  Landlord,  free of any claim of
               Tenant thereto. All reasonable expenses of Landlord in repairing,
               restoring,  or altering  the Leased  Premises  for  reletting  as
               general  office  space,  together with leasing fees and all other
               expenses in seeking and obtaining a new tenant,  shall be charged
               to and be a liability of Tenant; provided, however, such expenses
               shall not  exceed 3 month's  Rent.  To the extent  that  Landlord
               recovers a portion  or 111 of such  amounts  paid by Tenant  from
               excess rent derived  from  reletting,  Landlord  will refund such
               amounts  to Tenant  following  their  receipt  without  interest.
               Landlord's  reasonable  attorneys'  fees in  pursuing  any of the
               foregoing  remedies,  or in  collecting  any Rent  due by  Tenant
               hereunder,  shall, if not recovered  through excess rents derived
               from  reletting,  be  paid by  Tenant,  which  fees  as to  rents
               collected  shall be fifteen  percent  (15%) of the amount of such
               rents.



                                       11



<PAGE>




               All rights and  remedies  of  Landlord  are  cumulative,  and the
               exercise of any one shall not be an election  excluding  Landlord
               at any other time from  exercise of a different  or  inconsistent
               remedy.

               No waiver by  Landlord  of any  covenant  or  condition  shall be
               deemed to imply or  constitute a further  waiver of the same at a
               later  time,  and  acceptance  of Rent  by  Landlord,  even  with
               knowledge of a default by Tenant,  shall not  constitute a waiver
               of such default.

     15. PROPERTY OF TENANT. Tenant shall timely pay any and all taxes levied or
assessed  against or upon Tenant's  equipment,  fixtures,  furniture,  leasehold
improvements and personal property located in the Premises. All such items shall
at all times be and  remain  the  property  of the  Tenant and Tenant (if not in
default  hereunder),  prior to the expiration date of this lease, may remove all
fixtures and  equipment  which it has placed in the Premises,  providing  Tenant
repairs  all  damages  caused by such  removal.  If Tenant  does not  remove its
property from the Premises upon  termination (for whatever cause) of this lease,
such property shall be deemed  abandoned by Tenant,  and Landlord may dispose of
the same in whatever manner Landlord may elect.

     16. EMINENT  DOMAIN.  If all of the Premises,  or such part thereof as will
make the same  unusable for the purposes  contemplated  by this lease,  be taken
under the power of eminent domain (or a conveyance in lieu thereof), then either
Landlord  or Tenant  may  terminate  as of the date  possession  is taken by the
condemnor,  and rent shall be adjusted  between  Landlord  and Tenant as of such
date. If only a portion of the Premises are taken and Tenant can continue use of
the  remainder,  then this lease will not  terminate,  but rent shall abate in a
just and  proportionate  amount  to the loss of use  occasioned  by the  taking.
Tenant shall have no right or claim to any part of any award made to or received
by Landlord  for any taking and no right or claim for any  alleged  value of the
unexpired  portion of this lease;  provided,  however,  that Tenant shall not be
prevented  from  making a claim  against the  condemning  party (but not against
Landlord)  for any  moving  expenses,  loss of  profits,  or taking of  Tenant's
personal  property  (other  than its  leasehold  estate) to which  Tenant may be
entitled.



                                       12



<PAGE>



     17. QUIET ENJOYMENT.  If Tenant promptly and punctually  complies with each
of its obligations hereunder,  it shall peacefully have and enjoy the possession
of the Premises  during the term hereof,  provided that no action of Landlord in
working in other space in the Building,  or in repairing restoring the Premises,
shall be deemed a breach of this  covenant,  giving  Tenant  any right to modify
this  lease  either  as to  term,  rent  payable,  or  other  obligations  to be
performed.

     18. NOTICES.  Any notice which Landlord or Tenant is required or desires to
give to the other shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered if delivered in
writing,  either  personally  or  sent  by  certified  or  registered  mail,  by
recognized overnight courier, postage prepaid, or by Fax to:

     LANDLORD:        c/o Craig Davis Properties, Inc.
                      3605 Glenwood Avenue - Suite 435
                      Raleigh, North Carolina 27612
                      (or P. O. Box 31969, Raleigh, N. C. 27622)
                      FAX #(919) 781-1262

     TENANT:          Four University Place
                      Durham, North Carolina 27707
                      (or P. O. Box 5233O, Durham, N. C. 27717-2330)
                      FAX #(919) 489-9093

Any notice given herein shall be deemed delivered when actually  delivered,  Fax
is received,  the return  receipt  therefor is signed,  or refusal to accept the
mailing by the addressee is noted thereon by the postal authorities. The address
of either  Landlord  or Tenant may be  changed  by notice to the other  given in
accordance with this Paragraph 18.

     19.  HOLDING  OVER.  If Tenant shall hold over after the  expiration of the
term or other temptation of this lease, such holding over shall not be deemed to
be a renewal of this lease but shall be deemed to create a tenancy-at-sufferance
and by such  holding  over Tenant  shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by
all of the terms and conditions of this lease except those as to the term hereof
and except that during such tenancy-at-sufferance,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord
(A) rent at the rate equal to one  hundred  twenty-five  percent  (125%) of that
provided  for in the  foregoing  Paragraph  4,  and (B)  any  and all  operating
expenses  and other forms of  additional  rent  payable  under the terms of this
lease.

     20. This Amended and Restated Lease supersedes and replaces any prior lease
agreements  or other  agreements  between  Landlord and Tenant as to the Demised
Premise.



                                       13



<PAGE>



     21.  MISCELLANEOUS.  Headings of paragraphs  are for  convenience  only and
shall not be  considered  in  construing  the  meaning of the  contents  of such
paragraph. The invalidity of any portion of this lease shall not have any effect
on the balance hereof. Should Landlord or Tenant institute any legal proceedings
against  the  other  for  breach  of  any  provision   herein   contained,   the
non-prevailing  party shall in addition be liable for the costs and  expenses of
prevailing party, including its reasonable attorneys' fees. This agreement shall
be binding upon the respective parties hereto, and upon their heirs,  executors,
successors  and  assigns.  This  agreement  supersedes  and  cancels  all  prior
negotiations  between the parties, and changes shall be in writing signed by the
party affected by such change.  Landlord  reserves the right to promulgate  (and
change from time to time)  reasonable  regulations it deems  appropriate for the
common use and  benefit of all  tenants,  with which  regulations  Tenant  shall
comply.  Landlord may sell the Premises or the Building  without  affecting  the
obligations of Tenant hereunder;  upon the sale of the Premises or the Building,
Landlord shall be relieved of all  responsibility  for the Premises and shall be
released  from any  liability  thereafter  accruing  under  this  lease.  If any
security deposit or prepaid rent has been paid by Tenant,  Landlord may transfer
the security deposit or prepaid rent to Landlord's  successor.  Tenant agrees to
attorn to any  successor  to  landlord.  This lease may not be recorded  without
Landlord's  prior written  consent,  but Tenant agrees on request of Landlord to
execute a memorandum hereof for recording  purposes.  The singular shall include
the plural, and the masculine, feminine or neuter includes the other.

     22. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OR ADDENDUMS.  The following special conditions,  if
any,  shall apply,  and where in conflict with earlier  provisions in this lease
shall control. If any addendums are noted below, such addendums are incorporated
herein  and made a part of this  lease.  If there are no special  conditions  or
addendums, the word NONE shall be written in the blank below.

          Lease  Addendum No. 1 -  Environmental  Compliance  

          Lease Addendum  No. 2 - Option to Extend 

          Lease  Addendum No. 3 - Option to Expand



                                       14



<PAGE>



     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Landlord  and  Tenant  have  executed  this lease in
duplicate originals, all as of the day and year first above written.

                                        LANDLORD:

                                        UNIVERSITY PLACE ASSOCIATES       (SEAL)
                                        a North Carolina General Partnership

(CORPORATE SEAL)

                                        By:  CWR CORP.                    (SEAL)
                                             a North Carolina corporation
                                             General Partner
ATTEST:
                                             By: /s/ Craig M. Davis
                                                 --------------------
                                                       President
/s/ Donna W. Ross
- -------------------
     Secretary



                                        TENANT:

(CORPORATE SEAL)                        SPHINX PHARMACEUTICALS
                                        CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

ATTEST:                                 By: /s/ Signature Illegible
                                            -------------------------

/s/ Ann Redick
- -------------------



                                       15



<PAGE>



STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA :

COUNTY OF WAKE :

     I, Mary G. Hopp, a Notary Public, certify that Craig M. Davis, President of
CWR Corp., a North Carolina Corporation,  personally came before me this day and
acknowledged  the due  execution of the  foregoing  instrument  by CWR Corp.  as
General  Partner  of  University  Place  Associates,  a North  Carolina  general
partnership,  and further acknowledged said instrument to be the act and deed of
University Place Associates acting by its said General Partner.

     WITNESS my hand and notarial seal, this 18th day of January, 1994.


                                        /s/  Mary G. Hopp
                                            ------------------------------
                                             Notary Public
                                             My Commission Expires:2-15-95
[OFFICIAL SEAL]
MARY G. HOPP
My commission expires:
2-15-95
County of Forsyth



STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA :

COUNTY OF DURHAM :

     I,  Harriet  Pender  Tutor,  a  Notary  Public,  certify  that  Ann  Redick
personally  came  before  me this day and  acknowledged  that  she is  Assistant
Secretary of Sphinx  Pharmaceuticals  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,  and
that by authority  duly given and as the act of the  corporation,  the foregoing
instrument  was signed in its name by Richard W. Reichow as its Vice  President,
attested by Ann Redick as its  Assistant  Secretary,  and sealed with its common
corporate  seal.)

     WITNESS my hand and notarial seal, this 19th day of November, 1993.


                                        /s/ Harriet Pender Tutor
                                        -----------------------------------
                                             Notary Public
                                             My Commission Expires: 2/22/94



                                       16



<PAGE>



             LEASE ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO LEASE BETWEEN UNIVERSITY PLACE
                ASSOCIATES AS LANDLORD AND SPHINX PHARMACEUTICALS
                              CORPORATION AS TENANT

     Section 25. Environmental Compliance.

     A. Tenant's  Responsibility.  Tenant covenants and agrees that the Premises
will, at all times during its use or occupancy  thereof,  be kept and maintained
so as to comply with all now existing or hereafter  enacted or issued  statutes,
laws,  rules,.  ordinances,  orders,  permits,  and  regulations  of all  state,
federal, local, and other governmental and regulatory authorities, agencies, and
bodies  applicable to the  Premises,  pertaining to  environmental  matters,  or
regulating,  prohibiting  or otherwise  having to do with asbestos and all other
toxic, radioactive,  or hazardous wastes or materials including, but not limited
to the Federal Clean Air Act, the Federal Water  Pollution  Control Act, and the
Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation,  and Liability Act of 1980,
as from time to time amended (all  hereafter  collectively  called  "laws").  No
material  shall be installed  or placed in or on the Premises by Tenant,  or any
agent,  employee,  or contractor of Tenant, which contains asbestos or any other
toxic or hazardous waste or substance,  which causes or could cause the Premises
to be in violation of any Laws (i) when such material is  installed;  (ii) while
such material  remains on the  Premises;  or (iii) when such material is removed
from the Premises, or otherwise disturbed.

     B. Tenant's  Liability.  Tenant shall hold Landlord  free,  harmless,  and
indemnified from any penalty,  fine, claim, demand,  liability,  cost, or charge
whatsoever  which Landlord shall incur, or which Landlord would otherwise incur,
by reason of Tenant's  actions  violating  this Section 25;  including,  but not
limited  to:  (i) the cost of  bringing  the  Premises  and any  other  property
(including  the soil,  ground water and surface water  thereof and  improvements
thereon)  contaminated as a result of Tenant's  actions into compliance with all
Laws; (ii) the reasonable cost of all appropriate  tests and examinations of the
Premises and any other property  (including  the soil,  ground water and surface
water thereof and  improvements  thereon)  contaminated  as a result of Tenant's
actions to confirm that the Premises and such other  property  have been brought
int



                                       17



<PAGE>



the  reasonable  fees and  expenses  of  Landlord's  attorneys,  engineers,  and
consultants  incurred by Landlord in enforcing and  confirming  compliance  with
this Section 25.

     C.  Property.  For the  purposes  of this  Section 25, the  Premises  shall
include the real estate covered by this Lease;  all  improvements  thereon;  all
personal property used in connection with the Premises  (including that owned by
Tenant); and the soil, ground water, and surface water of the Premises.

     D. Inspections by Landlord.  Landlord and its engineers,  technicians,  and
consultants  (collectively  the  "Auditors")  may, from time to time as Landlord
deems appropriate,  conduct periodic tests and examinations  ("Auditors") of the
Premises to confirm and monitor  Tenant's  compliance with this Section 25. Such
Audits shall be conducted  in such manner as to minimize the  interference  with
Tenant's permitted activities on the Premises; however, in all cases, the Audits
shall be of such  nature  and  scope as shall  be  reasonably  required  by then
existing  technology to confirm Tenant's compliance with this Section 25. Tenant
shall fully  cooperate  with  Landlord  and its  Auditors in the conduct of such
Audits.  The cost of such Audits shall be paid by Landlord unless an Audit shall
disclose a material  failure of Tenant to comply with this  Section 25, in which
case the cost of such Audit, shall be paid for by Tenant.

     E. Landlord's Liability.  Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless
from any damages,  loss, cost or expense,  including  reasonable attorneys fees,
which Tenant shall incur by reason of  Landlord's  actions  violating  any Laws.
Provided,  however, the foregoing covenants and undertakings of Tenant contained
in this  Section 25 shall not apply to any  condition or matter  constituting  a
violation of any Law: (i) which  existed prior to the  commencement  of Tenant's
use or  occupancy  of the  Premises or was not caused,  in whole or in part,  by
Tenant or  Tenant's  agents,  employees,  officers,  partners,  contractors,  or
invitees;  or (ii) to the extent such  violation is caused by, or results  from,
the acts or  neglects of Landlord or  Landlord's  agents,  employees,  officers,
partners,  contractors, guests or invitees. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a
copy of all environmental  audits,  test results,  correspondence with engineers
and other  environmental  matters prior to occupancy and thereafter annually and
within ten (10) days of any such event,



                                       18



<PAGE>



     F. Tenant's  Liability After Termination of Lease. The covenants  contained
in this Section 25 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease for
a period of three years,  provided,  however, if any indication of environmental
contamination  exists at the  expiration  or  termination  of the  Lease,  after
completion of a phase 1 audit at such time,  the covenants  contained in Section
25 shall  survive the  expiration or  termination  of this Lease for a period of
seven years.



                                       19



<PAGE>



        LEASE ADDENDUM NO. 2 TO LEASE BETWEEN UNIVERSITY PLACE ASSOCIATES
          AS LANDLORD AND SPHINX PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION AS TENANT

                                Option to Extend

     Provided  that Tenant has complied with all of its  obligations  under this
Lease,  and  provided  further  that not later than June 30, 1999  Tenant  gives
Landlord  written  notice of intent to do so (failure  to give  notice  being an
absolute bar to Tenant's right to extend), Landlord agrees that the term of this
Lease may, be extended as to all of the Premises  (including  any added  thereto
pursuant to Tenant's Option to Expand) for one (1) additional period of five (5)
years.

     During such extended period all the terms and provisions of the Lease shall
apply except that the rent for the first year of such extended term shall be the
lesser of the then  prevailing  market rent for  comparable  space at University
Place or 4% higher than it was for the year 1999. The rent as so established for
the first year of the extended term will increase at the rate of 4% per year for
the remaining  four years.  Landlord and Tenant agree to negotiate in good faith
immediately upon the giving and receipt of the notice of intent to extend to fix
the rent to go in effect on the commencement of the extended term.



                                       20



<PAGE>



        LEASE ADDENDUM NO. 3 TO LEASE BETWEEN UNIVERSITY PLACE ASSOCIATES
           AS LANDLORD AND SPHINX PHARMACEUTICAL CORPORATION AS TENANT

                                Options to Expand

     Tenant  currently  leases all of the Building  except those spaces shown on
Exhibit A labeled Duke  University  Medical "C" and  Media-Wide "B" (the "Option
Space").  Providing  that it agrees to do so on the same terms and conditions as
the within Lease,  and with no upfitting or retrofit  obligations  whatsoever on
the part of the  Landlord,  upon  written  notice  from  Tenant to such  effect,
Landlord agrees to use its best efforts to make either or both spaces  available
to Tenant.  Rent at the rates  then being paid by Tenant for the other  Premises
shall apply to the Option Space, and if Landlord  relocates the tenant in either
Option Space in order to make the same available to Tenant,  rent on such Option
Space shall commence the day following the date that such tenant vacates so that
there will be no interruption of Landlord's rent stream from such space.

     Tenant  acknowledges that Landlord may not be able to deliver either of the
Option Spaces when requested by Tenant since to do so involves implementation of
Landlord's Right to Relocate clause in the leases for such Option Spaces, and as
to "C" this in no event will be available  until after June 30,  1992.  However,
Tenant shall have the right to lease the Option Space  (either or both) upon the
termination  or  expiration of the existing  lease for such space,  and Landlord
agrees to give Tenant  notice of the  availability  of the Option  Space.  After
receipt of such  notice,  Tenant shall have  fifteen  (15)  workings  days (days
national  banks are open for  business in North  Carolina) to lease all (but not
part) of either (or both)  Option  Spaces.  The rental  rates for such  space(s)
shall be at the same  annual  rate per square  foot as Tenant is then paying for
other portions of the Premises.

     Additions  of Option  Space(s) to the  Premises  will result in a change in
Tenant's Proportionate Share of Landlord's Expenses and appropriate  adjustments
to Additional Rent for which Tenant is liable under the Lease.



                                       21



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B


                         RENTAL SCHEDULE FOR TOTAL RENTS
                         (Based Upon 29,739 Square Feet)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         [ZW]
 .                           
                      13,339 S.F.   13,339 S.F.    2,094 S.F.   2,094 S.F.      [ZW]
3,741 S.F.    3,741 S.F.   
  LEASE PERIOD        **MONTHLY     **ANNUALLY     MONTHLY      ANNUALLY        [ZW]
*MONTHLY      **ANNUALLY   
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>            <C>            <C>          [ZW]
<C>              <C>         <C>          
    1/89 -  9/30/90        -----          -----         -----         [ZW]
- -----          -----         -----   
 12/1/90 - 12/31/90   $ 4,763.69          -----    $ 1,006.87         -----     [ZW]
$ 1,337.41         -----   
  1/1/91 -  3/31/91     9,537,39          -----      2,013.43         [ZW]
- -----       1,337.41         -----   
  4/1/91 -  9/30/91     9,537.39          -----      2,013.43         [ZW]
- -----       1,337.41         -----   
 10/1/91 - 12/31/91     9,9t5.32          -----      2,073.06         [ZW]
- -----       1,390.41         -----   
  1/1/91 -  6/30/92     9,915.32          -----      2,073.06         [ZW]
- -----       1,390.41         -----   
  7/1/92 -  9/30/92    13,205.61          -----      2,073.06         [ZW]
- -----       3,703.59         -----   
 10/1/92 -  9/30/93    13,605.78    $163,269.36      2,135.88   $ [ZW]
25,630.56       3,815.82    $45,789.84   
 10/1/93 -  9/30/94    14,017.07     168,204.84      2,200.45     [ZW]
26,405.40       3,931.17     47,174.04   
 10/1/94 -  9/30/95    14,450.58     173,406.96      2,268.50     [ZW]
27,222.00       4,052.75     48,633.00   
 10/1/95 -  9/30/96    14,895.22     178,742.64      2,338.30     [ZW]
28,059.60       4,177.45     50,129.40   
 lO/1/96 -  9/30/97    15,350.97     184,211.64      2,409.85     [ZW]
28,918.20       4,305.27     51,663.24   
 lO/1/97 -  9/30/98    16,840.06     190,080.72      2,486.63     [ZW]
29,839.56       4,442.44     53,309.28   
lO/l/983 -  9/30/99    16,340.28     196,083.36      2,565.15     [ZW]
30,781.80       4,582.73     54,992.76   
                                                                                             
                                                                                           
<CAPTION>

                                                       TOTAL         TOTAL      
                      10,565 S.F.   10,565 S.F.      29,739 S.F.   29,739 S.F.  
  LEASE PERIOD        MONTHLY       ANNUALLY         **MONTHLY     **ANNUALLY   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>         
    1/89 -  9/30/90   $13,487.98    $161,855.76           -----          -----  
 12/1/90 - 12/31/90    13,487.98          -----      $20,600.95          -----  
  1/1/91 -  3/31/91    13,437.98          -----       26,376.21          -----  
  4/1/91 -  9/30/91    17,916.48          -----           -----          -----  
 10/1/91 - 12/31/91    18,840.92          -----       32,219.71          -----  
  1/1/91 -  6/30/92    18,840.92          -----       32,219.71          -----  
  7/1/92 -  9/30/92    18,340.92          -----       37,823.18          -----  
 10/1/92 -  9/30/93    18,840.92     226,091.04       38,398.40    $460,780.80  
 10/1/93 -  9/30/94    18,840.92     226,091.04       38,989.61     467,875.32  
 10/1/94 -  9/30/95    18,400.71     220,808.52       39,172.54     470,070.48  
 10/1/95 -  9/30/96    18,400.71     220,808.52       39,811.68     477,740.16  
 lO/1/96 -  9/30/97    18,400.71     220,808.52       40,466.80     485,601.60  
 lO/1/97 -  9/30/98    19,333.95     232,007.40       42,103.08     505,236.96  
lO/l/983 -  9/30/99    19,333.95     232,007.40       42,822.11     513,865.32  
                                                                
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**   Rents shown above are minimum rental amounts  assuming  unupfitted space as
     set forth above.  As space is upfitted the rental  schedule will be revised
     accordingly  by  Landlord  and  made  a part  of  this  Lease  Modification
     document.



<PAGE>


EXHIBIT A-1
FLOOR PLAN



                                       23



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT C

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

The following  rules and  regulations  have been adopted by the Landlord for the
care,  protection  and benefit of the building  and for the general  comfort and
welfare of the tenants.

1.   The sidewalks,  entrances,  halls, passage,  elevators, and stairways shall
     not be  obstructed  by the Tenant or used by him for any other purpose than
     for ingress and egress.

2.   Toilet  rooms and other water  apparatus  shall not be used for any purpose
     other than those for which they are constructed.

3.   The Tenant shall not do anything in the premises, or bring or keep anything
     therein,  which shall in any way conflict with any law, ordinance,  rule or
     regulation  affecting the  occupancy and use of the premises,  which are or
     may hereafter be enacted or promulgated  by any public  authority or by the
     Board of Fire Underwriters.

4.   In order to insure proper use and care of the premises,  neither the Tenant
     nor agent nor employee of the Tenant shall:

     (a)  Allow any  furniture,  packages  or  articles of any kind to remain in
          corridors except for short periods incidental to moving same in or out
          of building or to cleaning or rearranging occupancy of leased space.

     (b)  Maintain or utilize bicycles or other vehicles in the building.

     (c)  Mark or defile elevators,  toilet rooms, walls, windows,  doors or any
          part of the  building.  

     (d)  Deposit waste paper, dirt or other substances in corridors, stairways,
          elevators,  toilets,  restrooms, or any other part of the building not
          leased to him.

     (e)  Tamper  or  interfere  in any way  with  windows,  doors,  locks,  air
          conditioning  controls,   heating,  lighting,   electric  or  plumbing
          fixtures.

     (f)  Leave premises  unoccupied  without  locking all doors,  extinguishing
          lights and turning off all water outlets.

5.   The Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by the Tenant
     which, in their opinion,  tends to damage the reputation of the building or
     its desirability,  and upon written notice from Landlord,  the Tenant shall
     discontinue any such advertising.



<PAGE>



Exhibit C
Page 2

6.   The Tenant will reimburse the Landlord for the cost of repairing any damage
     to the leased  premises or other parts of the building caused by the Tenant
     or the agents or employees  of the Tenant,  including  replacing  any glass
     broken.

7.   The Landlord  shall furnish a reasonable  number of door keys for the needs
     of the Tenant,  which shall be surrendered on termination of the lease, and
     reserves  the  right to  require  a  deposit  to  insure  their  return  at
     termination of the lease.

8.   Requests for services of janitors or other building  employees must be made
     to the Landlord. Agents or employees of Landlord shall not perform any work
     or do  anything  outside  of their  regular  duties  unless  under  special
     instructions from Landlord.

9.   Signs  or any  other  tenant  identification  shall be in  accordance  with
     building  standard  signage.  No signs of any nature shall be placed in the
     windows so as to be visible  from the exterior of the  building.  All signs
     not approved in writing by the Landlord shall be subject to removal without
     notice.

10.  Any improvements or alterations to the premises by Tenant shall be approved
     in advance by the Landlord and all such work, if approved, shall be done at
     the Tenant's sole expense under the supervision of the Landlord.

11.  Tenant shall have a non-exclusive right to use of all driveways and parking
     areas adjoining said premises.  Landlord shall have the authority to assign
     parking  areas for Tenant and Tenant's  employees,  if deemed  necessary by
     Landlord.

12.  If  additional  drapes or window  decorations  are desired by Tenant,  they
     shall be approved by Landlord and  installed at the Tenant's  expense under
     the direction of the Landlord.

The  Landlord  shall  have the right to make such other and  further  reasonable
rules and  regulations  as, in the judgement of the  Landlord,  may from time to
time be necessary for the safety,  care and  cleanliness of the premises and for
the preservation of good order therein,  subject to reasonable consideration and
agreement from Tenant.




                           COOPERATION AND STRATEGIC
                               ALLIANCE AGREEMENT

     This  Cooperation and Strategic  Alliance  Agreement (this  "Agreement") is
entered into as of April 21,  1997,  by and between  Trimeris,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Trimeris"), and MiniMed Inc., a Delaware corporation ("MiniMed").

                                    RECITALS

     A. Trimeris has developed a novel approach to the design and development of
drugs and other  compounds  which may have  application  for the  treatment of a
variety of medical conditions.

     B.  MiniMed  is a leader  in the  design,  development,  manufacturing  and
marketing of advanced microinfusion systems for delivery of a variety of drugs.

     C. MiniMed and Trimeris wish to cooperate in the development, establishment
and  worldwide  delivery  of  therapies  for the  treatment  of various  medical
conditions  by  taking  advantage  of  the  respective  technologies  and  other
resources and assets of MiniMed and  Trimeris,  on the terms and subject to the
conditions of this Agreement.

                                    AGREEMENT

     In  consideration  of the terms and conditions  contained  herein,  and for
other valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows.

                                  Page 1 of 25

<PAGE>

     1. Definitions.

     (a)  "Affiliate"  means any person,  directly or  indirectly,  controlling,
controlled  by or under common  control with any other person.  "Control"  shall
mean the direct or indirect  ownership of 50% or more of the voting interest in,
or 50% or more of the  interest  in the income of,  such  other  person,  or the
ability to appoint,  elect or direct at least 50% of the  governing  body of any
such person.

     (b) "Alliance  Coordinator" means the person designated by a Party pursuant
to Section 3(e) of this  Agreement,  to be the primary  contact  person for such
Party for purposes of this Agreement.

     (c) "FDA"  means the United  States Food and Drug  Administration,  and any
successor entity that may be established  hereafter which has  substantially the
same authority or responsibility  currently vested in the United States Food and
Drug Administration.

     (d)  "Governing  Rules"  means the general  guidelines  established  by the
Managing  Committee  pursuant to Section 3(d) of this  Agreement,  which will be
used to guide generally the activities of the Managing Committee and the Parties
which are undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

     (e)  "Implementation   Strategy"  means  the  comprehensive   approach  and
strategy,  which may be reduced  to  written  form,  which is  developed  by the
Managing  Committee  with  respect  to the  development  and  implementation  of
business  activities  hereunder.  The  Implementation  Strategy shall  generally
relate to the delivery of medical therapies to patients by MiniMed and Trimeris,
which  therapies  incorporate  MiniMed  Products  and  Trimeris  Compounds,   as
contemplated by this Agreement.

                                  Page 2 of 25

<PAGE>

     (f) "Joint  Intellectual  Property" means any intellectual  property rights
which arise from the joint activities conducted pursuant to this Agreement,  and
which shall be jointly owned as set forth in Section 8 of this Agreement.

     (g) "Law" means any local,  state or federal rule,  regulation,  statute or
law  relevant  to the  activities  undertaken  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  or
applicable to either of the Parties with respect to any matters set form herein.

     (h) "Losses" means any liabilities,  damages, costs or expenses, including,
without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees (including the allocable cost of
in-house counsel),  which arise from any claim, lawsuit,  demand or other action
by any  Party  other  than  one of the  Parties  or an  Affiliate  of one of the
Parties.

     (i)  "Managing  Committee"  means the  committee  established  pursuant  to
Section  3  which  is  responsible  for the  development  and  oversight  of all
activities  pursuant to this  Agreement,  in  accordance  with the terms of this
Agreement.

     (j) "MiniMed  Products"  means any products,  supplies or other goods which
are designed,  developed,  manufactured or marketed by MiniMed, whether existing
on the date of this Agreement or subsequently  developed,  acquired or otherwise
obtained by MiniMed.

     (k)  "Party" or  "Parties"  rereads  MiniMed or  Trimeris,  or MiniMed  and
Trimeris, collectively, as appropriate.

     (1) "Senior Management  Representative"  means an executive officer of each
Party  designated  to  facilitate  the  resolution  of  disputes  hereunder,  as
described in Section 3 of this Agreement.

                                  Page 3 of 25

<PAGE>

     (m) "Target  Therapy"  means a  comprehensive  health  care  therapy  which
utilizes  Trimeris  Compounds and MiniMed  Products and which is to be delivered
through  the  cooperative  efforts  of  the  Parties  as  contemplated  by  this
Agreement.

     (n) "Trimeris  Compound"  means any compound from time to time developed by
Trimeris  for the  treatment  for  venous  medical  conditions,  which  compound
utilizes Trimeris' cellular membrane anti-fusion technology.

     2. General Agreement

     MiniMed  and  Trimeris  shall  collaborate  and  cooperate  in the  design,
development  and  implementation  of  therapies  for the  treatment  of  medical
conditions,  utilizing  MiniMed  Products and Trimeris  Compounds,  as set forth
herein.  The identification of candidate  Trimeris  Compounds,  and the specific
terms  regarding  the scope and type of the  collaborative  efforts  (including,
without  limitation,  the economic terms with respect to the parties),  shall be
determined  from  time to  time  in  accordance  with  Sections  3 and 4 of this
Agreement.

     3. Managing Committee.

     (a) MiniMed and Trimeris shall  establish a Managing  Committee  hereunder,
which shall consist of two (2) representatives from each of MiniMed and
Trimeris. The initial  designees are set forth in Schedule A hereto.  MiniMed
and Trimeris may  each  from  time to time  replace  its  respective
representatives  on the Managing Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion,
by notice to the other Party.

     (b) It is among the  objectives  of the  Parties  to  design,  develop  and
implement the Target  Therapies in a reasonably  practicable  fashion,  subject,
however, to the respective corporate regulatory, financial and other obligations
and  considerations  of each of the  Parties  from time to time  determined.  To
achieve this objective, the Managing

                                  Page 4 of 25

<PAGE>

Committee  shall be responsible  for  identifying  Trimeris  Compounds which are
appropriate   candidates  for   consideration   under  this   Agreement,   and
establishing an Implementation  Strategy for those Trimeris  Compounds from time
to time designated and determined by the Managing Committee.

     (c) The Managing  Committee shall meet at such times and places as it shall
determine appropriate to carry out its responsibilities hereunder. Such meetings
may be in  person  or by means of  telephonic  communication.  Either  Party may
designate  an alternate  member of the Managing  Committee to act on behalf of a
member on a temporary or interim  basis,  in the  reasonable  discretion of such
Party. Either Party,  through its Managing Committee members, may call a meeting
of the Managing Committee by giving written notice thereof to the members of the
other Party.

     (d) The  Managing  Committee  shall  establish  guidelines  to  govern  the
strategic activities,  co-development and related activities of the Parties; the
Managing  Committee  shall  also  establish  such  guidelines  with  respect  to
operational  matters at such time as a Target Therapy is  commercialized or in a
pre-commercialized phase, as contemplated by this Agreement. All such guidelines
shall be subject to the  qualification  of Section  3(g)  hereof.  The  Managing
Committee  shall be responsible for taking such other actions as may be provided
for or contemplated by this Agreement,  subject at all times to the requirements
of  Section  3(g),   including  the  establishment  and  implementation  of  the
"Governing Rules."

     (e) The Parties shall each name one (1) of its Managing  Committee  members
as its Alliance  Coordinator,  who shall be the primary  contact for purposes of
this  Agreement,  except to the extent the parties may otherwise  agree.  Either
Party may  change  its  designation  of  Alliance  Coordinator,  in its sole and
absolute discretion, upon written notice to the other Party.

                                  Page 5 of 25

<PAGE>

     (f) If a  disagreement  arises between the Parties as to any matters within
the scope of this Agreement,  either Party may give written notice to the other.
If the Alliance  Coordinators are unable to resolve the dispute  satisfactorily,
despite  their good faith  efforts,  within  thirty (30) days of receipt of such
notice,  either  Alliance  Coordinator  may  request a meeting  of the  Managing
Committee, which will, in good faith, diligently seek to resolve the dispute. If
the Managing  Committee is unable to resolve the  dispute,  notwithstanding  the
exercise of good faith  efforts,  within  thirty  (30) days after such  meeting,
then,  unless  otherwise agreed by the Alliance  Coordinators,  the matter shall
thereafter formally be referred to a Senior Management Representative of each of
the  Parties,  the  initial  designations  of which are set forth in Schedule A.
Either  Party may,  in its sole  discretion,  change its  designee of the Senior
Management  Representative  by written notice to the other.  Except as expressly
provided in the immediately following sentence, neither Party shall initiate any
formal  action  against the other,  including,  without  limitation,  the formal
commencement  of  arbitration  proceedings or the formal filing of legal action,
until at least  thirty  (30) days  have  elapsed  since the first  communication
between the Senior Management  Representatives  hereunder.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  either  Party may initiate  proceedings  to seek  injunctive  relief
before the time period otherwise  required hereunder shall elapse, if such Party
in good  faith  believes  that it  will  suffer  irreparable  harm  without  the
initiation of such proceedings.

     (g)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
the  authority  of the Managing  Committee  shall at all times be subject to the
respective  requirements  and  obligations of the quality systems and regulatory
policies and procedures, and internal corporate governance requirements, of each
of Trimeris and MiniMed. The Managing Committee shall establish Governing Rules,
which shall serve as guidelines for the general activities under this Agreement,
and Implementing  Strategies relative to the activities for each Target Therapy,
all of which shall supplement the terms hereof, but which procedures and systems
shall satisfy and be consistent with the respective  policies,  procedures,  and
systems of MiniMed and Trimeris. In that regard, the

                                  Page 6 of 25

<PAGE>

Parties  shall  reasonably  cooperate in an attempt to assure  their  respective
systems do not unduly  impede the carrying out of the intent of this  Agreement.
Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the operations and authority
of the Managing  Committee  shall be consistent  with the  underlying  corporate
policies  of each of MiniMed  and  Trimeris  with  respect to the  operation  of
clinical  trials  and  studies,  regulatory  affairs  relating  to  development,
promotion,  worldwide  distribution  and  servicing  of the  delivery  of Target
Therapies,  quality  assurance  activities,  medical  device and  adverse  event
reporting requirements,  patent strategies, and the like. The Managing Committee
shall  establish a proposed  approach for the Governing Rules within ninety (90)
days of the  execution  of this  Agreement  that  shall  consider  the  relevant
respective obligations of the parties.

     4. Target Therapies.

     The Parties shall  diligently  pursue the design,  development and ultimate
commercialization  of  Target  Therapies  from  time to time  designated  by the
Managing  Committee.  For each Target Therapy designated as such by the Parties,
the Managing  Committee shall develop an  Implementation  Strategy,  which shall
consist  of a  comprehensive  plan with  respect to such  activities.  It is the
intention of the Parties that they will cooperate jointly in such activities, as
from time to time mutually determined by the Managing Committee and agreed to by
the  Parties.   The  Parties  currently   contemplate  that  the  Implementation
Strategies  with respect to each Target  Therapy may be developed in one or more
phases, and may include or address, without limitation, the following:

     (a)  Formulation of Trimeris  Compounds for delivery via MiniMed  Products,
including,  without limitation,  chemical stability and materials  compatibility
issues.  MiniMed shall be responsible  generally for  Investigating  appropriate
modalities for drug deliver alternatives.

                                  Page 7 of 25

<PAGE>

     (b) Clinical research,  including the design,  development,  implementation
and analysis of joint  clinical  trials and protocols,  feasibility  studies and
similar activities from time to time agreed to by the Parties.

     (c) Strategies and physical requirements for the manufacture, packaging and
storage of the Trimeris Compounds relative to the Target Therapies.

     (d) Market research activities.

     (e) Patent strategies with respect to Joint Intellectual Property.

     (f)  Strategies  and  activities  relative  to  the  requisite   regulatory
approvals of and  post-market  regulatory  compliance  for the components of the
Target Therapies.  (Notwithstanding the foregoing,  its is recognized and agreed
that Trimeris will generally be responsible  for the regulatory  approval of the
Trimeris Compounds, and MiniMed will generally be responsible for the regulatory
approval of the MiniMed Products; provided, however, that the Managing Committee
may from time to time determine  appropriate  joint regulatory  strategies which
may include joint or coordinated  submissions  to the FDA and other  appropriate
regulatory authorities.)

     (g) Market development activities,  which may include,  without limitation,
educational  and other  programs for health care  professionals  and third party
payoffs.

     (h) Marketing activities, which may include, without limitation, activities
directed to patients, health care professionals and third party payors.

     (i)  Clinical and  technical  services to provide  support  relative to the
delivery systems for the Target  Therapies,  which may be based upon the current
MiniMed model of providing  technical  services for MiniMed Products and 24-hour
clinical services.

                                  Page 8 of 25

<PAGE>

     (j) Sales and related  worldwide  distribution  activities  relating to the
Target Therapies,  including the composition and structure of the sales force or
distribution  network,  or other method of distribution (which may involve third
parties with which the Parties may collaborate hereunder),  all of which will be
determined in the exercise of the Managing Committee's responsibilities.

     (k) Warranty,  product service  (including  technical  service and clinical
service) and similar matters.

     (1) The right of a Party to terminate the Party's  commitments with respect
to a particular  Target  Therapy in accordance  with  subsection  9(e) or in the
event milestones established by the Managing Committee arc not achieved.

     It is the  intention  of the  Parties  that  they will  participate  in the
investment,  contribution,  commitment  and risks  associated  with the  design,
development and  commercialization  of the Target  Therapies.  Accordingly,  the
parties  intend  generally  to allocate the  financial  costs and profits of the
Target  Therapies  commercialized   hereunder.  It  is  currently  contemplated,
however,  that: (i) MiniMed shall be responsible  generally for all  development
and regulatory expenses relating to the MiniMed Products, (ii) Trimeris shall be
responsible for all development and regulatory expenses relating to the Trimeris
Compounds,  (iii) the Parties  shall share  expenses  for clinical  trials,  and
marketing and selling expenses relative to the Target Therapies. The Parties may
from time to time agree to  allocate  such  costs and  expenses  differently  in
certain  circumstances,  which  would  be  incorporated  into an  Implementation
Strategy for a specified Target Therapy.

     In furtherance of the foregoing,  the  Implementation  Strategy may include
appropriate  provisions for revenue  sharing,  which may vary depending upon the
requirements  of a particular  Target  Therapy,  but which may include,  without
limitation,  the following.  (i) determination of an appropriate  transfer price
for the Trimeris

                                  Page 9 of 25

<PAGE>

Compounds (in  circumstances  in which the Managing  Committee  determines  that
MiniMed is the appropriate party to undertake distribution, and on such terms as
the Parties may agree),  (ii) allocation for costs and expenses  associated with
formulation and packaging of the Trimeris Compounds and, to the extent required,
the MiniMed  Products,  (iii) costs  associated  with the delivery of the Target
Therapy,  (iv) costs associated with clinical and technical  support  associated
with the Target Therapy and (v) an appropriate formula or basis to determine the
profits derived from the delivery of the Target Therapy.

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  however,  the parties  recognize and agree
that  an   unanticipated   disparity  may  occur  or  eventuate  in  the  actual
contribution of each Party with respect to the design, development, distribution
and  commercialization  of a  particular  Target  Therapy.  With respect to each
Target Therapy, to the extent a Party in good faith concludes that the financial
return to such Party is  inconsistent  with this  Agreement  and the  reasonable
expectations  of such Party,  then it may give notice thereof to the other Party
(which shall include supporting  documentation for its position), to be reviewed
and  considered  by the other  Party.  The  Parties  shall  engage in good faith
negotiations  relative to the  financial  arrangement  applicable as between the
Parties  with  respect to any Target  Therapy to the extent a notice is given as
contemplated by this provision.

     With respect to any particular Target Therapy,  the Parties acknowledge and
agree that they may need to further collaborate with additional  unrelated third
parties.  In such event,  the Parties  shall  cooperate  hereunder  to devise an
appropriate  strategy  with  respect to  pursuing  such third  parties.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge and agree that
the  treatment of diseases  caused by enveloped  viruses  (which are the general
targets  of  the  Trimeris  Compounds),   particularly  HIV/AIDS,  may  be  best
accomplished  by  a  variety  of  anti-retroviral  therapies,   including  "drug
cocktails"  containing  multiple  therapeutic  agents.  and  that  many  of  the
components of such cocktails are best  delivered by continuous  infusion such as
is  accomplished  by  MiniMed   Products.   To  the  extent   determined  to  be
scientifically appropriate, the Parties,

                                  Page 10 of 25

<PAGE>

collectively  and/or  individually,  shall  investigate  the use of the Trimeris
Compounds in such cocktails for use as a Target Therapy hereunder. To the extent
such cocktails  containing  anti-viral  compounds  (e.g.,  protease  inhibitors,
reverse transcriptase inhibitors and the like) other than the Trimeris Compounds
are identified  hereunder,  the Managing Committee shall in good faith cooperate
to determine  an  appropriate  business  strategy  (which may  include,  without
limitation,  financial allocations based upon the relative  contributions of the
Parties and one or more third  parties) which will be recommended to the Parties
for approval.

     5.  Pentafuside  (T-20).  The  Parties  acknowledge  that  they  have  been
collaborating  with  respect  to the  development  of  Pentafuside,  a  Trimeris
Compound  for the  treatment of  HIV/AIDS,  the delivery of which,  with MiniMed
Products,  the  Parties  have  designated  as a Target  Therapy  hereunder.  The
Managing   Committee  shall  undertake  to  establish  the  first  phase  of  an
Implementation Strategy for such Target Therapy within ninety (90) days from the
date of this Agreement.

     6. Representations and Warranties.

     (a) MiniMed Representations and Warranties. MiniMed represents and warrants
to Trimeris as follows:

          (i) MiniMed is a corporation  duly organized  validly  existing and in
     good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation,  is duly
     qualified to do business as a foreign  corporation  and is in good standing
     in each  jurisdiction  in which the nature of its business or the ownership
     of its  property  makes  such  qualification  necessary,  except  where the
     failure  to so  qualify  or be in good  standing  would not have a material
     adverse effect on MiniMed or its ability to perform hereunder.

                                  Page 11 of 25

<PAGE>

     (ii)  MiniMed has the full power and  authority to execute and deliver this
Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. The execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized
and  approved by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of MiniMed.  This
Agreement has been duly executed and the provisions  hereof constitute the valid
and legally  binding  obligations  of MiniMed  and do not  require the  consent,
approval  or  authorization  of, or  registration,  qualification,  designation,
declaration  or filing with,  any person,  public or  governmental  authority or
other  entity,  except  for any of the  foregoing  which have been  received  or
obtained or, either individually or in the aggregate,  do not and would not have
a material adverse effect upon MiniMed or its ability to perform its obligations
hereunder.

          (iii) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by MiniMed, and the
     performance of its  obligations  hereunder,  are not in violation or breach
     of,  and  will  not  conflict  with or  constitute  a  default  under,  the
     Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws  of  MiniMed,  or  any  material
     agreement,  contract,  commitment or obligation to which MiniMed is a Party
     or by which it is  bound,  and  will  not:  conflict  with or  violate  any
     applicable Law or any order or decree of any  governmental  agency or court
     having jurisdiction over MiniMed or its assets or properties.

     (b)  Trimeris  Representations  and  Warranties.  Trimeris  represents  and
warrants to MiniMed as follows:

          (i) Trimeris is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing and in
     good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation,  is duly
     qualified to do business as a foreign  corporation  and is in good standing
     in each  jurisdiction  in which the nature of its business or the ownership
     of its property makes such

                                  Page 12 of 25

<PAGE>

     qualification  necessary,  except  where the failure to so qualify or be in
     good standing  would not have a material  adverse effect on Trimeris or its
     ability to perform hereunder.

          (ii) Trimeris has full power and authority to execute and deliver this
     Agreement and to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  herein.  The
     execution,  delivery and  performance  of this Agreement have been duly and
     validly  authorized and approved by all necessary  corporate  action on the
     part of Trimeris.  This Agreement has been duly executed and the provisions
     hereof constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of Trimeris and
     do not require the consent,  approval or authorization of, or registration,
     qualification,  designation, declaration or filing with, any person, public
     or governmental  authority or other entity, except for any of the foregoing
     which have been  received or obtained  or,  either  individually  or in the
     aggregate,  do not and  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  upon
     Trimeris or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

          (iii) The  execution and delivery of this  Agreement by Trimeris,  and
     the  performance  of its  obligations  hereunder,  are not in  violation or
     breach of, and will not conflict  with or constitute a default  under,  the
     Articles or  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or Bylaws of Trimeris,  or any
     material agreement, contract, commitment or obligation to which Trimeris is
     a Party or by which it is bound,  and will not conflict with or violate any
     applicable Law or any order or decree of any  governmental  agency or court
     having jurisdiction over Trimeris or its assets or properties.

                                  Page 13 of 25

<PAGE>

     7. Compliance With Laws.

     In  performing  their  obligations  hereunder,  MiniMed and Trimeris  shall
comply in all  material  respects  with all Laws  regarding  or  relevant to the
performance  of  their  respective   obligations   hereunder,   except  for  any
noncompliance which, individually or in the aggregate, do not and would not have
a  material  adverse  affect  upon  either  Party  hereto,   or  the  agreements
contemplated  hereby.  Without limiting the generality  of the foregoing,  each
Party shall comply in all respects with all of the rules, regulations,  statutes
and laws under the jurisdiction of the FDA, comparable  regulatory bodies of any
state or any foreign jurisdiction,  or such other regulatory authority which may
from time to time exercise jurisdiction over the activities of either MiniMed or
Trimeris, or which affect, impact or otherwise  relate to this  Agreement or the
activities  conducted  hereunder or  contemplated  hereby.  MiniMed and Trimeris
shall  cooperate with each other during any inspection,  investigation  or other
inquiry  by  any  governmental   agency  exercising  any  such  jurisdiction  or
authority, including providing appropriate information and/or documentation,  as
may be lawfully  requested  by such  governmental  entity.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  each Party expressly  reserves its rights to in good faith challenge
the activities of any such  governmental  agency, to the extent such Party deems
appropriate. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, neither MiniMed nor Trimeris
shall be under any obligation to disclose  information  hereunder if, and to the
extent,  such Party in good faith is  seeking  to  protect  the  attorney-client
privilege with respect to any such activity or event.

     8. Intellectual Property.

     (a) Joint Developments.  Each Party shall disclose to the other any and all
useful  ideas,   concepts,   methods,   procedures,   processes,   improvements,
inventions,  discoveries,  and the like which  arise  from the joint  activities
conducted  by  the  Parties  hereunder  ("Discoveries")  of  any  nature,  made,
conceived or first  reduced to practice as a result of the  Parties'  activities
hereunder. The Parties shall jointly own any and all rights,

                                  Page 14 of 25

<PAGE>

title  and  interest  in  and to all  Discoveries  that  are a  result  of  this
Agreement,  and such  property  shall  constitute  Joint  Intellectual  Property
hereunder.  The parties  contracting for any work performed under this Agreement
by a subcontractor  or contract  employee shall ensure all Discoveries vest with
Trimeris and MiniMed.  The Parties shall in good faith consider the inclusion of
procedures  relative  to patent  filings  and related  matters  with  respect to
Discoveries which constitute Joint Intellectual Property, which procedures would
be considered for inclusion in the Governing Rules.

     (b) Sole Property.  All existing Trimeris  intellectual property (including
all aspects of the Trimeris Compounds),  and all intellectual property developed
solely by Trimeris independent from activities pursuant to this Agreement (which
must be  independently  verifiable),  shall be and remain the sole and exclusive
property of Trimeris.  All existing MiniMed intellectual property (including all
aspects of the MiniMed Products), and all intellectual property developed solely
by MiniMed  independent  from activities  undertaken  pursuant to this Agreement
(which  must be  independently  verifiable),  shall be and  remain  the sole and
exclusive property of MiniMed.

     9. Covenant Not to Compete; Exclusivity.

     (a) Except as provided for herein,  during the term of this Agreement,  the
Parties shall deal  exclusively with one another with respect to the delivery of
Target Therapies,  subject to the inclusion of additional  collaborative parties
as contemplated by Section 4.

     (b)  During  the term of this  Agreement  and for a period  of one (1) year
thereafter,  MiniMed shall not,  without the prior written  consent of Trimeris,
enter into any  agreement  or  arrangement  with any other person or entity with
respect to the continuous or continual  microdose infusion of any pharmaceutical
product  which is  predicated  on  anti-viral  agents  which block virus to cell
membrane fusion.

                                 Page 15 of 25

<PAGE>

     (c)  During  the term of this  Agreement  and for a period  of one (1) year
thereafter,  Trimeris shall not,  without the prior written  consent of MiniMed,
enter into any agreement or  arrangement  with any person or entity with respect
to the design, development or distribution of any of the Trimeris Compounds used
in a Target Therapy hereunder for  administration  via a continuous or continual
microdose infusion delivery system.

     (d) The  Parties  acknowledge  and agree  that,  except as may be  mutually
determined with respect to an Implementation Strategy, or otherwise agreed to in
writing (i) Trimeris may collaborate,  independent of this Agreement, with other
parties for the  development and  distribution  of Trimeris  Compounds used in a
Target Therapy hereunder for delivery otherwise than via continuous or continual
microdose  infusion and (ii) except as expressly  provided for in subsection (b)
above,  MiniMed  may  collaborate,  independent  of this  Agreement,  with other
parties for the delivery of drugs, drug "cocktails" and compounds other than the
Trimeris  Compounds,  some of which may be deemed to be competitive  with one or
more of the Trimeris Compounds.

     (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties recognize that circumstances
may eventuate  wherein the capability of Trimeris to efficiently and effectively
distribute a Trimeris compound  identified for use in a Target Therapy hereunder
is  materially  and  adversely   affected   because  of  the   exclusivity   and
noncompetition provisions contained herein ("Materially Adverse Circumstances").
In recognition of such possibility,  the Management  Committee may include in an
Implementation  Strategy the right of Trimeris to terminate its obligations with
respect to the subject  Trimeris  Compound,  subject to the terms and conditions
herein and in the Implementation  Strategy.  In any such case,  Trimeris must in
good faith conclude that  Materially  Adverse  Circumstances  exist and Trimeris
shall be  obligated to pay MiniMed a  termination  fee in the form of a one-time
payment and/or royalty payments for the balance of the exclusivity period.

     With respect to Pentafuside,  if Materially  Adverse  Circumstances  occur,
Trimeris may terminate its obligations hereunder with respect to Pentafuside, in
which case

                                  Page 16 of 25

<PAGE>

Trimeris shall be obligated to pay MiniMed royalties equal to seven percent (7%)
of the Net Proceeds.  For purposes of this Agreement  "Net Proceeds"  shall mean
the gross revenue derived from sales of Pentafuside  formulated for delivery via
continuous or continual microdose infusion,  less (i) applicable taxes and other
governmental charges, (ii) allowances for credits, returns,  discounts,  rebates
and cancellations,  and (iii) actual freight cost. The obligation of Trimeris to
pay such royalties shall terminate on the sixth (6") anniversary of the date the
FDA grants a New Drug Approval for  Pentafuside.  MiniMed shall have  reasonable
audit  rights to verify such  royalty  payments,  which shall be paid  quarterly
(within  sixty  days  of  the  end of  each  calendar  quarter),  and  shall  be
accompanied  by a  royalty  report  setting  forth  the  basis  for the  royalty
calculation.

     10. Term. Extension and Termination.

     (a) Term. The term of this  Agreement  shall commence as of the date hereof
and  continue  until  the date six (6)  years  after  the FDA  grants a New Drug
Approval for a Trimeris  Compound used in a Target Therapy  hereunder  ("Initial
Term"),  unless sooner terminated as set forth herein.  Unless sooner terminated
in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreements  the term of this  Agreement
shall  automatically  be extended for additional  successive  12-month  periods,
unless a Party gives notice of  nonrenewal  at least six (6) months prior to the
end of the Initial Term or any renewal term.

     (b) Termination.

          (i) Breach.  If a Party materially  defaults in its performance of any
     of its material  obligations under this Agreement,  and such default is not
     cured or resolution of a disputed breach pursuant to Subsection 3(f) is not
     demanded  within  sixty (60) days of written  notice of such default by the
     other Party,  this  Agreement  may be  terminated at the end of such 60-day
     period by the Party not in default by written  notice of termination to the
     defaulting   Party,  such  written  notice  to  be  given  not  later  than
     seventy-five (75) days after the first written notice.

                                  Page 17 of 25

<PAGE>

          (ii) Bankruptcy.  In the event of the institution by or against either
     Party of insolvency, receivership or bankruptcy,  proceedings or any other
     proceedings  for the  settlement of a Party's debts which are not dismissed
     within  sixty (60) days,  or upon a Party's  making an  assignment  for the
     benefit  of  creditors, or upon a Party's  dissolution  or  ceasing  to  do
     business, the other Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice.

     (c) Effect of  Termination.  The  provisions  of Section 9 (Covenant Not to
Compete),  Section  11  (Confidentiality),  Section  12  (Indemnification),  and
Section 13 (General), shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

     11. Confidentiality

     (a) Disclosure of Confidential  Information.  Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this  Agreement or as may be agreed to by the Managing  Committee in
writing,  both MiniMed and Trimeris  shall retain in confidence  and not use for
its own benefit  (other than as expressly  contemplated  by this  Agreement) all
confidential and  proprietary information received from the other as a result of
this Agreement during the term of this Agreement and continuing thereafter for a
period of five (5) years after  termination.  Such information may, however,  be
disclosed insofar as such disclosure is necessary (where possible, with adequate
safeguards  for  confidentiality,)  to  allow  either  Party to  defend  against
litigation,  to  file  and  prosecute  patent  applications  or to  comply  with
governmental regulations,  or rules or regulations of applicable self-regulatory
organizations  (including,  without limitation,  any exchange or stock market on
which the securities of a Party are listed or traded, or qualified for trading),
or otherwise as required by Law. Such obligation of confidentiality  and non-use
shall also not apply to information which: (i) is in the public domain as of the
date of receipt, (ii) comes into the public domain through no fault of the Party
claiming  waiver,  (iii)  was  known  by the  Party  claiming  waiver  prior  to
disclosure, as shown by such Party's written records, (iv)

                                  Page 18 of 25

<PAGE>

is disclosed to the Party claiming waiver by a third party having a lawful right
to make such disclosure,  (v) is  independently  developed by the Party claiming
waiver,  or (vi) is  disclosed to a third party that has agreed in writing to be
bound by  obligations  of  confidentiality  similar  to those set forth  herein.
Nothing contained herein shall prevent either Party from disclosing  information
to its Affiliates or to the FDA or other regulatory authorities where necessary.

     (b) Press Release and Public Announcements.  MiniMed and Trimeris shall not
issue any press release or public  announcement  with respect to this  Agreement
without the prior  consent of the other Party as to the form and content of such
release, except for any such release or announcement that may be required by Law
or the rules or  regulations  of any exchange on which the securities of a Party
are listed,  traded or  qualified  for  trading.  To the extent  practical,  the
parties  shall  consult  with each other in advance as to the form,  content and
timing of all  releases or  announcements.  It is the present  intention  of the
Parties  to  issue  a joint  press  release  announcing  the  execution  of this
Agreement.

     (c)  Existing  Mutual  Nondisclosure  Agreement.  The Mutual  Nondisclosure
Agreement  catered  into by the Parties and  effective  as of August 21, 1996 is
superseded  by  Section  11 of  this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that  any
confidential  information  disclosed by one Party to the other  pursuant to such
Mutual  Nondisclosure  Agreement  shall be treated  as if it had been  disclosed
after the Effective Date of this Agreement and shall therefore be subject to the
terms of this Section.

     12. Indemnification.

     (a)  Indemnification by MiniMed.  MiniMed shall indemnify,  defend and hold
Trimeris  harmless from and against any and all Losses resulting from or arising
out of the negligence or willful misconduct of MiniMed in the performance of its
obligations  under  this  Agreement.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
foregoing, MiniMed shall

                                  Page 19 of 25

<PAGE>

indemnify,  defend  and hold  Trimeris  harmless  from and  against  any  losses
relating to product  liability  claims  solely with respect to MiniMed  Products
which are  designed,  developed and  manufactured  solely and  independently  by
MiniMed.

     (b) Indemnification by Trimeris.  Trimeris shall indemnify, defend and hold
MiniMed  harmless from and against any Losses  resulting  from or arising out of
the  negligence of willful  misconduct of Trimeris in performing is  obligations
under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Trimeris
shall  indemnify,  defend and hold MiniMed  harmless from and against any Losses
resulting from any design defect with respect to any Trimeris  Compound which is
the subject of the cooperative efforts pursuant to this Agreement.

     (c)  Indemnification  Procedures.  A  Party  seeking  indemnification  (the
"Indemnified  Party") pursuant to this Section 12 shall notify, in writing,  the
other Party (the "Indemnifying Party") within fifteen (15) days of the assertion
of any claim or discovery of any fact upon which the  Indemnified  Party intends
to base a claim for indemnification. An Indemnified Party's failure to so notify
the Indemnifying  Party shall not, however,  relieve the Indemnifying Party from
any liability under this Agreement to the Indemnified Party with respect to such
claim  except to the extent that such  Indemnifying  Party is  actually  denied,
during the period of delay in notice, or materially  prejudiced with respect to,
the  opportunity  to remedy or  otherwise  mitigate  the event or  activity(ies)
giving rise to the claim for  indemnification  and thereby  suffers or otherwise
incurs  additional  quantifiable  damages  as a  result  of  such  failure.  The
Indemnifying  Party,  while  reserving the right to contest its  obligations  to
indemnify hereunder,  shall be responsible for the defense of any claim, demand,
lawsuit or other  proceeding  in  connection  with which the  Indemnified  Party
claims indemnification  hereunder. The Indemnified Party shall have the right at
its own expense to  participate  jointly  with  the Indemnifying  Party  in  the
defense of any such claim, demand, lawsuit or other proceeding, but with respect
to any issue involved in such claim,  demand,  lawsuit or other proceeding with
respect to which the Indemnifying Party has acknowledged its

                                  Page 20 of 25

<PAGE>

obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party hereunder,  the Indemnifying Party
shall have the right to select counsel,  settle,  try or otherwise dispose of or
handle  such claim,  demand,  lawsuit or other  proceeding  on such terms as the
Indemnifying Party shall deem appropriate, subject to any reasonable objection
of the Indemnified Party.

     (d) Insurance.  The Parties,  through the Managing Committee,  shall pursue
the purchase of appropriate  liability insurance which would jointly insure both
of the Parties for the activities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement,  to the
extent such  insurance is available  to the Parties on  commercially  reasonable
terms.  The Managing  Committee shall in good faith determine the most efficient
and effective way to obtain such insurance and shall in good faith  negotiate an
appropriate allocation of the cost of acquiring any such insurance.

     13. General.

     (a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including any Schedules, Exhibits and
Appendices,  constitutes the entire agreement and understanding  relating to the
subject matter of this  Agreement and  supersedes  all previous  communications,
proposals,  representations and agreements,  whether oral or written,  including
that certain  Letter  Agreement  between the parties dated December 10, 1996 (as
amended) relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

     (b)  Counterparts  and Headings.  This  Agreement may be executed in two or
more  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original  and all of which
together shall  constitute one instrument.  Headings of sections and subsections
of this  Agreement  are  for  convenience  only  and  the  construction  of this
Agreement shall not be affected by reference to such headings.

     (c)  Notice.  Any  notice  required  or  permitted  to be given  under this
Agreement  shall be in  writing  and shall be  deemed to have been  sufficiently
given for all

                                 Page 21 of 25

<PAGE>

purposes  if  personally  delivered  or  mailed  by  first  class  certified  or
registered  mail,  postage  prepaid,  hand delivered,  or sent by telecopy or by
reputable courier. Notices sent by U.S. mail shall be deemed delivered three (3)
days after  deposit  with  postal  authorities  or upon  confirmed  delivery  if
personally delivered, sent by confirmed fax or courier service. Unless otherwise
specified in writing, the mailing addresses of the parties shall be as described
below.

For Trimeris:     Trimeris, Inc.
                  4727 University Drive
                  Durham, North Carolina 27707
                  Attention. President
                  Fax Number: (919)419-1816

Copy to:          General Counsel at same address
                  Fax Number: (919)419-1816

For MiniMed:      MiniMed Inc.
                  12744 San Fernando Road
                  Sylmar, California 91342
                  Attention: President
                  Fax Number: (818) 362-6928

Copy to:          General Counsel at same address
                  Fax Number (818) 367-1460

     (d)  Amendment  and Waiver.  This  Agreement  may be modified,  amended and
supplemented only by written agreement signed by the Parties.  The waiver by any
Party to this  Agreement  of any breach or  violation  of any  provision of this
Agreement by the other Party shall not operate or be construed to be a waiver of
any subsequent breach or

                                  Page 22 of 25

<PAGE>

violation of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

     (e) Assignment.  Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations  under
this  Agreement  without  the prior  written  consent of the other  Party.  This
Agreement  shall be  binding  upon,  and  inure to the  benefit  of,  the  legal
successors to the Parties hereto.

     (f)  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California.

     (g) Partial  Invalidity.  If any  provision of this Agreement is held to be
invalid,  then the remaining  provisions shall nevertheless remain in full force
and effect. The Parties agree to renegotiate in good faith any term held invalid
and be bound by the mutually agreed substitute provision.

     (h) Construction.  The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation
and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent
or interpretation  arises,  this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted
jointly by the Parties and no  presumption  or burden of proof shall arise
favoring or disfavoring  any Party by virtue of the  authorship of any of the
provisions of this Agreement. When this Agreement uses the word "including" such
word shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation".

     (i) Force Majeure. Both Parties to this Agreement shall be excused from the
performance of their  obligations  hereunder if such performance is prevented by
force  majeure  and the  nonperforming  Party  promptly  provides  notice of the
prevention  to the other  Party.  Such excuse  shall be continued so long as the
condition  constituting  force majeure  continues and file  nonperforming  Party
takes  reasonable  efforts  to  remove  the  condition.  For  purposes  of  this
Agreement,  "force majeure" shall include  conditions  beyond the control of the
Parties and not resulting from the negligence of the Party

                                  Page 23 of 25

<PAGE>

seeking excuse, including an act of God, war, civil commotion, epidemic, failure
or default of public  utilities or common  carriers,  destruction  of production
facilities or materials by fire, earthquake, storm or like catastrophe.

     (j)  Independent  Contractors.  The  relationship  of Trimeris  and MiniMed
established by this Agreement is that of  independent  contractors,  and nothing
contained in this Agreement shall be construed to give either Party the power to
direct and control the day-to-day  activities of the other or allow one Party to
create  or  assume  any  obligation  on  behalf  of the  other  of  any  purpose
whatsoever.

     (k) Limitation of Liability. Except as may be elsewhere herein specifically
provided for, neither Party shall be liable to the other for indirect,  special,
incidental,  consequential or punitive  damages,  or for any lost profits of the
other Party,  however caused and on any theory of liability,  arising out of the
performance or failure to perform any obligations set forth herein.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is executed and effective as of the date
first above written.


TRIMERIS, INC.


/s/  Max N. Wallace
     -------------------------
     Max N. Wallace
     Vice President, Operations and General Counsel




MINIMED INC.


/s/  Terrance H. Gregg
     -------------------------
     Terrance H. Gregg
     President & Chief Operating Officer

                                 Page 24 of 25

<PAGE>

                                   Schedule A


                               Managing Committee


Trimeris, Inc.                             MiniMed Inc.

TO BE DETERMlNED                           Eric S. Kentor
                                             Senior Vice President and General
                                             Counsel

TO BE DETERMINED                           William Van Antwerp
                                             Chief Scientist



Alliance Coordinator:                      Alliance Coordinator:

TO BE DETERMINED                           TO BE DETERMINED



                        Senior Management Representative

Trimeris, Inc.                             MiniMed Inc.

TO BE DETERMINED                           Terrance H. Gregg
                                             President & Chief Operating Officer

                                  Page 25 of 2S


 [LOGO]
TRIMERIS

December 15, 1994

M. Ross Johnson, Ph.D.
153 Anderson Road
Alameda, CA 94502

Dear Ross:

On behalf of everyone as Trimeris, I want you to know how excited we are about
the possibility of your joining our team. Your experience and "can do" attitude
is just what we all think can propel Trimeris into a tremendously successful
company. 

Here is the offer we have discussed. You would join Trimeris as Vice President
of Research and Development and Chief Scientific Officer. You would be nominated
and we will support your election to the Board of Directors.

Your initial salary would be $225,00 per year, payable monthly. You would be
granted options to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock. The exercise price
of shares will be Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, which would be
determined by the Board on your starting date. The price is currently $0.05 per
share, and I would expect that it would not change between now and that time.
These options are part of the company's management incentive option plan, and we
would be pleased to work with you to set the best format (ISOs versus
Non-Qualified) for your situation. The options would be subject to normal
vesting schedule of four years with a one year "cliff", which means that during
the first year, none vest. At the end of the first year of employment, you would
become vested in the amount of 25%. From that time forward, vesting would be 25%
per year on a monthly basis.

In addition to this grant, you may purchase 50,000 shares immediatedly upon your
joining the company, at Fair Market Value ($0.05 per share). If for any reason
you coose to leave Trimeris within two years of your employment date, you must
sell these 50,000 shares back back to the company and the company must buy them
back from you at the purchase price within 30 days. If you are terminated for
reasons other than Cause then you may keep the shares if you wish, however, if
you wish to have the company repurchase them, then Trimeris will repurchase the
shares for the purchase price within 30 days of separation.



           Trimeris Inc.   Two University Place   Durham, NC   27707
                         919/419-6050   919/419-1816 Fax
<PAGE>


As additional incentive to join Trimeris, you will be granted a one-time hiring
bonus of $20,000 to be paid during your first month of employment. Also, you
wi11 be eligible for a bonus during 1995 of $25,000 which will be based upon the
achievement of agreed upon research and development milestones.

Further we have agreed that if you were terminated for reasons other than Cause,
Trimeris would provide salary and benefits  continuance for 12 months.  Trimeris
has  agreed to pay for  reasonable  relocation  costs  related to your move from
California (includes moving of household goods, transportation of family members
and up to three months of living expenses in North Carolina).

Of course,  you would be a full  participant in all of the company's health  and
benefits plans. These are spelled out in my fax of December 13, 1994.

Ross, I hope this letter accurately captures what we discussed. If not, please
let me know.

Once again, we think we have the potential of building substantial company in
Trimeris. The sense of challenge and teamwork (and having fun too!) in creating
something of lasting value and importance in human medicine is what drives each
of us. We think you have the spirit and the capability to help lead Trimeris to
maximize this potential.

We all hope you will accept our offer to become Trimeris' Chief Scientific
Officer.

Sincerely,

/s/ Richard A. Franco

Richard A. Franco, Sr.
President & Chief Executive Officer

Accepted by: /s/ M. Ross Johnson             12/15/94
             ----------------------------    ----------------
             M. Ross Johnson, Ph.D.           Date

cc: Jesse Treu

Also, 
(1  Start date to be discussed

(2) Prior 1995/1996 Professional obligations to be fullfilled.


/s/ M. Ross Johnson             12/15/94




 [LOGO]
TRIMERIS

February 23, 1995

Mr. Matthew A. Megaro
64 Irving Avenue
Atherton, VA 94027

Dear Matt:


On behalf of everyone at Trimeris, I want you to know how excited we are about
your joining our team. Your experience and "can do" attitude is just what we all
think can propel Trimeris into a tremendously successful company.

Here is the offer we have discussed. You will join Trimeris as Chief Financial
Officer.

Your initial salary would be $130,000 per year, payable monthly. You would be
granted options to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock. The exercise price
of the shares will be Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, which would be
determined by the Board on your starting date. This price is currently $0.05 per
share, and I would expect that it would not change between now and that time.
These options are part of the company's management incentive option plan, and we
would be pleased to work with you to set the best format (ISOs verus
Non-Qualified) for your situation. The options would be subject to normal
vesting schedule of four years with a one year "cliff", which means that during
the first year, none vest. At the end of the first year of employment, you would
become vested in the amount of 25%. From that time forward, vesting would be
1/36 per month over the next three years, based upon performance.

In addition to this grant, you may purchase 50,000 shares immediately upon your
joining the company, at Fair Market Value ($0.05 per share). If for any reason
you choose to leave Trimeris within two years of your employment date, you then
must sell these 50,000 shares back to the company and the company must buy them
back from you at the purchase price within 30 day. If you are terminated for
reasons other than Cause then you may keep the shares if you wish, however, if
you wish to have the company repurchase them, then Trimeris will repurchase the
shares for the purchase price within 30 days of separation. As additional
incentive to join Trimeris, you will be granted a one-time hiring bonus of
$15,000 to be paid during the first month of employment. Also, you will be
eligible for a bonus during 1995 of $ 10,000 which will be based upon the
achievement of agreed upon milestones.



           Trimeris, Inc.   Two University Place   Durham, NC   27707
                         919/419-6050  919/419-1816 Fax



<PAGE>

                                      -2-

Trimeris has agreed to pay for reasonable relocation costs related to your move
from California (includes moving of household goods, transportation of family
members and up to one month living expenses in North Carolina.)

Of course, you would be a full participant in all of the company's health
benefits plans.

Matt, I trust this letter accurately captures what we discussed. If not, please
let me know.

Once again, we think we have the potential of building a substantial company in
Trimeris. The sense of challenge and teamwork (and having fun, too!) in creating
something of lasting value and importance in human medicine is what drives each
of us. We think you have the spirit and the capability to help lead Trimeris to
maximize this potential

We all look forward to your arrival on the 6th of March.

Sincerely,

/s/ Richard A. Franco

Richard A. Franco, Sr.
President & Chief Executive Officer

Accepted by: /s/ Illegible                   Date: 3/10/95
             ----------------------------          -------

cc: Jesse Treu



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                           SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                                                  June 27, 1997

To the several persons named
  at the foot hereof

Dear Sirs:

                This will confirm that in consideration of the purchase by you
of (i) an aggregate 3,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,
par value $0.001 per share, ("Series A Preferred") of Trimeris, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), pursuant to the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
dated as of February 11, 1993 among the Company and you and (ii) an aggregate of
27,135,564 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per
share ("Series B Preferred"), of the Company pursuant to the Preferred Stock
Purchase Agreements dated as of July 17, 1995, August 16, 1995 and March 22,
1996 among the Company and you, (iii) an aggregate of 13,317,739 shares of
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share ("Series C
Preferred") of the Company pursuant to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreements dated as of October 7, 1996, January 16, 1997 and March 27, 1997
among the Company and you, and (iv) an aggregate of up to 10,666,667 shares
of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share ("Series D
Preferred") pursuant to the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement of even date herewith among the Company and you, as an inducement to
you to consummate the transactions contemplated by such purchase agreements, the
Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of you, and with each subsequent
holder of Restricted Stock (as such term is defined herein), as follows:

                1. Certain Definitions.  As used herein, the following terms
shall have the following respective meanings:

                "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission,
or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

                "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per
share of the Company, as constituted as of the date of this Agreement, subject
to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof.

                "Conversion Shares" shall mean shares of Common Stock issued
upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C
Preferred or the Series D Preferred.

<PAGE>

                "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
             
                "Registration Expenses" shall mean the expenses so described in
Section 8 hereof.

                "Restricted Stock" shall mean any shares of capital stock of the
Company, the certificates for which are required to bear the legend set forth in
Section 2 hereof.

                "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

                "Selling Expenses" shall mean the expenses so described in
Section 8 hereof.

                2. Restrictive Legend. Each certificate representing the Series
A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred or Series D Preferred, each
certificate issued upon exchange or transfer of any Series A Preferred, Series B
Preferred, Series C Preferred or Series D Preferred, each certificate
representing Conversion Shares, and each certificate issued upon exchange or
transfer of any Conversion Shares other than in a public sale or as otherwise
permitted by the last paragraph of paragraph3 hereof shall be stamped or
otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

                "THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
                REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE
                SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE
                DISPOSED OF UNLESS THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THAT ACT AND
                LAWS OR EXEMPTIONS FROM REGISTRATION (INCLUDING THE EXEMPTION
                FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER
                THAT ACT) ARE AVAILABLE."

                3. Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer
of any Restricted Stock (other than under the circumstances described in Section
4, 5 or 6 hereof), the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company
of its intention to effect such transfer. Each such notice shall describe the
manner of the proposed transfer and, if requested by the Company, shall be
accompanied by an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company (it
being agreed that Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol shall be
satisfactory) to the effect that the proposed transfer of the Restricted Stock
may be effected without registration under the Securities Act and any applicable
state securities laws, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Stock shall be
entitled to transfer such Restricted Stock in accordance with the terms of its
notice; provided, however, that no such opinion or other documentation shall be
required if such notice shall cover a distribution by any of you which is a
partnership to your respective partners. Each certificate of Restricted Stock
transferred as above

<PAGE>

provided shall bear the legend set forth in Section2, unless (i)such transfer is
in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144 (or any other rule permitting
public sale without registration under the Securities Act) or (ii)the opinion of
counsel referred to above is to the further effect that the transferee and any
subsequent transferee (other than an affiliate of the Company) would be entitled
to transfer such securities in a public sale without registration under the
Securities Act.

                The foregoing restrictions on transferability of Restricted
Stock shall terminate as to any particular shares of Restricted Stock when such
shares shall have been effectively registered under the Securities Act and sold
or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the intended method of disposition
by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in the registration statement
concerning such shares. Whenever a holder of Restricted Stock is able to
demonstrate to the Company (and its counsel) that the provisions of Rule144(k)
of the Securities Act are available to such holder without limitation, such
holder of Restricted Stock shall be entitled to receive from the Company,
without expense, a new certificate not bearing the restrictive legend set forth
in Section2.


                4.      Required Registration.

                (a) At any time after July 31, 1999 the holders of Restricted
Stock constituting at least a majority of the total Restricted Stock outstanding
at such time (treating for the purpose of such computation the holders of the
Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred or Series D Preferred
as the holders of the Conversion Shares then issuable upon conversion of such
Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred or Series D
Preferred), may request the Company to register under the Securities Act at
least 51 percent of the Restricted Stock held by such requesting holder or
holders (or, if less, Restricted Stock having a reasonably anticipated aggregate
price to the public of not less than $5,000,000) for sale in the manner
specified in such notice; provided, however, that the only securities which the
Company shall be required to register pursuant hereto shall be shares of Common
Stock.

                (b) Promptly following receipt of any notice under this
Section4, the Company shall immediately notify any holders of Restricted Stock
from whom notice has not been received and shall use its reasonable best efforts
to register under the Securities Act, for public sale in accordance with the
method of disposition specified in such notice from requesting holders, the
number of shares of Restricted Stock specified in such notice (and in any
notices received from other holders within 20 days after their receipt of such
notice from the Company); provided, however, that if the proposed method of
disposition specified by the requesting holders shall be an underwritten public
offering, the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be included in such an
offering may be reduced (pro rata among the requesting holders based on the
number of shares of Restricted Stock so requested to be registered) if and to
the extent that the managing underwriter shall be of the opinion that such
inclusion would adversely affect the marketing of the Restricted Stock to be
sold. If such method of disposition shall be an underwritten public offering,
the Company may designate the managing underwriter of such offering, subject to
the approval of the selling holders of a majority of the Restricted Stock
included in the offering, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
Company shall be obligated to register

<PAGE>

Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section4 on two occasions only.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the obligation of the
Company under this Section 4 shall be deemed satisfied only when a registration
statement or registration statements covering all shares of Restricted Stock
specified in notices received as aforesaid, for sale in accordance with the
method of disposition specified by the requesting holder, shall have become
effective and, if such method of disposition is a firm commitment underwritten
public offering, all such shares shall have been sold pursuant thereto.

                (c) The Company shall be entitled to include in any registration
statement referred to in this Section4, for sale in accordance with the method
of disposition specified by the requesting holders, shares of Common Stock to be
sold by the Company for its own account, except as and to the extent that, in
the opinion of the managing underwriter (if such method of disposition shall be
an underwritten public offering), such inclusion would adversely affect the
marketing of the Restricted Stock to be sold. Except as provided in this
paragraph(c), the Company will not effect any other registration of its Common
Stock, whether for its own account or that of other holders, (other than a
registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan or a
transaction to which Rule 145 or any similar or successor rule of the Commission
under the Securities Act is applicable), from the date of receipt of a notice
from requesting holders pursuant to this Section 4 until the completion of the
period of distribution of the registration contemplated thereby.

                (d)     The Company shall not be obligated:

                        (i) to file and cause to become effective any
registration statement within a period of six months after the effective date of
any previous registration statement filed by the Company and with respect to
which the holders of the Restricted Stock, pursuant to Section 6 hereof, were
given the opportunity to include therein all Restricted Stock which was
requested by such holders to be included therein.

                        (ii) if the proposed method of disposition is an
underwritten public offering and the Company, after diligent efforts in good
faith shall have failed to identify a reputable underwriter reasonably
acceptable to it, the Company shall not be obligated to act hereunder unless the
holder or holders of Restricted Stock can demonstrate to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company that one or more reputable underwriters are ready,
willing and able to assist the Company in effecting such offering.

                5.      Form S-3 Registration.

                (a) If the Company shall receive, at any time after July 31,
1999, from any holder or holders of Restricted Stock a written request or
requests that the Company effect a registration on FormS-3 and any related
qualification or compliance with respect to Restricted Stock owned by such
holder or holders, the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of
which would exceed $500,000, the Company will:

<PAGE>

                        1. promptly give written notice of the proposed
registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other holders
of Restricted Stock; and

                        2. as soon as practicable, effect such registration
(including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file
post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky
or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable
regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other government
requirements or regulations) as may be so requested and as would permit or
facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such holder's or
holders' Restricted Stock as are specified in such request, together with all or
such portion of the Restricted Stock of any holder or holders joining in such
request as are specified in a written request given within thirty (30) days
after receipt of such written notice from the Company, provided that the Company
shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or
compliance pursuant to this Section5 (A) more than once in any 180-day period,
or (B)if the Company is not entitled to use FormS-3. Subject to the foregoing,
the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Restricted Stock so
requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request
or requests of the holders of the Restricted Stock.

                (b) Registrations effected pursuant to this Section5 shall not
be counted as requests for registration effected pursuant to Section4.

                6. Incidental Registration. If the Company at any time (other
than pursuant to Section4 or 5 hereof) proposes to register any of its Common
Stock under the Securities Act for sale to the public, whether for its own
account or for the account of other security holders or both (other than a
registration effected to implement an employee benefit plan or a transaction to
which Rule 145 or any similar or successor rule of the Commission under the
Securities Act is applicable, on Form S-4 or S-8 or another form not available
for registering the Restricted Stock for sale to the public), it will give
written notice at such time to all holders of outstanding Restricted Stock of
its intention to do so. Upon the written request of any such holder, given
within 30 days after receipt of any such notice by the Company, to register any
of its Restricted Stock (which request shall state the intended method of
disposition thereof), the Company will use its best efforts to cause the
Restricted Stock as to which registration shall have been so requested, to be
included in the securities to be covered by the registration statement proposed
to be filed by the Company, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or
other disposition by the holder (in accordance with its written request) of such
Restricted Stock so registered; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the
Company from abandoning or delaying such registration at any time. In the event
that any registration pursuant to this Section6 shall be, in whole or in part,
an underwritten public offering of Common Stock, any request by a holder
pursuant to this Section6 to register Restricted Stock shall specify that either
(i) such Restricted Stock is to be included in the underwriting on the same
terms and conditions as the shares of Common Stock otherwise being sold through
underwriters under such registration or (ii) such Restricted Stock is to be sold
in the open market without any underwriting, on terms and conditions comparable
to those normally applicable to offerings of common stock in reasonably similar
circumstances. The number of shares of Restricted Stock to be included in such
an underwriting may be reduced

<PAGE>

pro rata among the requesting holders of Restricted Stock (based upon the number
of shares so requested to be registered) if and to the extent that the managing
underwriter shall be of the opinion that such inclusion would adversely affect
the marketing of the securities to be sold by the Company therein; provided,
however, if any shares (other than Restricted Stock) are to be included in such
underwriting for the account of any person other than the Company, then the
number of shares of Restricted Stock and other shares to be included in such
underwritten public offering shall be determined in such a manner so that the
holders of the Restricted Stock shall be entitled to offer the 75 percent of all
shares of stock to be offered by persons other than the Company, with the
remaining 25 percent of the shares to be offered on a pro rata basis among the
holders of other shares and the holders of the Restricted Stock (based on the
number of shares requested to be registered).

                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Section 6, in the event that there is a firm commitment underwritten public
offering of securities of the Company pursuant to a registration covering
Restricted Stock and a holder of Restricted Stock does not elect to sell his
Restricted Stock to the underwriters of the Company's securities in connection
with such offering, such holder shall refrain from selling such Restricted Stock
during the period of distribution of the Company's securities by such
underwriters and the period in which the underwriting syndicate participates in
the after market; provided, however, that such holder shall, in any event, be
entitled to sell its Restricted Stock commencing on the 90th day after the
effective date of such registration statement.

                7. Registration Procedures and Expenses. If and whenever the
Company is required by the provisions of Section 4, 5 or 6 hereof to use its
best efforts to effect the registration of any of the Restricted Stock under the
Securities Act, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

                (a) prepare (and afford counsel for the selling holders
reasonable opportunity to review and comment thereon) and file with the
Commission a registration statement (which, in the case of an underwritten
public offering pursuant to Section 4 hereof, shall be on Form S-1 or another
form of general applicability satisfactory to the managing underwriter selected
as therein provided) with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to
cause such registration statement to become and remain effective for the period
of the distribution contemplated thereby (determined as hereinafter provided);

                (b) prepare (and afford counsel for the selling holders
reasonable opportunity to review and comment thereon) and file with the
Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and
the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such
registration statement effective for the period specified in paragraph (a) above
and as to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the
disposition of all Restricted Stock covered by such registration statement in
accordance with the sellers' intended method of disposition set forth in such
registration statement for such period;

<PAGE>

                (c) furnish to each seller and to each underwriter such number
of copies of the registration statement and the prospectus included therein
(including each preliminary prospectus) as such persons may reasonably request
in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Restricted
Stock covered by such registration statement;

                (d) use its best efforts to register or qualify the Restricted
Stock covered by such registration statement under the securities or blue sky
laws of such jurisdictions as the sellers of Restricted Stock or, in the case of
an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter, shall reasonably
request (provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally
to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to
qualify but for this paragraph (d), (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such
jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any
jurisdiction);

                (e) immediately notify each seller under such registration
statement and each underwriter, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto
is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any
event as a result of which the prospectus contained in such registration
statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or
omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances
then existing;

                (f) use its best efforts (if the offering is underwritten) to
furnish, at the request of any seller, on the date that Restricted Stock is
delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration: (i)an
opinion dated such date of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of
such registration, addressed to the underwriters and to such seller, stating
that such registration statement has become effective under the Securities Act
and that (A)to the best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the
effectiveness thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have
been instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act, (B)the
registration statement, the related prospectus, and each amendment or supplement
thereof, comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the
Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder (except that such counsel need express no opinion as to financial
statements, the notes thereto, and the financial schedules and other financial
and statistical data contained therein) and (C)to such other effects as may
reasonably be requested by counsel for the underwriters or by such seller or its
counsel and (ii)a letter dated such date from the independent public accountants
retained by the Company, addressed to the underwriters, stating that they are
independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and
that, in the opinion of such accountants, the financial statements of the
Company included in the registration statement or the prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all material respects with
the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act, and such letter
shall additionally cover such other financial matters (including information as
to the period ending no more than five business days prior to the date of such
letter) with respect to the registration in respect of which such letter is
being given as such underwriters or seller may reasonably request;

<PAGE>

                (g) make available for inspection by each seller, any
underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration
statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such seller
or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents
and properties of the Company, and cause the Company's officers, directors and
employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller,
underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration
statement and permit such seller, attorney, accountant or agent to participate
in the preparation of such registration statement;

                (h) use its best efforts to cause the Conversion Shares to be
listed for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market or other stock exchange or
trading system on which the Common Stock primarily trades;

                (i) advise each seller promptly after the Company received
notice or obtains knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the
Commission suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or the
initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and promptly use
its good faith, reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order to
obtain its prompt withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

                (j) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent for all
Conversion Shares covered by such registration statement from and after a date
not later than the effective date of such registration statement; and

                (k) make available to its security holders, as soon as
practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months
which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule
158 thereunder.

For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) above and of Section4(c) hereof, the
period of distribution of Restricted Stock in a firm commitment underwritten
public offering shall be deemed to extend until each underwriter has completed
the distribution of all securities purchased by it, and the period of
distribution of Restricted Stock in any other registration shall be deemed to
extend until the earlier of the sale of all Restricted Stock covered thereby or
six months after the effective date thereof.

                In connection with each registration hereunder, the selling
holders of Restricted Stock will furnish to the Company in writing such
information with respect to themselves and the proposed distribution by them as
shall be reasonably necessary in order to assure compliance with federal and
applicable state securities laws.

                In connection with each registration pursuant to Sections4, 5
and 6 hereof covering an underwritten public offering, the Company agrees to
enter into a written agreement with the managing underwriter selected in the
manner herein provided in such form and containing such provisions as are
customary in the securities business for such an arrangement

<PAGE>

between major underwriters and companies of the Company's size and investment
stature, provided, however, that such agreement shall not contain any such
provision applicable to the Company which is inconsistent with the provisions
hereof and provided, further, however, that the time and place of the closing
under said agreement shall be as mutually agreed upon among the Company, such
managing underwriter and the selling holders of Restricted Stock.

                8. Expenses. All expenses incurred by the Company in complying
with Sections 4, 5 and 6 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration
and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and
independent public accountants for the Company, fees of the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc., Nasdaq or exchange listing fees, fees of transfer
agents and registrars, costs of insurance and fees and expenses of not more than
one counsel for the sellers of Restricted Stock but excluding any Selling
Expenses, are herein called "Registration Expenses". All underwriting discounts,
selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Restricted
Stock are herein called "Selling Expenses".

                The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection
with each registration statement filed pursuant to Section4, 5 or 6 hereof. All
Selling Expenses in connection with any registration statement filed pursuant to
Section4, 5 or 6 hereof shall be borne by the participating sellers in
proportion to the number of shares sold by each, or by such persons other than
the Company (except to the extent the Company shall be a seller) as they may
agree.

                9. Indemnification. In the event of a registration of any of the
Restricted Stock under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4, 5 or 6 hereof,
the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each seller of such Restricted
Stock thereunder and each underwriter of Restricted Stock thereunder and each
other person, if any, who controls such seller or underwriter within the meaning
of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint
or several, to which such seller or underwriter or controlling person may become
subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based
upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact
contained in any registration statement under which such Restricted Stock was
registered under the Securities Act pursuant to Section4, 5 or 6, any
preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment
or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each
such seller, each such underwriter and each such controlling person for any
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action;
provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case if and
to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is
based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission so made in conformity with information pertaining to such
seller or underwriter furnished by such seller, such underwriter or such
controlling person in writing specifically for use in such registration
statement or prospectus.

                In the event of a registration of any of the Restricted Stock
under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4, 5 or 6 hereof, each seller of
such Restricted Stock thereunder,


<PAGE>

severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each
person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities
Act, each officer of the Company who signs the registration statement, each
director of the Company, each underwriter and each person who controls any
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against all losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or such
officer or director or underwriter or controlling person may become subject
under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages
or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained
in the registration statement under which such Restricted Stock was registered
under the Securities Act pursuant to Section4, 5 or 6, any preliminary
prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement
thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and each
such officer, director, underwriter and controlling person for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however,
that such seller will be liable hereunder in any such case if and only to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based
upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information pertaining to
such seller, as such, furnished in writing to the Company by such seller
specifically for use in such registration statement or prospectus; provided,
further, however, that the liability of each seller hereunder shall be limited
to the proportion of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense which is
equal to the proportion that the public offering price of shares sold by such
seller under such registration statement bears to the total public offering
price of all securities sold thereunder, but not to exceed the proceeds (net of
underwriting discounts and commissions) received by such seller from the sale of
Restricted Stock covered by such registration statement.

                Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of
notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party hereunder,
notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof, but the omission so to notify
the indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any
liability which it may have to any indemnified party under this Section9, except
to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure
to give notice. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified
party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof,
the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it
shall wish, to assume and undertake the defense thereof with counsel
satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, after notice from the indemnifying
party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume and undertake the
defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified
party under this Section9 for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of investigation and of liaison with counsel so selected; provided,
however, that, if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified
party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably
concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to it which are
different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or if
the interests of the indemnified party reasonably may be deemed to

<PAGE>

conflict with the interests of the indemnifying party, the indemnified party
shall have the right to select a separate counsel and to assume such legal
defenses and otherwise to participate in the defense of such action, with the
expenses and fees of such separate counsel and other expenses related to such
participation to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party as incurred.

                Notwithstanding the foregoing, any indemnified party shall have
the right to retain its own counsel in any such action, but the fees and
disbursements of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party
unless (i) the indemnifying party shall have failed to retain counsel for the
indemnified person as aforesaid or (ii) the indemnifying party and such
indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel.
It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any
action or related actions in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and
disbursements of more than one separate firm qualified in such jurisdiction to
act as counsel for the indemnified party. The indemnifying party shall not be
liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written
consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for
the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party
from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

                If the indemnification provided for in the first two paragraphs
of this Section 9 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified
party under such paragraphs in respect of any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities or actions in respect thereof referred to therein, then each
indemnifying party shall in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result
of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions in such proportion as
appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and
the underwriters and the sellers of such Restricted Stock, on the other, in
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or actions as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations, including the failure to give any notice under the third
paragraph of this Section9. The relative fault shall be determined by reference
to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand,
or the underwriters and the sellers of such Restricted Stock, on the other, and
to the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and
each of you agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions
pursuant to this paragraph were determined by pro rata allocation (even if all
of the sellers of such Restricted Stock were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which did not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to above in this paragraph. The amount paid or
payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this paragraph,
shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such
action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, no seller
hereunder shall be required to contribute an amount in excess of (i) the
proportion that the public offering price of shares sold by such seller under
such registration statement bears to the total public offering price of all
securities sold thereunder, but not to exceed the proceeds received by such
seller for the sale of Restricted Stock covered by such registration statement
and (ii) the amount of any damages


<PAGE>

which such seller would have otherwise have been required to pay by reason of
such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission. No person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentations (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Securities Act), shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

                The indemnification of underwriters provided for in this
Section9 shall be on such other terms and conditions as are at the time
customary and reasonably required by such underwriters. In that event the
indemnification of the sellers of Restricted Stock in such underwriting shall at
the sellers' request be modified to conform to such terms and conditions. The
provisions of this Section 9 shall be in addition to any other rights to
indemnification or contribution which an indemnified party may have pursuant to
law, equity, contract or otherwise.

                10. Changes in Common Stock. If, and as often as, there are any
changes in the Common Stock by way of stock split, stock dividend, combination
or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization or
recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in
the provisions hereof, as may be required, so that the rights and privileges
granted hereby shall continue with respect to the Common Stock as so changed.

                11. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants to you as follows:

                (a) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by
the Company have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and will
not violate any provision of law, any order of any court or other agency of
government, the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company, or any
provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which it or any of
its properties or assets is bound, or conflict with, result in a breach of or
constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any such
indenture, agreement or other instrument, or result in the creation or
imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any
of the properties or assets of the Company.

                (b) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to considerations of public
policy in the case of the indemnification provisions hereof.

                12. Rule 144 Reporting. The Company agrees with you as follows:

                (a) The Company shall make and keep public information
available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule144 under the
Securities Act, at all times from and after the date it is first required to do
so.

                (b) The Company shall file with the Commission in a timely
manner all reports and other documents as the Commission may prescribe under
Section 13(a) or

<PAGE>

15(d) of the Exchange Act at any time after the Company has become subject to
such reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

                (c) The Company shall furnish to such holder of Restricted Stock
forthwith upon request (i)a written statement by the Company as to its
compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule144 (at any time from and
after the date it first becomes subject to such reporting requirements), and of
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject
to such reporting requirements), (ii)a copy of the most recent annual or
quarterly report of the Company, and (iii)such other reports and documents so
filed as a holder may reasonably request to avail itself of any rule or
regulation of the Commission allowing a holder of Restricted Stock to sell any
such securities without registration.

                13.     Miscellaneous.

                (a) All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by
or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of
the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed
or not. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the registration
rights conferred herein on the holders of Restricted Stock shall inure to the
benefit of any and all subsequent holders from time to time of the Restricted
Stock for so long as the certificates representing the Restricted Stock shall be
required to bear the legend specified in Section2 hereof.

                (b) All notices, requests, consents and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first class registered
mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

                if to the Company, to it at 4727 University Drive, Durham, North
Carolina 27707, Attention: M. Ross Johnson.

                if to any holder of Restricted Stock, at their addresses set
forth in AnnexI hereto;

                if to any subsequent holder of Restricted Stock to it at such
address as may have been furnished to the Company in writing by such holder;

or, in any case, at such other address or addresses as shall have been furnished
in writing to the Company (in the case of a holder of Restricted Stock or to the
holders of Restricted Stock (in the case of the Company).

                (c) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

                (d) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the
parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes the Fifth
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 27, 1997
among the Company and certain of you.

<PAGE>

This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in writing signed by the
Company and the holders of not less than 66 2/3 percent of the Restricted Stock
(determined on an as-if-converted basis), provided that no such modification or
amendment shall deprive any holder of Restricted Stock of any material right
under this Agreement without such holder's consent. The Company may include
additional purchasers of Series D Preferred as parties to this Agreement and
such purchasers shall be deemed to be a "holder of Restricted Stock" provided
that such purchasers execute a signature page to this Agreement. Except as
otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, the Company will not grant any
registration rights to any other person without the written consent of the
holders of 66 2/3 percent of the Restricted Stock then outstanding (determined
on an as-if-converted basis) if such rights could reasonably be expected to
conflict with, or be on a parity with, the rights of holders of Restricted Stock
granted under this Agreement.

                (e) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

                Please indicate your acceptance of the foregoing by signing and
returning the enclosed counterpart of this letter, whereupon this letter (herein
sometimes called "this Agreement") shall be a binding agreement between the
Company and you.


                                         Very truly yours,

                                         TRIMERIS, INC.
  
                                         By: /s/ Matthew A. Megaro
                                         _______________________________
                                                 Matthew A. Megaro
                                         Vice President of Business Development,
                                         Chief Operating Officer and
                                         Chief Financial Officer




AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED
as of the date first above written.


DOMAIN PARTNERS II, L.P.

By:     One Palmer Square Associates II, L.P.,
        its general partner

By:  /s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker
     ______________________________
        Name:   Kathleen K. Schoemaker
        Title:  Attorney-In-Fact

<PAGE>

BIOTECHNOLOGY INVESTMENTS LIMITED

By:     Old Court Limited

By:   /s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker
    ________________________________
       Name:   Kathleen K. Schoemaker
       Title:  Attorney-In-Fact


DOMAIN PARTNERS III, L.P.

By:     One Palmer Square Associates III, L.P.,
        its general partner

By:   /s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker
    --------------------------------
        Name:   Kathleen K. Schoemaker
        Title:  General Partner


DP III ASSOCIATES, L.P.

By:     One Palmer Square Associates III, L.P.,
        its general partner

By:       /s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker
       ________________________________
        Name: Kathleen K. Schoemaker
        Title:  General Partner


DOMINION FUND III

By:     Dominion Partners III, its general partner
        ---------------------------------------
By:     /s/ Signature Illegible
        ________________________________
        Name:  Kendall J. Cooper
        _________________________________
        Title:  General Partner
        __________________________________


SENTRON MEDICAL, INC.

        By:  /s/ Steven R. Gailar
        _________________________________
        Name:  Steven R. Gailar
        _________________________________
        Title: Group Director, Venture Projects
        _________________________________________



<PAGE>

LAWRENCE & COMPANY INC.

By:     _________________________________
        Name:   ___________________________
        Title:  ___________________________


ASPENTREE CAPITAL

By:     /s/ Signature Illegible
       ____________________________________
        Name:   R. Bonczek
        ___________________________________
        Title:  President
        ___________________________________


- ---------------------------------------
Jeffrey M. Lipton

  /s/ J. Newall
- ---------------------------------------
J. Edward Newall

   /s/ Signature Illegible
- ---------------------------------------
Robert R. Bonczek


- ---------------------------------------
William M. Tomai

  /s/ Roland F. Hartman
- ---------------------------------------
Roland F. Hartman

  /s/ Timothy W. Hartman
- ---------------------------------------
Timothy W. Hartman


_______________________________________

  /s/ W. Bass Watkins
- ---------------------------------------
W. Bass Watkins

  /s/ Signature Illegible
- ---------------------------------------
David J.M. Erskine

<PAGE>


- ---------------------------------------
David K. Watkins


- ---------------------------------------
Laura A. Doherty


- ---------------------------------------
David L. Jaffe


Alan J. Dankwerth and Helen K. Dankwerth,
Joint Tenants With Rights Of Survivorship

By:     /s/ Alan J. Dankwerth
       _________________________________
        Alan J. Dankwerth, Joint Tenant

By:     /s/ Helen K. Dankwerth
       _________________________________
        Helen K. Dankwerth, Joint Tenant


- ---------------------------------------
Christopher W. Morgan


James D. Roland and Patricia Y. Roland,
Joint Tenants With Rights Of Survivorship

By:     _________________________________
        James D. Roland, Joint Tenant

By:     _________________________________
        Patricia Y. Roland, Joint Tenant


- ---------------------------------------
Gerald A. Hapka

/s/ Signature Illegible
- ---------------------------------------
Dana G. Mead

<PAGE>

- ---------------------------------------
Andrew S. Georges


- ---------------------------------------
Elizabeth M. Georges


- ---------------------------------------
Douglas Lanham

/s/ Nina Parrish
- ---------------------------------------
Nina Parrish


- ---------------------------------------
Cameron D. Bruemmer

/s/ Signature Illegible
- ---------------------------------------
Fred D. Hutchison

/s/ Signature Illegible
- ---------------------------------------
Terry Poole


- ---------------------------------------
M.C. Kang

/s/ Diana Parrish
- ---------------------------------------
Diana Parrish


Lon Bonczek and Mary Makela Bonczek,
Joint Tenants With Rights Of Survivorship

By:       /s/ Signature Illegible 6/26/97
        _________________________________
        Lon Bonczek, Joint Tenant

By:     /s/ Mary Makela Bonczek
        _________________________________
        Mary Makela Bonczek, Joint Tenant

<PAGE>

- ---------------------------------------
M. Ross Johnson


- ---------------------------------------
Matthew A. Megaro


- ---------------------------------------
Stelios Moschas


PACIFIC HORIZON PARTNERS II, L.P.

BY:     _________________________________
        Name:   ___________________________
        Title:  ___________________________

/s/ Joseph Stephen Pagano
- ---------------------------------------
Joseph Stephen Pagano


- ---------------------------------------
Charles A. Sanders


- ---------------------------------------
Cynthia Frost


- ---------------------------------------
Eugene J. McDonald


John S. Russell and Sallie M. Shuping Russell,
Joint Tenants With Rights Of Survivorship

By:     /s/ Signature Illegible
       _________________________________
        John S. Russell, Joint Tenant

By:    /s/ Sallie M. Shuping Russell
        _________________________________
        Sallie M. Shuping Russell, Joint Tenant

<PAGE>

ANVERS L.P.


By:    /s/ FSIP, LLC
       _________________________________
       FSIP, LLC, General Partner

By:    /s/ Signature Illegible
       ---------------------------------

        Name:  Leopold Swergold
                ___________________________
        Title:  Senior Managing Director
                ___________________________


The Global Health Sciences Fund

By:     /s/ Ronald L. Grooms
        -----------------------------------
        Name:   Ronald L. Grooms
        ____________________________________
        Title:  Treasurer
        ___________________________________



MINIMED, INC.

By:     /s/ Signature Illegible
        -------------------------------------
        Name: 
        -------------------------------------
        Title:
        -------------------------------------


UBS Partners LLC

By:     /s/ Charles J. Delaney

        -----------------------------------
        Name:  Charles J. Delaney
        ____________________________________
        Title:
        ___________________________________

By:     /s/ Michael Greene

        -----------------------------------
        Name:   Michael Greene
        ____________________________________
        Title:  Vice President/Treasurer
        ___________________________________



<PAGE>
                                 TRIMERIS, INC.
          EXHIBIT 11.1 -- STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE LOSS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
          AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                         1994           1995           1996           1996           1997
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
Common shares outstanding (weighted average)            1,005,000      1,033,000      1,053,000      1,032,000      1,072,000

Common Stock equivalents
  (using the treasury stock method):
  Preferred Stock (1)..............................       438,000      1,508,000      3,552,000      3,289,000      4,708,000
  Stock Options and Awards
     (weighted average) (2)........................       100,000        100,000        100,000        100,000        100,000
Total pro forma weighted average shares............     1,543,000      2,641,000      4,705,000      4,421,000      5,880,000
 
Net loss...........................................   ($3,943,965)   ($5,739,378)   ($6,971,408)   ($3,133,582)   ($3,477,673)
Pro forma net loss per share.......................        ($2.56)        ($2.17)        ($1.48)        ($0.71)        ($0.59)
</TABLE>
 
(1) Assumes the mandatory conversion of the Preferred Stock into shares of
    Common Stock upon the completion of the Offering.
 
(2) Includes all options and awards issued during the twelve-month period prior
    to the initial filing of the registration statement relating to the
    Offering, in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff
    Accounting Bulletin No. 83.






                 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT



The Board of Directors
Trimeris, Inc.:


We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.


/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Raleigh, North Carolina
July 11, 1997

<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                             CONSENT OF COUNSEL

    The undersigned hereby consents to the use of our name and the 
statement with respect to us appearing under the heading "Experts" in the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Trimeris, Inc.

/s/ Pennie & Edmonds LLP
PENNIE & EDMONDS LLP

New York, New York
July 11, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997             DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996             JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                         131,540               8,912,343
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   32,752                  44,758
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0                       0
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               212,747               9,268,854
<PP&E>                                       2,508,216               2,610,035
<DEPRECIATION>                               1,611,544               1,911,663
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,683,729              10,584,751
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        2,093,178               1,737,628
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                     33,469                  52,501
<COMMON>                                         3,712                   1,092
<OTHER-SE>                                   (446,630)               8,793,530
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,683,729              10,584,751
<SALES>                                              0                       0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                54,465                 211,875
<CGS>                                                0                       0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0                       0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             6,906,037               3,645,230
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             166,828                  77,637
<INCOME-PRETAX>                            (6,971,408)             (3,477,673)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                        (6,971,408)             (3,477,673)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                               (6,971,408)             (3,477,673)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (1.48)                  (0.59)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (1.48)                  (0.59)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission